W8200 SM

REVISION 0
APR. 2003
AY3-4306-S02
COPYRIGHT 2003 CANON INC. CANON W8200 N 0403 0.00-0 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
0403 N 0.00-0
Target Readers
This manual is published by Canon Inc. for qualified persons and contains the necessary
t e c h n i c a l i n f o rm a t i o n f o r t e c h n i c a l t h e o r y , i n s t a l l a t i o n , m a i n t e n a n c e , a n d re p a i r o f
p roducts. This manual covers all localities where the products are sold. For this reason, it
may contain information that does not apply to your locality.
Revisions
T h i s m a n u a l m a y i n c l u d e t e c h n i c a l i n a c c u r a c i e s o r t y p o g r a p h i c a l e r ro r s d u e t o
improvements or changes in the products. When amendments are made to the content of
this manual, Canon will issue technical information as the need arises. In the event of
major alterations to the content of this manual over a long or short period, Canon will
publish a revised version of the manual.
The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law.
Trademarks
The product names and company names appearing in this manual are t h e re g i s t e re d
trademarks or trademarks of the individual companies.
Copyright
T h i s m a n u a l i s c o p y r i g h t e d a n d a l l r i g h t s re s e r v e d . U n d e r t h e c o p y r i g h t l a w s , t h i s
manual may not be copied, re p roduced, or translated into other languages, in whole or in
part, without the express written consent of Canon Inc. except in the case of intern a l
business use.
Copyright 2003 by Canon Inc.

CANON INC.
NB Quality Assurance Div.
16-1, Shimonoge 3-chome, Takatsu-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa 213-8512, Japan
This manual was produced on an Apple Power Macintosh G3 personal computer and
Canon LASER SHOT LBP-730PS laser beam printer; final pages were printed on Genasett
3100Q.
All logos graphics were produced with MACROMEDIA FREEHAND 7.0J.
All documents and all page layouts were created with QuarkXPre s s 3.3J.
I. ABOUT THIS MANUAL

This manual is divided into five parts containing the information required for
servicing the W8200 printer.
Part 1: Safety and Precautions

This part contains information on how to service the unit safety. It is very
important, and must be read.
Part 2: Product Specifications

This part outlines the product and its specifications.
Part 3: Operating Instructions

This part explains how to operate the unit properly, how it is installed, and how
to use the service mode.
Part 4: Technical Reference

This part outlines the unit operation giving a technically.
Part 5: Maintenance
This part explains maintenance of the unit. It includes details of disassembly /
assembly, adjustments required when assembling, troubleshooting procedures, and
wiring / circuit diagrams, etc.
REF.
This manual does not contain complete information required for

disassembling and assembling the printer. Please also refer to the
separate Parts Catalog.
II. TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
1- 1
1- 1
1- 2
1- 2
1- 4
1- 5
1- 6
1- 7
1- 7
1- 7
1- 8
1- 8
1- 8
1- 9
1- 9
1- 9
1 -10
1 -10
1 -11
1 -12
1 -12
1 -13
1 -13
1 -14
1 -14
1 -14
1 -14
1 -14
1 -14
Part 1: SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS

1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1.1 Moving Parts
1.2 Ink
1.2.1 Ink passages
1.2.2 Ink mist
1.3 Electrical Parts
1.4 Size and Weight of the Printer
2. OTHER PRECAUTIONS
2.1 Printhead
2.1.1 How to handle the printhead
2.1.2 Capping
2.1.3 When the printer is not used for a long time
2.1.4 Conductivity of ink
2.2 Ink Tank
2.2.1 Opening the ink tank
2.2.2 Handling the ink tank
2.3 Handling the Printer
2.3.1 Precautions against static electricity
2.3.2 Fixing the carriage
2.3.3 Replacing the waste ink absorber
2.3.4 Refilling the ink
3. PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING THE PRINTER
3.1 Stored Data
3.2 Firmware Confirmation
3.3 Precautions Against Static Electricity
3.4 Precautions for Disassembly/Assembly
3.5 Self-Diagnostic Feature
3.6 Disposing of Waste Ink
3.7 Disposing of Lithium Battery
Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

2- 1
2- 1
2- 2
2- 3
2- 3
2- 4
2- 4
2- 5
2- 5
2- 5
2- 5
2- 6
2- 6
2 -10
2 -10
2 -11
2 -12
2 -13
1. PRODUCT OVERVIEW
1.1 Product Overview
1.2 Features
1.3 Printhead
1.4 Ink Tank
1.5 Cutter
1.6 Roll Holder
1.7 Consumables
1.7.1 Printhead
1.7.2 Ink tank
1.7.3 Cutter blade
2. SPECIFIACATIONS
2.1 General Specifications
2.2 Interface Specifications
2.2.1 Network
2.2.2 USB (option)
2.2.3 IEEE1394 (option)
2.3 Printer Driver Types
II
Page
3- 1
3- 1
3- 1
3- 2
3- 2
3- 3
3- 4
3- 5
3- 5
3- 6
3- 7
3 -10
3 -11
3 -12
3 -13
3 -14
3 -15
3 -16
3 -17
3 -18
3 -18
3 -19
3 -20
3 -20
3 -21
3 -22
3 -24
3 -25
3 -25
3 -25
3 -26
3 -26
3 -26
3 -26
3 -27
3 -30
3 -31
3 -33
3 -36
3 -38
3 -40
3 -41
3 -41
3 -42
3 -46
3 -53
3 -53
3 -53
3 -54
3 -57
3 -67
3 -68
3 -69
3 -72
Part 3: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1. NAMES AND FUNCTIONS OF COMPONENTS
1.1 Names and Functions of Components
1.1.1 Front
1.1.2 Rear
1.1.3 Carriage unit
1.1.4 Internal part
1.1.5 Roll media tray unit
2. PRINTER SETUP
2.1 Installation
2.1.1 Installation environment
2.1.2 Unpacking
2.1.3 Assembling the stand
2.1.4 Installing the printer
2.1.5 Removing packing materials
2.1.6 Removing the belt stopper
2.1.7 Connecting the power supply
2.1.8 Installing the printhead
2.1.9 Installing the ink tanks
2.1.10 Language setting
2.1.11 Loading paper
2.1.12 Checking and adjusting the print status
2.1.13 Connecting the interface cable
3. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER
3.1 Transporting the Printer
3.1.1 Moving the printer on the same floor
3.1.2 How to transport the printer to a different floor
3.1.3 Manual capping
3.2 Reinstalling the Printer
3.2.1 Installing the printer on the same floor
3.2.2 Installing the printer on a different floor
4. OPERATION
4.1 User Replacements
4.1.1 Replacing print media
4.1.2 When to replace roll media
4.1.3 How to replace roll media
4.1.4 Loading the cut sheets
4.1.5 Replacing the printhead
4.1.6 Replacing the ink tank
4.1.7 Replacing the cutter blade
4.2 Operation Panel
4.3 Change of Printer Status
4.4 Main Menu
4.4.1 Main Menu operations
4.4.2 Map of the main menu
4.4.3 Contents of main menu
5. PRINTER SERVICING FUNCTIONS
5.1 Service Mode
5.1.1 Service mode operation
5.1.2 Map of the service mode
5.1.3 Details of service mode
5.2 Error Indicators
5.2.1 Overview of warning and error codes
5.2.2 Warning and error codes
5.2.3 Description of warning and error codes
III
Page
3 -78
3 -78
3 -78
3 -79
3 -79
3 -79
3 -79
3 -79
3 -80
3 -80
3 -80
3 -84
3 -87
6. PRINTER SPECIAL MODE

6.1 Controller Replace Mode
6.2 Download Mode
7. Printer Service Software
7.1 Overview of Service Software
7.1.1 Firmware updating software
7.1.2 Firmware recovery software
7.1.3 Service information access software
7.2 Firmware Updating Software
7.3 Firmware Recovery Software of the System Controller
7.3.1 Firmware recovery procedure
7.4 Service Information Access Software
7.4.1 Service information access procedure
Part 4: TECHNICAL REFERENCE

4- 1
4- 1
4- 2
4- 5
4- 5
4- 6
4- 7
4- 7
4- 7
4- 8
4- 8
4- 9
4- 9
4 -11
4 -11
4 -11
4 -12
4 -12
4 -12
4 -12
4 -13
4 -14
4 -14
4 -16
4 -16
4 -18
4 -18
4 -19
4 -22
4 -22
4 -26
4 -26
4 -28
4 -31
4 -31
4 -32
4 -32
4 -33
4 -33
1. OVERVIEW
1.1 Printer Block Diagram
1.2 Print Signal Sequence
1.3 Print Driving
1.3.1 Print drive control
1.3.2 Print drive timing
2. FIRMWARE
2.1 Power On/Off
2.1.1 Power On
2.2 Power Off
2.2.1 Power Off sequence
2.3 Print Control
2.3.1 Print mode
2.4 Print Position Adjustment
2.4.1 Print position adjustment
2.5 Head Management
2.6 Overheating Protection Control of Printhead
2.7 Pause between Pages
2.8 White Raster Skip
2.9 Sleep Mode
3. PRINTER MECHANICAL SYSTEM
3.1 Ink Passage
3.1.1 Overview of the ink passage
3.2 Ink Tank Unit
3.2.1 Structure of ink tank unit
3.3 Carriage Unit
3.3.1 Carriage functions
3.3.2 Structure of carriage
3.4 Printhead
3.4.1 Structure of printhead
3.5 Purge Unit
3.5.1 Functions of purge unit
3.5.2 Structure of purge unit
3.6 Waste Ink Absorber
3.6.1 Structure of waste ink absorber
3.7 Air Flow
3.7.1 Air flow
3.8 Paper Path
3.8.1 Overview of paper path
IV
Page
4 -37
4 -37
4 -38
4 -39
4 -40
4 -40
4 -42
4 -42
4 -45
4 -45
4 -49
4 -49
4 -50
4 -50
4 -51
4 -51
4 -52
4 -52
4 -54
4 -54
4 -54
4 -56
4 -60
4 -62
3.9
Structure of Paper Path

3.9.1 Structure of roll media tray
3.9.2 Structure of feed rollers
3.9.3 Structure of cutter unit
4. PRINTER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
4.1 Overview
4.2 System Controller
4.2.1 System controller components
4.3 Engine Controller
4.3.1 Engine controller components
4.4 Carriage Relay PCB
4.4.1 Carriage relay PCB components
4.5 Head Relay PCB
4.5.1 Head relay PCB components
4.6 Motor Driver
4.6.1 Motor driver components
4.7 Power Supply
4.7.1 Power supply block diagram
5. DETECTION FUNCTIONS
5.1 Detection Functions Based on Sensors
5.1.1 Sensors for covers/roll media tray
5.1.2 Ink passage system
5.1.3 Carriage system
5.1.4 Paper path system
Part 5: MAINTENANCE
5- 1
5- 1
5- 1
5- 1
5- 2
5- 2
5- 3
5- 4
5- 6
5- 6
5- 6
5- 6
5- 7
5- 7
5- 8
5 -10
5 -10
5 -11
5 -12
5 -13
5 -16
5 -17
5 -21
5 -27
5 -30
5 -31
5 -34
5 -35
1. MAINTENANCE
1.1 List of Regular Replacement Parts
1.2 List of Consumables
1.3 List of Regular Maintenance
2. SERVICE TOOLS
2.1 List of Tools
2.2 Using the Cover Switch Tool
3. APPLYING THE GREASE
4. SERVICE PARTS
4.1 Service Parts
4.1.1 Keep all packages with the warning not to turn over.
4.1.2 Feed roller
5. DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY
5.1 Disassembly/Reassembly
5.1.1 Disassembly/assembly flowcharts for major parts
5.2 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly
5.2.1 Note on locations prohibited from disassembly
5.2.2 Manual carriage movement
5.2.3 Units required for draining the ink
5.2.4 Outer coversc) Upper rear cover
5.2.5 Driving unit
5.2.6 Ink tube unit
5.2.7 Carriage unit
5.2.8 Feeder unit
5.2.9 Purge unit
5.2.10 Ink tank unit
5.2.11 Waste ink absorber
5.2.12 Boards
Page
5 -36
5 -36
5 -37
5 -37
5 -38
5 -38
5 -38
5 -42
5 -42
5 -42
5 -42
5 -43
5 -43
5 -44
5 -46
5 -46
5 -46
5 -46
5 -47
5 -47
5 -47
5 -48
5 -48
5 -48
5 -49
5 -50
5 -50
5 -50
5 -51
5 -52
5 -53
5 -54
5 -54
5 -55
5 -56
5 -56
5 -57
5.3
Opening the Caps and Moving the Wiper Unit

5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins
5.3.2 Moving the wiper unit
5.4 Opening and Closing the Ink Supply Valve
5.5 Draining the Ink
5.5.1 Automatic ink drainage
5.5.2 Manual ink drainage
6. ADJUSTMENT AND SETUP
6.1 Adjustment and Setup Items
6.1.1 Mistaken insertion of ink tanks prevention mechanism setting
6.1.2 Adjustment of head holder tilt lever
6.2 Adjustment and Setup Procedures
6.2.2 Adjustment of the head holder tilt lever
7. TROUBLESHOOTING
7.1 Outline of Troubleshooting
7.1.1 Outline
7.1.2 Notice for Troubleshooting
7.2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur
7.2.1 x Ink Check (the ink color is indicated by x)
(W01000, W01001, W01002, W01003, W01004, W01005)
7.2.2 W-Ink Full Soon
(W01006)
7.2.3 Memory Overflow
(W0100C)
7.2.4 Feed Limit..
(W0100F)
7.2.5 Incorrect Media
(W01021)
7.2.6 W01030/W01031/W01032/W01033/W01034/W01035/W01036/
W01037/W01038/W01039: GARO W0103x (number is indicated by x)
7.3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur
7.3.1 E02000
Roll media end sensor error
7.3.2 E02005/E0200D/E02016
Feed sensor error
7.3.3 E0200A/E0200B/E0200C/E0200E/E0200F/E02010/E02017/E02018
Media sensor error
7.3.4 E02011
Roll media tray set sensor error
7.3.5 E02015
Cutter error
7.3.6 E02400/E02401/E02402/E02403
Path mismatch error
7.3.7 E02500/E02501/E02502/E02503/E02504/E02505
Ink empty error
7.3.8 E02506/E02507/E02508/E02509/E0250A/E0250B
Ink tank uninstalled error (during ink tank replacement)
7.3.9 E02520
Ink level unknown error
7.3.10 E02777
Communication error
7.3.11 E02800/E02801/E02802/E02803/E02811
Printhead error
VI
Page
5 -57
5 -58
5 -58
5 -59
5 -60
5 -60
5 -61
5 -61
5 -62
5 -63
5 -63
5 -64
5 -64
5 -65
5 -66
5 -67
5 -67
5 -68
5 -69
5 -69
5 -69
5 -70
5 -71
5 -71
5 -71
5 -72
5 -72
5 -73
5 -73
5 -74
5 -74
7.3.12 E02804/E02805/E02806/E02807/E02808/E02809/E0280A/
E0280B/E0280C/E0280D/E0280E/E0280F
Ink tank error
7.3.13 E02812/E02A00/E02A01/E02A02/E02A03
Engine controller internal error
7.3.14 E02813/ E02814
Head management sensor error
7.3.15 E02B01
Tray sensor error
7.3.16 E02B04
Upper cover sensor error
7.3.17 E02B05
Right cover sensor error
7.3.18 E02B06
Carriage cover sensor error
7.3.19 E02D00/E02D01
Sensor error in purge unit
7.3.20 E02D02
Carriage homeposition error
7.3.21 E02D03
Feed motor error
7.3.22 E02D04
Roll media feed motor error
7.3.23 E02D05
Air flow fan error
7.3.24 E02D06
Ink supply valve switching error
7.3.25 E02E01/E02E05
Carriage motor error
7.3.26 E02E02
Roll media set sensor error
7.3.27 E02E03
Pinch roller up/down sensor error
7.3.28 E02E10
IEEE1394 error
7.3.29 E02F00
System controller internal error
7.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur
7.4.1 Printhead error!
(E04000)
7.4.2 Waste ink full!
(E04001)
7.4.3 Scale read error!
(E04002)
7.5 Troubleshooting for Other Problems Indicated on the Display
7.5.1 Incorrect Value: Check Value
7.5.2 Offline: Load Roll Media
7.5.3 Offline: Load Cut Sheet
Offline: Remove Cut Sheet
7.5.4 Offline: Open Upper Cover
7.5.5 Offline: Open Tray
7.5.6 Off line: Open Roll Tray
7.5.7 Printer Setup: Open Upper Cover
7.5.8 Printer Setup: Ins. Ink Tank OK
VII
Page
5 -75
5 -75
5 -75
5 -76
5 -77
5 -78
5 -78
5 -80
5 -80
5 -85
5 -95
5 -100
5 -104
5 -107
5 -109
5 -110
5 -115
5 -130
5 -145
5 -154
5 -157
5 -160
7.6
Troubleshooting for Problems Not Indicated on the Display

7.6.1 Printer does not turn on
7.6.2 Network is not connected
7.6.3 Right cover does not open
7.6.4 Printing problems (ink is full)
7.6.5 Printing problems (ink is not full)
7.6.6 Other printing problems
8. CONNECTOR POSITIONS AND PIN ARRANGEMENT
8.2 Engin Controller
8.4 Head Relay PCB
8.5 Motor Driver PCB
8.6 Power Supply
9. circuit diagram
9.1 General Circuit Diagram
9.5 Head Relay PCB
9.6 Motor Driver
9.7 Power Supply
VIII
III. ILLUSTRATION INDEX

Page
1- 1
1- 3
1- 4
1- 5
1- 7
1- 9
1 -10
1 -11
Part 1: SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS

Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
11111111-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Moving Parts of the Printer

Ink Passages
Ink Mist
Electrical Parts
Printhead
Installing the Ink tank
Precautions Against Static Electricity
Capping Position
Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

22222222-
1
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
22222222-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
External View of Printer

Printhead
Ink Tank
Cutter
Roll holder
Printhead
Ink Tank
Cutter blade
Part 3: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

3- 1
3- 2
3- 2
3- 3
3- 4
3- 5
3- 6
3- 7
3- 8
3- 9
3- 10
3- 11
3- 12
3- 13
3- 14
3- 15
3- 16
3- 16
3- 17
3- 19
3- 24
3- 26
3- 27
3- 27
3- 28
3- 28
3- 29
3- 29
3- 30
3- 31
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
3- 1
3- 2
3- 3
3- 4
3- 5
3- 6
3- 7
3- 8
3- 9
3- 10
3- 11
3- 12
3- 13
3- 14
3- 15
3- 16
3- 17
3- 18
3- 19
3- 20
3- 21
3- 22
3- 23
3- 24
3- 25
3- 26
3- 27
3- 28
3- 29
3- 30
Front View of the Printer

Rear View of the Printer
Carriage Unit
Internal Parts of the Printer
Roll Media Tray Unit
Required Space when Removing from Box
Space Required for Installation
Unpacking the Printer
Handles the Printer
Unpacking the Stand
Assembling the Stand
Installing the Printer
Removing Packing Materials
Removing and Storing the Belt Stopper
Connenting the Power Supply
Installing Printhead
Installing an Ink Tank
Installing Order of Ink Tanks
Specifying Language
Connecting the Interface Cable
Position of the Carriage During Manual Capping
Remaining Roll Media Window
Loading the Roll Media (1/5)
Cutting the Roll Media
Loading the Cut Sheet Media
Replacing the Printhead (1/2)
IX
Page
3- 32
3- 33
3- 34
3- 36
3- 38
3- 40
3- 40
3- 42
3- 43
3- 44
3- 45
3- 48
3- 49
3- 51
3- 52
3- 52
3- 54
3- 55
3- 56
3- 57
2- 58
3- 58
3- 59
3- 59
3- 60
3- 61
3- 62
3- 81
3- 81
3- 82
3- 82
3- 82
3- 83
3- 84
3- 85
3- 86
3- 87
3- 87
3- 88
3- 88
3- 89
3- 89
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
3- 31
3- 32
3- 33
3- 34
3- 35
3- 36
3- 37
3- 38
3- 39
3- 40
3- 41
3- 42
3- 43
3- 44
3- 45
3- 46
3- 47
3- 48
3- 49
3- 50
3- 51
3- 52
3- 53
3- 54
3--55
3- 56
3- 57
3- 58
3- 59
3- 60
3- 61
3- 62
3- 63
3- 64
3- 65
3- 66
3- 67
3- 68
3- 69
3- 70
3- 71
3- 72
Replacing the Printhead (2/2)

Replacing the Ink Tank (1/2)
Replacing the Ink Tank (2/2)
Replacing the Cutter Blade
Operation Panel
Change of Printer States
Correlation Diagram for Each Mode
Map of the Main Menu (1/3)
Map of the Media Type
Pattern A (Image)
Pattern B (Image)
Status Print (Image)
Nozzle Check Pattern (Image)
Viewing the Software Version
Map of the Service Mode (1/3)
Map of the Service Mode(2/3)
Map of the Service Mode(3/3)
PRINT-INF (Image)
WARNING
ERROR
P-SETTING
INK CHECK
I/O DISPLAY
NOZZLE (Image)
SCALE (Image)
com_fut.exe (Startup)
com_fut.exe (Setup 1)
com_fut.exe (Setup 2)
com_fut.exe (Send Image)
com_fut.exe (Transmission is completed)
com_fut.exe (Completed Image)
ssw (Image)
ssw_head (Image)
ssw_ink (Image)
Service Information Access Software (Startup 1)
Service Information Access Software (Startup 2)
Service Information Access Software (Setup 1)
Service Information Access Software (Setup 2)
Service Information Access Software (Code Input)
Service Information Access Software (Access Information Image)

4- 1
4- 2
4- 5
4- 6
4- 7
4- 8
4- 13
4- 14
4- 16
4- 17
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
4- 1
4- 2
4- 3
4- 4
4- 5
4- 6
4- 7
4- 8
4- 9
4- 10
Printer Block Diagram

Print Signal Sequence
Conceptual Diagram of Nozzle Blocks
Example of Print Drive Timing (Nozzle Array Bk in Forward Printing)
Flow chart after Power On
Power Off Flow chart
Printer Mechanical System
Schematic Diagram of the Ink Passage (for One Color)
Ink Tank
Ink Supply Valve
Page
4- 19
4- 20
4- 22
4- 23
4- 24
4- 27
4- 28
4- 29
4- 30
4- 31
4- 32
4- 33
4- 34
4- 35
4- 37
4- 38
4- 39
4- 41
4- 42
4- 45
4- 49
4- 50
4- 51
4- 52
4- 54
4- 56
4- 57
4- 57
4- 58
4- 58
4- 60
4- 61
4- 62
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
4- 11
4- 12
4- 13
4- 14
4- 15
4- 16
4- 17
4- 18
4- 19
4- 20
4- 21
4- 22
4- 23
4- 24
4- 25
4- 26
4- 27
4- 28
4- 29
4- 30
4- 31
4- 32
4- 33
4- 34
4- 35
4- 36
4- 37
4- 38
4- 39
4- 40
4- 41
4- 42
4- 43
Carriage Unit (1)

Carriage Unit (2)
Nozzle Configuration
Nozzle Structure
Signal Contact Points
Purge Unit
Caps
Wiping Operation (Image)
Pumps
Waste Ink absorber
Air Flow
Paper Path
Roll Media feed Sequence
Cut Sheet feed Sequence
Roll Media Tray
Manual Feed Tray/Paper Feed Unit
Cutter Unit
Printer Electrical Section
System Controller
Engine Controller
Carriage Relay PCB
Head Relay PCB
Motor Driver
Power Supply Block Diagram
Layout of Sensors for Covers/Roll Media Tray
Layout of Sensors for Ink Passage System
Cap Sensor Flag
Pump Sensor Flag
Valve Cam Sensor
Head Management Sensor (Conceptual Representation)
Layout of Sensors for Carriage System
Media Sensor (Image)
Layout paperpath sensor
Part 5: MAINTENANCE
5- 3
5- 4
5- 4
5- 5
5- 5
5- 6
5- 8
5- 10
5- 11
5- 12
5- 13
5- 13
5- 14
5- 14
5- 15
5- 16
5- 16
5- 17
5- 18
5- 19
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
5- 1
5- 2
5- 3
5- 4
5- 5
5- 6
5- 7
5- 8
5- 9
5- 10
5- 11
5- 12
5- 13
5- 14
5- 15
5- 16
5- 17
5- 18
5- 19
5- 20
Using the Cover Switch Tool

Apply the grease of upper cover
Applying the grase of carriage
Applying the grease of pinch roller unit
Applying the grease of feed roller
"Right side up" Sign
Disassembly/Assembly Flowcharts for Major Parts
Units Needing to be Drained of Ink When the Printer is Disassembled
Manual Carriage Movement
Units Required for Draining the Ink
Opening the Right Cover
Rear Right Cover and Rear Left Cover
Upper Rear Cover
Upper Cover
Paper Release Lever
Drive Belt (for driving the feed roller)
Fan Support
Joints
Prevention of ink leaks
Cable Mount
XI
Page
5- 19
5- 21
5- 22
5- 22
5- 23
5- 24
5- 25
5- 25
5- 26
5- 27
5- 27
5- 28
5- 28
5- 29
5- 30
5- 31
5- 32
5- 33
5- 33
5- 34
5- 36
5- 37
5- 39
5- 40
5- 41
5- 43
5- 43
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
5- 21
5- 22
5- 23
5- 24
5- 25
5- 26
5- 27
5- 28
5- 29
5- 30
5- 31
5- 32
5- 33
5- 34
5- 35
5- 36
5- 37
5- 38
5- 39
5- 40
5- 41
5- 42
5- 43
5- 44
5- 45
5- 46
5- 47
5- 44
5- 80
5- 85
5- 95
5-100
5-104
5-107
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure
5- 48
5- 49
5- 50
5- 51
5- 52
5- 53
5- 54
Ink Tube Unit

Ink Tube Unit
Carriage Unit
Belt Stopper
Lock Pin of Head Holder
Removing the Head Holder
Checking the Printhead Height Adjustment Lever
Pinch Roller Unit
Paper Guide B
Removing the Head Management Sensor Unit
Feed Roller
Cutter Unit
Removing the Purge Unit
Opening the Ink Tank Unit
Joints
Moving and Securing the Ink Tank Unit
Valve Motor Unit
Waste Ink Absorber
Opening the Caps and Releasing the Carriage Lock Pins
Opening and Closing the Ink Supply Valve
Overview of Manual Ink Drainage (single color)
Top View of Ink Tank Unit
Manual Ink Drainage
Mistaken Insertion of Ink Tanks Prevention Mechanism
Mistaken Insertion of Ink Tanks Prevention Mechanism
Top View (Image of Restoration to Default Status)
Adjusting the Head Holder Tilt Lever
System Controller
Engin Controller
Carriage Relay PCB
Head Relay PCB
Motor Driver PCB
Power Supply
XII
I V. TABLE INDEX
Page
1- 6
Part 1: SAFTEY PRECAUTIONS

Table
1- 1
TYPICAL HEAVY SERVICE PARTS

4 -10
4 -24
Table
Table
4- 1
4- 2
PRINT MODES
SIGNALS AND PIN NUMBERS OF THE SIGNAL CONTACT POINTS
XIII
This page is intentionaly left blank
XIV
Part 1
SAFETY AND
PRECAUTIONS
Page
1- 1
1- 1
1- 2
1- 5
1- 6
1- 7
1- 7
1- 9
1 -10
1 -13
1 -13
1 -14
1 -14
1 -14
1 -14
1 -14
1 -14
1.1 Moving Parts
1.2 Ink
2.1 Printhead
2.2 Ink tank
3.1 Stored Data
W8200
1.1 Moving Parts
Be careful not to get your hair, clothes, or accessories caught in the moving parts of the
printer.
These include the carriage unit and carriage belt activated by the carriage motor; a
caterpillar unit that interlocks with the carriage and protects the ink tube and flexible
cable and; motor-driven feed roller, purge unit, cutter unit and roll media tray activated
by their own motors.
To prevent accidents, the upper cover of the printer is locked during printing so that it
does not open. If the manual feed tray is opened during printing, the carriage moves to
the right or left to return to the home position, and the carriage motor and feed motor
are immediately stopped. If the upper cover is opened in the online/offline mode, the
carriage motor, feed motor, and other driving power supplies are turned off.
Carriage belt
Caterpillar unit
Carriage unit
Carriage motor
Cutter unit
Feed roller
Roll media tray
Pinch roller
Purge unit
Pinch roller drive unit
Feed motor
Roll drive unit
Figure 1-1 Moving Parts of the Printer
1-1
W8200
1.2 Ink
1.2.1 Ink passages
Be careful not to touch the ink passages of the printer or to allow ink to stain the
workbench, hands, clothes or the printer under repair.
The ink flows through the ink tank unit, carriage unit, purge unit, maintenance-jet
tray waste ink absorber unit and the ink tubes that relay ink to each unit.
CAUTION
Although the ink is not harmful to the human body, it contains organic
solvents.
Avoid getting the ink in your mouth or eyes.
Flush well with water and see a doctor if contact occurs.
In case of accidental ingestion of a large quantity, call a doctor
immediately.
Black/Photo Cyan/Photo Magenta/Magenta inks
Glycerin 56-81-5, Ethylene glycol 107-21-1,
Diethylene glycol 111-46-6, Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0
Cyan ink
Glycerin 56-81-5, Ethylene glycol 107-21-1,
Diethylene glycol 111-46-6, Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0,
Copper compound
Yellow ink
Diethylene glycol 111-46-6, Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0
Since this ink contains dyes, stains will not come out of clothing.
1-2
W8200
Maintenance-jet tray
Purge unit
Carriage unit
Ink tank unit

Waste ink absorber
Figure 1-2 Ink Passages
1-3
W8200
1.2.2 Ink mist

Since the printhead prints by squirting ink onto the media, a minute amount of ink
mist is generated in the printing unit during printing. The ink mist is collected in the
printer by the airflow. However, uncollected ink mist may stain the platen unit,
carriage unit, main rail unit, external unit, or purge unit.
These stains may soil the print media or hands and clothes when servicing the
printer, wipe them off carefully with a soft, well-wrung damp cloth.
Platen unit/Carriage unit/

Main rail unit
Upper cover
Purge unit
Figure 1-3 Ink Mist
1-4
W8200

The electrical unit of the printer is activated when connected to the AC power supply.
At the rear of the printer are the system controller, engine controller, power supply,
motor driver PCB, interface connector, and optional connector. The head relay PCB and
carriage relay PCB are incorporated in the carriage unit, and the operation panel is
located on the upper right cover.
When servicing the printer with the cover removed, be extremely careful to avoid
electric shock and shorting contacts.
Operation panel
Carriage relay PCB
System controller
Head relay PCB

AC inlet
Engine controller
Power supply
Interface connector
Take-up unit connector
Motor driver PCB
Figure 1-4 Electrical Parts
1-5
W8200

This printer has service parts which are large and heavy.
Be careful not to get your fingers caught when carrying the printer or setting down the
parts during assembly or disassembly.
The printer stand sticks out of the body in front and behind. Take special care when
carrying large or heavy parts.
TABLE 1-1 TYPICAL HEAVY SERVICE PARTS

Service parts
Roll media tray unit
Dimensions of package box:

width x depth x height (mm)
1311 x 373 x 155
1-6
Weight (kg)
12
W8200
2.1 Printhead
2.1.1 How to handle the printhead
Do not open the printhead package until you are ready to install the head.
When installing the printhead in the printer, hold the knob, and then remove the
protective material and protective cap, in that order. Do not replace the protective cap
once you have removed it from the printhead, since the cap may scratch the nozzles.
To prevent the nozzles from getting clogged with foreign matter or dried ink, install the
printhead immediately after you remove the protective cap. Also make sure to press
down the locking lever of the printhead until you feel a click.
In addition, to prevent clogging of the nozzles, never touch the nozzle unit or ink
supply unit of the printhead, or wipe it with tissue paper or anything else. Also, be
careful not to touch the electrical contact.
Never attempt to disassemble the printhead or to wash it with water.
NOTE
If the nozzles are clogged or purging operation is poor, white horizontal

lines can appear in the printed output. If the problem is not resolved by
cleaning operations, replace the printhead with a new one.
Knob
Nozzle unit
Protective material
Electrical contact
Ink port
Protective cap
Figure 1-5 Printhead
1-7
W8200
2.1.2 Capping
The printer will perform the capping operation when printing has finished or during
standby due to errors, in order to protect the printhead and avoid ink leakage.
If the power cord is accidentally unplugged, turn the power button off, reconnect the
power cord, and turn the power button on to confirm that the printer starts up
properly and changes to the Online or Offline state, then power off the printer
using the power button.
CAUTION
Improper capping may cause clogged printhead nozzles due to dried ink
or ink leakage from the printhead.
2.1.3 When the printer is not used for a long time

Keep the printhead installed in the printer even when it is not used for an extended
period of time.
CAUTION
If the printhead is left uninstalled, printing failure may arise from clogged
nozzles due to the depositing of foreign matter or dried ink when it is reinstalled.
Even if the head remains installed, the nozzle may dry out and cause
printing failure if the ink is drained for transport.
2.1.4 Conductivity of ink

The ink used in this printer is electrically conductive. If ink leaks into the mechanical
unit, wipe clean with a soft, well-wrung damp cloth. If ink leaks onto electrical units,
wipe them completely using tissue paper. In particular, if ink penetrates beneath the
IC chips on the logic board and you cannot remove it completely, replace with a new
logic board.
CAUTION
If electrical units are powered on when ink has leaked, the units may be
damaged.
Never connect the power cord when ink has leaked on the electrical units.
1-8
W8200
2.2 Ink Tank

2.2.1 Opening the ink tank
Do not open the ink tank until ready to use.
To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink supply unit, install the opened Ink
tank immediately.
2.2.2 Handling the ink tank

To prevent foreign matter from entering the ink flow path and causing ink suction and
printing problems, never touch the ink port or terminal section of the ink tank.
When you press down the ink tank cover, the needle enters the ink supply unit, which
allows ink to flow between the printer and ink tank.
Do not raise or lower the ink tank lever, except when replacing the ink tank.
Ink tank
Ink tank cover
Ink port
Terminal section
Figure 1-6 Installing the Ink tank
1-9
W8200

2.3.1 Precautions against static electricity
Certain clothing may generate static electricity, causing an electrical charge to build
up on your body. Such a charge can damage electrical devices.
In particular, never touch the printhead contacts.
Printhead contacts
Carriage unit
Figure 1-7 Precautions Against Static Electricity
1-10
W8200
2.3.2 Fixing the carriage

After printing, the carriage caps the printhead and uses the lock arm inside the purge
unit to apply a mechanical lock.
When transporting the printer, use belt stoppers to secure the carriage at the carriage
home position so that the carriage does not become separated from the lock arm. This
will prevent damage and ink leakage during transportation.
Belt stopper
Figure 1-8 Capping Position
1-11
W8200
2.3.3 Replacing the waste ink absorber

When the waste ink absorber becomes full, an error occurs to indicate that the tank
must be replaced.
The printer will not operate until the error is canceled.
Be careful that the waste ink does not splash when you remove the waste ink
absorber from the printer.
When the waste ink is full, the air flow fan unit is hold approx. 3.0kg, the
maintenance-jet absorber unit is hold approx. 0.3kg and the waste ink absorber unit
is hold approx. 10.5kg in the printer.
CAUTION
When replacing the waste ink absorber unit in the printer, same time
replacing the air flow fan unit and the maintenance-jet absorber unit.
(Refer to Part 5: 5.2.11 Waste ink absorber unit)
After replacing the waste ink absorber in the printer, be sure to always
clear the counter value of the waste ink absorber using the Service mode.
The counter value of the waste ink absorber is stored in the EEPROM
(IC428) on the engine controller. Therefore, when replacing the engine
controller, be sure to refer to Part 5: 5.2.12 Boards.
2.3.4 Refilling the ink

After removing the ink in the printer according to the automatic or manual ink
draining procedure to disassemble, reassemble, or transport/ship the printer, refill
the ink as soon as possible upon completion of those tasks.
If the ink remaining in the printer after the removal has dried up, the ink deposits on
the surfaces of the components may cause damage or abnormal operation.
1-12
W8200

3.1 Stored Data
This printer counts the printing length, number of ink tank replacements, carriage
driving time, number of cleanings, and the cutter usage, and stores this information in
the system controller EEPROM (IC36) and in the engine controller EEPROM (IC428) as
the service mode counter.
The counter holds important information for indicating printer usage status.
You can check the printer information in the counter by printing it in service mode or
displaying it on the display.
Be sure to follow the precautions below when servicing the printer.
1) Repairing or replacing the PCB
Follow the "Each Controller Replacement Procedures" when replacing the system
controller and engine controller.
2) After replacing the carriage unit
The information on the carriage driving time is generated from the carriage unit.
Initialize (clear) the carriage driving time information after replacing the carriage unit.
3) After replacing the purge unit
The information on the number of cleanings is generated from the purge unit. Initialize
(clear) the number of cleanings information after replacing the purge unit.
4) After replacing the waste ink absorber
The information in the waste ink counter is generated from the waste ink absorber.
Initialize (clear) the waste ink counter information after replacing the waste ink
absorber.
CAUTION
REF.
You cannot check the counter information once it is initialized (cleared).

Be careful that you do not perform the initialization before checking the
information.
Also, you cannot modify the counter information from the operation panel.
For the "Each Controller Replacement Procedures," see Part 5: 5.2.12

Boards.
1-13
W8200

Firmware has been downloaded to each of a System Controller and Engine Controller.
When replacing each board with the one with Service Parts, confirm that each firmware
is the latest version. If it is not the latest version, please update it to the latest version.
REF.
For how to upgrade each board, please refer to Part 3: 7. PRINTER SERVICE
SOFTWARE.

Certain clothing may generate static electricity, causing an electrical charge to build up
on your body. Such a charge can damage electrical devices.
To prevent this, discharge any static buildup by touching a grounded metal fitting
before you start disassembling the printer.

The Parts Catalog describes the disassembly/assembly procedures. See the Parts
Catalog when assembling/disassembling the printer. The precautions for
disassembly/assembly are described in Part 5: 5. DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY.

The printer has a diagnostic feature which analyzes printer problems (which may
occur).
The diagnostic results will be displayed on the display and indicated by a light.
For detailed information, see Part 3: 5.2 Error Indicators.

Dispose of the waste ink according to local regulations.

Dispose of the lithium battery according to local regulations.
NOTE
One lithium battery is installed in the Engine Controller of the printer is

not a replacement part.
1-14
W8200
This page intentionally left blank
1-15
Part 2
PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS
Page
2- 1
2- 1
2- 2
2- 3
2- 3
2- 4
2- 4
2- 5
2- 6
2- 6
2 -10
2 -13
1. PRODUCT OVERVIEW
1.2 Features
1.3 Printhead
1.4 Ink Tank
1.5 Cutter
1.6 Roll holder
1.7 Consumables
2. SPECIFICATIONS
W8200
1. PRODUCT OVERVIEW
This printer is a large format printer which is capable of high-speed, photo-quality
printing on large-size paper up to 44 inches wide (B0 size with index lines).
The printer is a stand-mounted. The printer is capable of output to either roll media or
cut sheet.
IEEE1394 or USB port

(option)
LAN port
Power connector
Media take-up unit
Tray
Left cover
Leg cover L
Stand
Upper cover
Operation panel
Right cover
Stacker
Holder stopper
Leg cover R
Roll holder
Hex key wrench
Belt stopper
Printhead
Ink tank
Rail cleaner
Figure 2-1 External View of Printer
2-1
W8200
1.2 Features
High quality photo printing with a high resolution of 1200x1200 dpi and dye inks in 6
colors (Bk, PC, C, PM, M and Y).
Bi-directional printing control for high-speed printing
A one-inch (1280 nozzles) printhead with six rows of integrated nozzles is installed on
the carriage.
The printhead is completely separated from the high-capacity ink tank (330 ml). Ink is
supplied to each printhead from the ink tank through its own tube.
Roll media can be fed automatically from the roll media tray.
Cut sheets can be fed manually from the tray.
Capable of feeding wide paper (up to 44 inches)
Capable of printing long paper up to 18 m in length
Cutter is provided for automatic cutting of media.
Convenient front operations, including feeding and delivery of media and replacement
of ink tanks
2-2
W8200
1.3 Printhead
On the carriage, disposable printhead is installed, each of which contains six rows of
integrated nozzles.
Each row consists of 1280 nozzles, which are arranged in a staggered pattern for
printing efficiency.
If print quality does not improve despite carrying out cleaning, the printhead should be
replaced with a new one. Generally, it is recommended that the print head be replaced
about 12 months after you have opened the package. The reference number of printable
pages for each model is shown below.
Approx. 1,100 sheets (Standard mode (6-pass, Bi-directional), A0 size, 20% duty
pattern for each color)

1.4 Ink Tank
The ink tank is disposable.
There are six colors of dye based Black (Bk), Photo Cyan (PC), Cyan (C), Photo Magenta
(PM), Magenta (M) and Yellow (Y).
To install an ink tank, open the right cover of the printer and insert the tank. The
printer features a mechanism by which only the correct color ink tank will fit in its
given slot.
When the No Ink message is displayed, replace the ink tank with a new one. Also, the
ink tanks should generally be replaced 12 months after you have opened the package.
The reference number of printable pages for each model is shown below.
Bk/Approx. 1200 sheets, PC/Approx. 180 sheets, C/Approx. 780 sheets, PM/Approx.
140 sheets, M/Approx. 530 sheets, Y/Approx. 270 sheets (Standard mode (6-pass, Bidirectional), A0 size, Bicycle (ISO No.5) pattern)
Figure 2-3 Ink Tank
2-3
W8200
1.5 Cutter
The cutter mounted on the cutter unit is a round-blade disposable type cutter.
Replace the cutter blade with a new one when the blade is no longer sharp.
Figure 2-4 Cutter
1.6 Roll Holder

One roll holder can be installed in the roll media tray.
The roll holder for a 2-inch inner diameter paper tube is shipped with the printer.
Also, a roll holder with a 3-inch inner diameter paper tube is available as an option.
The roll holder locks into the cardboard tube of roll media with an outer diameter not
more than 130mm.
Figure 2-5 Roll holder
2-4
W8200
1.7 Consumables
1.7.1 Printhead
The printhead for this printer is a consumable. This consumable printhead is the
same as the printhead shipped with the printer.

1.7.2 Ink tank
The ink tanks are consumable and are available in six colors Black (Bk), Photo Cyan
(PC), Cyan (C), Photo Magenta (PM), Magenta (M) and Yellow (Y). Consumable ink
tanks are the same as the ink tanks shipped with the printer except for the package.
Each bottle has a life of 12 months from the time the package is opened.
Figure 2-7 Ink Tank

1.7.3 Cutter blade
The cutter blade in this printer is a consumable. The consumable cutter blades are
identical to the cutter blades supplied with the printer.
Figure 2-8 Cutter blade
2-5
W8200
2. SPECIFICATIONS
1. Type
W8200: Bubble jet printer (Stand type)
2. Feeding system
Roll media: Automatic feeding
Cut sheet: Manual setting
3. Feeding capacity
Roll media: one of the roll media tray (outer diameter: 130mm or less)
Standard roll holder (provided with the product): inner diameter of the
paper tube: 50.8mm (2)
Option roll holder: inner diameter of the paper tube: 76.2mm (3)
Cut sheet: 1 sheet
4. Delivery system
Delivers the media with its printed side up in the forward direction
5. Sheet delivery capability
1 sheet (Delivered in stacker)
6. Cutter
Automated replaceable cartridge-type cutter
7. Type of media
Plain paper, Coated paper, Heavy coated paper, Glossy paper, Glossy film, BPF*1,
Proofing paper, Photo semi-glossy paper, Photo glossy paper
*1 Use the BPF (Back Print Film) in an environment with humidity of 30% to 80%.
8. Supported thickness
80m to 500m
2-6
W8200
9. Media size
Media
Width
Roll media*1 297mm (11.69) to 1117.6mm (44)
Cut sheet
210mm (8.27)*2 to 1117.6mm (44)
1
* Outer diameter of roll:130mm or less.
*2 ISO A4 : 210.0mm x 297.0mm (8.27" x 11.69")
Length
210mm (8.27) to 18m (708.66)
210mm (8.27)*2 to 1600mm (63)
or more.
10. Printable area

Printable area : Inner part of media excluding the area specified in "11. Margins"
Max. recommended printing area : Max. standard-size of 1117.6mm x 1574.8mm
(44" x 62") or less.
11. Margins
Leading edge
Trailing edge
Left edge
Right edge
Roll media
20mm
23mm
5mm
5mm
Cut Sheet
20mm
23mm
5mm
5mm
12. Printing speed and direction*1

*1 Typical speeds when a JIS SCID No.5 (ISO400) that has been enlarged to A0 fullsize is used as a test image.
Media type
Plain paper
Coated paper
Proofing paper
Other media
Mode
Draft
Standard
Print
resolution (dpi)
300x1200
600x1200
Printpass
2-pass
4-pass
Draft
Standard
Hight
Standard
Hight
Highest
Standard
Hight
Highest
300x1200
600x1200
600x1200
600x1200
1200x1200
1200x1200
600x1200
600x1200
600x1200
2-pass
6-pass
8-pass
6-pass
8-pass
10-pass
6-pass
8-pass
10-pass
Printing
direction
Bi-directional
Print speed*2
Approx. 2.0 min.
Uni-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Approx. 6.0 min.

Approx. 2.0 min.
Approx. 6.0 min.
Approx. 10.0 min.
Approx. 6.0 min.
Approx. 10.0 min.
Approx. 15.0 min.
Approx. 6.0 min.
Approx. 10.0 min.
Approx. 15.0 min.
*2 Speeds represent the time period from when the carriage starts moving until the
final band is printed, excluding the data transmission time.
2-7
W8200
13. Emulation
None
14. Interface
Network (compliance with IEEE802.3 standards)
Compliance with USB specification 2.0 standards (option)
Compliant with IEEE1394-1995 standards and P1394a (draft2.0) (option)
15. Printhead/Ink Tank
Printhead and separate ink tanks
Printhead
Architecture
Maximum number of sheets

that a printhead can print
Ink tank
Ink type
Ink capacity
Maximum number of sheets
that an ink tank can print
BC-1400
Six rows of integrated nozzles arranged in parallel
One row of nozzles: 1280 nozzles arranged in a
staggered pattern
Approx. 1,100 sheets
(Standard mode (6-pass, Bi-directional), A0 size,
20% duty pattern for each color)
BCI-1411 Bk/PC/C/PM/M/Y
Dye ink
Approx. 330 ml
Bk/Approx. 1200 sheets, PC/Approx. 180 sheets,
C/Approx. 780 sheets, PM/Approx. 140 sheets,
M/Approx. 530 sheets, Y/Approx. 270 sheets
(Standard mode (6-pass, Bi-directional), A0 size,
Bicycle (ISO No.5) pattern)
2-8
W8200
16. Detection functions

Presence of media
:
Media width
:
Roll media level
:
Carriage position
:
Presence of ink tank
:
Full waste ink absorber :
Roll media tray opened :
Detectable
Detectable
Not Detectable
Detectable
Detectable
Detectable
Detectable
Media leading and trailing edge :

Skewed feeding
:
Feed roller rotation
:
Presence of printhead
:
Ink level
:
Paper release lever position :
Cover open
:
Detectable
Detectable
Detectable
Detectable
Detectable
Detectable
Detectable
17. Noise during operation

Average during standby: 35dB (A) or less
Average during printing: 55dB (A) or less
(In conformance with ISO9296 sound pressure level )
18. Environmental Conditions
Operating environment
Temperature: 5C to 35C
Humidity: 10% to 90% RH*
Environment where the printing quality is assured
Temperature: 15C to 30C
Humidity: 10% to 80% RH*
* Use the BPF (Back Print Film) in an environment with humidity of 30% to 80%.
19. Power source
AC100V (-15%) to AC240V (+10%)
48Hz to 62Hz
20. Power consumption
AC100V to AC240V
Max.
160W or less
Printing mode*
108W or less
Standby mode
30W or less
Average in the power-save mode
30W or less
* Average values when printed in the Standard mode (6-pass, Bi-directional).
21. Outer dimensions of the body
W1,842mm x D860mm x H1,175mm (including the stand)
22. Weight
Approx. 112kg (including the stand. Approx. 85kg is only the printer.)
2-9
W8200

2.2.1 Network
1) Interface format
Interface complying with IEEE802.3 standards
2) Data transfer
10Base-T/100Base-TX
3) Signal level
Input : threshold
100 Base-TX : turn-on +1000mV diff pk-pk
turn-off +200mV diff pk-pk
10 Base-T :
max +585mV
min +300mV
Output:
100 Base-TX : +0.95V ~ +1.05V
10 Base-T :
+2.2V ~ +2.8V
4) Interface cable
Category 5 (STP or UTP) cable, 100 m max.
Compliance with EIA/TIA-568A or EIA/TIA-568B standards
5) Interface connector
Printer side: IEEE802.3 standards, and compliance with ANSI X3.263 standards
Cable side: IEEE802.3 standards, RJ-45 type
6) Input/output signals and pin configuration
For details, see Part 5: 8. CONNECTOR POSITION AND PIN ARRANGEMENT.
2-10
W8200
2.2.2 USB (option)

1) Interface format
Interface complying with USB 2.0, IEEE1284.4 (draft D1.30) standards
2) Data transfer
Control transfer
Bulk transfer
3) Signal level
Input:
Input sensitivity difference: +0.2 V (Max.)
Common mode difference: +0.8 V to +2.5 V
Output:
Static output High: +2.8 V to +3.6 V
Static output Low: +0.3 V max.
4) Interface cable
Twisted-pair shielded cable, 5.0 m max.
Compliance with USB standards
Wire materials
AWG No. 28, data wire pair (AWG: American Wire Gauge)
AWG No. 20 to No. 28, wire pair
Printer side: USB standards, series B receptacle
Cable side: USB standards, series B plug
2-11
W8200
2.2.3 IEEE1394 (option)

1) Interface format
Interface complying with IEEE1394-1995, P1394a (draft 2.0) standards
2) Data transfer
Asynchronous transfer
3) Signal level
Input:
Differential input voltage:
S100 During
During
S200 During
During
S400 During
During
negotiation period +173 mV to +260 mV

data reception +142 mV to +260 mV
Output:
Differential output voltage: +172 mV to +265 mV
4) Interface cable
Twisted-pair shielded cable, 4.5 m max.
Compliance with IEEE1394-1995 standards or P1394a (draft 2.0) standards
Printer side: IEEE1394 standards, 6-pin connector (socket)
Cable side: IEEE1394 standards, 6-pin connector (plug)
2-12
W8200

The relationship between the required operating environment and drivers for this
printer and the supplied software is shown in the table below.
Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows Windows
XP
2000
NT 4.0
LPR Port
USB Driver
Me
98
95
MacOS
MacOS
8.6/9.x
GARO Printer
Driver
(*1)
IEEE1394 Driver
NetSpot Suite
Service
NetSpot Job
Monitor
NetSpot Console
Remote User
Interface
Device Status
Extension
Port Setting Tool
: Installation required
: Install if necessary
: Installation required for some interfaces

: Installation not necessary
: Not supported
*1 : Only inf file is necessary
NOTE
The abbreviation GARO displayed in the printer driver stands for "Graphic
Arts Language with Raster Operations." GARO is a printer language for
creating raster image data.
2-13
Part 3
OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS
Page
3- 1
3- 1
3- 5
3- 5
3 -20
3 -20
3 -25
3 -26
3 -26
3 -38
3 -40
3 -41
3 -53
3 -53
3 -67
3 -78
3 -78
3 -78
3 -79
3 -79
3 -80
3 -80
3 -84

2. PRINTER SETUP
2.1 Installation
4. OPERATION
4.2 Operation Panel
4.4 Main Menu
5.1 Service Mode
6.2 Download Mode
7. Printer Service Software
7.3 Firmware recovery Software of the System Controller
W8200
Part 3: Operations

The names and functions of the printer parts are shown below.
1.1.1 Front
Upper cover
This cover is opened when installing the printhead,
sets cut sheets, removing paper jams inside the
printer, and other operations.
Operation panel
The operation panel includes the
Power button, Online button, and
display.
Tray
The tray sets cut sheets and
discharges printed sheets. The
tray is opened when loading the
roll media.
Roll media tray

This tray is for loading the
roll holder. This tray is
pulled out when loading
the roll media.
Right cover
This cover is opened
when replacing the ink
tanks. This cover is
normally locked.
Stacker
This is a cloth tray where the printed
media are stacked.
Stand
This is a platform with casters that
supports the printer unit.
The inside of the stand can be equipped
with a stacker or optional take-up unit.
Figure 3-1 Front View of the Printer
3-1
W8200
Part 3: Operations
1.1.2 Rear
Ground cable connector
The ground cable is connected here.
Power connector
The power cord is connected here.
Take-up unit connector
The take-up unit (optional) is connected here.
Expansion slot (option)

LAN port
Figure 3-2 Rear View of the Printer

1.1.3 Carriage unit
Printhead lock cover
This cover is used to lock the
printhead. This is opened when
installing the printhead.
Carriage cover
This cover protects the carriage.
This cover is opened when
installing the printhead.
Printhead
Carriage
Print head lock lever

This lever is used to lock the
printhead lock cover. This lever
is opened when installing the
printhead.
Figure 3-3 Carriage Unit

3-2
W8200
Part 3: Operations
1.1.4 Internal part

Air filter
Paper release lever

This lever is used to
release the pinch roller
when loading cut sheets
and when a paper jam
occurs.
Air filter
Figure 3-4 Internal Parts of the Printer
3-3
W8200
Part 3: Operations
1.1.5 Roll media tray unit
Belt stopper
The belt stopper is used for locking the carriage into place
when moving the printer.
Roll release lever

This lever is used to release
the pressure for the roll feed roller.
Tray open lever
This lever is used to pull out
the roll media tray.
Figure 3-5 Roll Media Tray Unit
3-4
W8200
PART 3 Operations
2. PRINTER SETUP
2.1 Installation
In addition to the printer unit, an accessory kit is needed when installing the printer.
The accessory kits are prepared separately for each region.
Take the following precautions when installing the printer.
CAUTION
Always hold the handles when lifting and moving the printer. Never hold
the printer by any other parts.
The printer unit weight approx. 85 kg. At least two people are required to
unpack the printer and take it out from the box.
1m
1m
1m
Figure 3-6 Required Space when Removing from Box
3-5
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.1 Installation environment

Leave a clear space around the printer to ensure easy operation and maintenance.
1432mm
Height and Width
1842mm
Installation space
Depth
860mm
1m
1m
1m
1m
Figure 3-7 Space Required for Installation

Follow the precautions below when choosing the location.
CAUTION
Do not subject the printer to extremely high or low temperature. Also

avoid extremely high or low humidity. The operating temperature is 5C 35C with humidity 10% - 90% RH.
Avoid direct sunlight. Use curtains if there is no alternative.
Avoid abrupt changes in temperature.
Avoid dusty locations.
Avoid placing it in the vicinity of an air conditioner or an electric fan.
Their air currents may damage the printer.
Avoid places prone to vibrations.
Install the printer unit on a stable floor which safely supports the printer
weight (approx. 112 kg (including stand) and will not subject the printer
to vibrations. Do not install the printer on a carpeted floor where it
cannot remain level and stable. Doing so can harm the print quality. If
the printer must be installed on a weak surface due to unavoidable
circumstances, install it on top of a sturdy plate (such as an iron plate)
which is broad enough to accommodate the printer.
3-6
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.2 Unpacking
a) Unpacking the printer
1) Open the package and make sure that the items below have been included:
Accessory kit
Power cord
Hex key wrench

Printhead
Ink tank
(Bk,C,PC,M,PM,Y)
Rail cleaner
Setup Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Roll holder &

holder stopper
User Softwere CD-ROM

Manual CD-ROM
Figure 3-8 Unpacking the Printer
3-7
W8200
Part 3: Operations
Follow the precautions below when unpacking the printer.
CAUTION
Always hold the handles when lifting and moving the printer. Holding the
printer by its cover can deform the cover.
Handle
Handle
Figure 3-9 Handles the Printer
3-8
W8200
Part 3: Operations
b) Unpacking the accessory kit

Unpack the accessory kit and make sure that the items below have been included:
Power cord
Quick reference guide
Printhead
User softwere CD-ROM
Ink tank
Manual CD-ROM
Set-up Guide
NOTE
Other types of power cords are also available. Make sure to use the
correct type of accessory kit in accordance with the region (country)
where the printer is installed.
A interface cable is needed to connect the printer to a computer.
c) Unpacking the stand

Unpack the stand, and check that the items shown below are provided.
Stand leg L,R
Stand upper stay
Stand lower stay
Leg cover L,R

Stacker
Hex screw (16 pcs.)
Hex key wrench
Figure 3-10 Unpacking the Stand
3-9
Anti-slip sheet (2 sheets)
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.3 Assembling the stand

The stacker, leg cover L, leg cover R, anti-slip sheets (2 sheets) are used after the
printer is installed on the stand.
Leg cover L
Leg cover R
Anti-slip sheet
Anti-slip sheet
Stacker
Figure 3-11 Assembling the Stand
3-10
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.4 Installing the printer
Figure 3-12 Installing the Printer

Always hold the handles when lifting and moving the printer. Holding the
CAUTION printer by its cover can deform the cover.
3-11
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.5 Removing packing materials

After installing the printer on a stand, remove all of the packing materials attached to
the printer.
Figure 3-13 Removing Packing Materials
3-12
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.6 Removing the belt stopper

Remove the belt stopper (1 screw).
The belt stopper is needed when transporting the printer, and so store the belt
stopper by screwing it to the left side of the roll media tray.
When removing the belt stopper, be careful not to bring it into contact
CAUTION with the linear scale. If the linear scale is scratched, the printer may not
operate properly.
Belt stopper
Figure 3-14 Removing and Storing the Belt Stopper
NOTE
To prevent ink leakage and damage to the printhead, be sure to always

use the belt stopper to secure the carriage before moving the printer.
3-13
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.7 Connecting the power supply

1) Connect the power cord and the ground wire to the printer.
2) Connect the ground wire to a ground terminal. Connect the power plug to an
electrical outlet.
Tooth washer
Ground wire
Power cord
Figure 3-15 Connenting the Power Supply
CAUTION
Be sure to connect the ground wire if a groundless power cord is being

used. Failure to connect the ground wire can result in electric shocks.
You may connect the ground wire to:
1. Grounding terminals of electrical outlets.
2. Terminals used to make a connection to a ground.
3-14
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.8 Installing the printhead

Follow the steps below to install the printhead.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Check that all covers are closed.

Press the [Power] button to turn on the printer.
Open the upper cover.
Remove the tape from the carriage cover.
Open the carriage cover, printhead lock lever, and printhead lock cover until they
stop.
6) Open the package containing the printhead.
7) Remove the orange protective material and cap on the printhead.
8) Install the printhead in the carriage.
9) Close the printhead lock cover, printhead lock lever, and the carriage cover, in that
order, and then lock the printhead into position.
10) Close the upper cover.
1
Carriage cover
Printhead
lock cover
Printhead
lock lever
Figure 3-16 Installing Printhead
CAUTION
Take the following precautions when handling the printhead.

Unseal the package of the printhead only when you are ready to install
it.
Do not replace the orange protective cap once you have removed it from
the printhead. If there is foreign matter stuck to the protective cap, it
may scratch the printhead.
Never put a printhead on racks or tables with the nozzles facing
downward. If the head becomes scratched or dirty, it may result in poor
quality printing.
Never touch the head area or the electrodes. If those areas become soiled
by dirt or finger grease, it may result in poor quality printing.
3-15
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.9 Installing the ink tanks

Follow the steps below to install the ink tanks.
1)
2)
3)
4)
After installing the printhead, open the right cover.

Open the package containing the ink tank.
Install the ink tank while holding up the ink tank cover.
Press down the ink tank cover firmly until you feel a click as the ink tank is locked
into position.
5) Repeat steps 2) to 4) until the ink tanks are installed for all 6 colors.
6) Close the right cover. The message "Ink Filling" is shown on the display, and the
initial filling of the ink is started automatically. The times until the initial filling is
completed are approx. 11 minutes.
Ink tank cover
Figure 3-17 Installing an Ink Tank
NOTE
The ink tank covers have a mark which indicates which ink color goes in a
particular slot, and each tank can be installed only in the correct slot.
Never try to force a tank into a wrong slot, as this may damage the printer.
Install Black (Bk), Photo Cyan (PC), Cyan (C), Photo Magenta (PM),
Magenta (M) and Yellow (Y) from left to right.
BK PC C PM M Y
Figure 3-18 Installing Order of Ink Tanks
3-16
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.10 Language setting

This feature allows the user to specify which language should be used for message
display. Select from the following six languages: English, Japanese, French, German,
Italian and Spanish.
Follow the steps below to specify the language.
Language
English
Enter the setting language.
Offline
Select the setting language.
Figure 3-19 Specifying Language
NOTE
To change the language setting, refer to Part 3: 4.4 Main Menu and select
the "Language" menu.
After making the language setting, all messages are displayed in the
specified language except for those in Service mode. The messages in
Service mode are displayed in English regardless of the language setting
made in the menu.
3-17
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.11 Loading paper

Roll media and cut sheet media are available for this printer. Refer to Part 3: 4.1 User
Replacements for how to load the print media.
2.1.12 Checking and adjusting the print status

After installing the printer, perform a nozzle check print and print position
adjustment to confirm that the printer is operating properly.
NOTE
The printer may not produce satisfactory printing results when printing on
paper types other than those used for the adjustment or when the vertical
position of a printhead has been changed. It is recommended that you
make the "Adjust Printer" setting before a print job for producing optimum
print quality when a new paper type has been selected or when the vertical
position of a printhead has been changed.
a) Nozzle check
1) Select the media to be used. (Roll media or cut sheets that are A3 size or larger
are needed.)
2) Enter the Main menu. (Refer to Part 3: 4.4.1 Main Menu operations.)
3) Select "Test Print" --> "Nozzle Check".
4) After printing, confirm that the check pattern printout is normal.
b) Adjusting the printhead position
1) Select the media to be used for adjustment. (Roll media or cut sheets that are A3
size or larger are needed.)
3) Select "System Setup" --> "Adjust Printer" --> "Print Pattern A".
4) After printing, check the adjustment pattern, and then perform adjustment.
c) Adjusting the sheet feeding rate
1) Select the media to be used for adjustment. (Roll media or cut sheets that are A3
size or larger are needed.)
3) Select "System Setup" --> "Adjust Printer" --> "Print Pattern B".
4) After printing, check the adjustment pattern, and then perform adjustment.
3-18
W8200
Part 3: Operations
2.1.13 Connecting the interface cable

A LAN port interface is provided as standard in this printer.
USB 2.0 port and IEEE1394 port interfaces are available as options, and one of these
port interfaces can be added at the expansion slot. Connect to these ports according
to the computer that you are using and the connection method.
Note that this printer does not include an interface cable. Please obtain the suitable
cable (available commercially) for the required length and connection method that you
are using.
NOTE
CAUTION
The available interfaces on the printer are 10Base-T/100Base-TX and USB

2.0 (option) or IEEE1394 (option). Use the following lengths for the
connected interface cable.
10Base-T/100Base-TX: 100 m max., USB: 5.0 m max., IEEE1394: 4.5 m
max.
The printer can be damaged if the connectors of the interface cable are
connected in the wrong direction. Be sure to check the direction of the
connectors before connecting the interface cable.
USB cable *type B

(option)
LAN cable
Wire saddle
Cable
IEEE1394 cable
(option)
Figure 3-20 Connecting the Interface Cable
3-19
W8200
Part 3: Operations

Do not remove the printhead once they are installed, as this may cause the nozzles to
dry out or accumulate foreign matter. Also the head must be capped and stay in the
carriage while transporting the printer. In spite of this precaution, shocks incurred
during transportation can still damage the print heads. Print the "Nozzle Check" before
moving the printer, print the "Nozzle Check" after installing in a new location, and
compare the two printouts. If any deterioration is evident in the output quality, replace
the printhead with new ones.

This subsection describes how to transport the printer.
When moving the printer to another place on the same floor of the building, move it
slowly so that it does not receive any shocks. Follow the steps shown in 3.1.1 Moving the
printer on the same floor.
When moving it elsewhere, follow the steps shown in 3.1.2 How to transport the printer to a
different floor to a Different Floor and Means of Transportation to prevent ink leakage
during transportation.
CAUTION
Always hold the handles at the bottom of the printer when lifting and
moving the printer. Holding the printer by its cover can deform the cover.
Moving or transport operations where the printer needs to be temporarily
tilted or stood upright must be performed by service personnel.
3-20
W8200
Part 3: Operations
3.1.1 Moving the printer on the same floor

1) Turn off the [power] button, and check that the heads are capped.
2) Open the upper cover, and mount the belt stopper.
CAUTION
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
When mounting the belt stopper, be careful not to move the carriage by
applying too much pressure. If the carriage moves when the heads are
capped, the rubber part of the cap may touch the nozzles on the heads
and damage the printhead.
Close the upper cover.

Open the roll media tray, and wind the roll media back into the media cassette.
Remove the roll media from the roll media tray, and then close the roll media tray.
Remove the interface cable and power cord (ground wire) from the printer.
Unlock the casters on the stand.
Grasp the printer by the handles at the bottom, and then slowly move the printer.
CAUTION
If the printer is subjected to strong vibrations when it is moved, it can

cause ink leakage or damage to the printhead. Be sure to move the printer
slowly and carefully.
3-21
W8200
Part 3: Operations
3.1.2 How to transport the printer to a different floor

If the take-up unit mounted on it, remove these devices and have them packed for
transportation.
Follow the steps shown in a) When the printer is operating properly. When the printer
is not operating properly due to breakdown or a power-supply problem, follow the
steps shown in b) When the printer is not operating properly.
a) When the printer is operating properly
CAUTION
1)
2)
3)
4)
Before starting the operation, be sure to always check the value for
COUNTER > PRINTER > LIFE under Service mode.
If the LIFE value exceeds 9,000 sheets, the waste ink may leak when the
printer is temporarily tilted or stood upright. To prevent the waste ink
from leaking, drain the ink, and then remove the waste ink absorber unit,
air flow fan unit and maintenance jet absorber unit. Package the removed
waste ink absorber unit, air flow fan unit and maintenance jet absorber
unit separately so that the waste ink does not leak from them.
Turn on the [Power] button on the printer

Open the roll media tray, and wind the roll media back into the media cassette.
Remove the roll media from the roll media tray, and then close the roll media tray.
While referring to Part 3: 4.4 Main Menu, enter the Main menu, and then select
"System Setup" > "Move Printer". Follow the instructions in the messages, and
remove all of the ink tanks.
Put the removed ink tanks in the plastic bag with the ink supply part upward and
close the opening.
It takes about 4 minutes to complete the "Move Printer" operation.
CAUTION
Never disconnect the power cord, or open the covers while the "Move
Printer" operation is in progress since this can cancel the operation. If
the "Move Printer" operation is canceled while in progress, the printer
will remain in offline mode, and it will not switch to online mode. If the
operation is canceled accidentally, restart the procedure from step 4).
The "Move Printer" operation will drain ink from the printer to the waste
ink absorber. The drain ink amounts are approx. 38g per color.
5) Once the "Move Printer" operation is completed, turn off the [Power] button.
6) Open the upper cover, check that the heads are capped, and then use the belt
stopper to secure the carriage in place. (Refer to Part 1: 2.3.2 Fixing the carriage.)
CAUTION
When mounting the belt stopper, be careful not to move the carriage by
applying too much pressure. If the carriage moves when the heads are
capped, the rubber part of the cap may touch the nozzles on the heads
and damage the printhead.
3-22
Part 3: Operations
W8200

8) Disconnect the interface cable and power cord from the printer.
9) If the value for COUNTER > PRINTER > LIFE under Service mode that was
checked before operation exceeds 9,000 sheets, remove the waste ink absorber
unit, air flow fan unit and maintenance jet absorber unit, and package them
separately so that waste ink does not leak from them.
Reattach the parts removed in the process of removing the waste ink absorber
unit, air flow fan unit and maintenance jet absorber unit to the printer.
10) While referring to Part 3: 2.1.5 Removing the Packing Materials, attach the
cushioning materials and tape.
11) Remove the printer from the stand.
12) Pack the printer into the packing box, and then put the roll media, ink tank, and
optional devices in another packing box for moving.
Use the original packing material for the printer and optional devices. If it is not
available, pack them with a sufficient amount of cushioning materials.
b) When the printer is not operating properly
1) Make sure that the printer is turned off.
2) Disconnect the interface cable and power cord (ground wire) from the printer.
3) Open the roll media tray, and wind the roll media back into the media cassette.
4) Remove the roll media from the roll media tray, and then close the roll media tray.
5) While referring to Part 5: 5.5.2 Manual Ink Drainage, drain the ink from the printer.
6) While referring to Part 3: 3.1.3 Manual Capping, perform the capping operation.
7) Remove the waste ink absorber unit, air flow fan unit and maintenance jet
absorber unit, and then package them separately so that the waste ink does not
leak from them.
Reattach the parts to the printer that were taken off in the process of removing
the waste ink absorber unit, air flow unit and maintenance jet absorber unit.
8) Attach all of the exterior covers
9) Open the upper cover, and then use the belt stopper to secure the carriage in
place. (Refer to Part 1: 2.3.2 Fixing the carriage.)
11) While referring to Part 3: 2.1.5 Removing the Packing Materials, attach the
cushioning materials and tape.
12) Remove the printer from the stand.
13) Use the original packing material for the printer and optional devices. If it is not
available, pack them with a sufficient amount of cushioning materials.
3-23
W8200
Part 3: Operations
3.1.3 Manual capping

When transporting the printer, cap the Printhead to protect the nozzles from drying
out and to keep them clean. Follow the procedures described below:
1) While referring to Part 5: 5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins,
open all of the caps.
2) Move the carriage to the home position.
3) While referring to Part 5: 5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins.
CAUTION
Manual capping is an emergency measure when the printer does not

operate. Manual capping can damage the printhead.
Carriage unit
Move until it comes to a stop.
Figure 3-21 Position of the Carriage During Manual Capping
3-24
W8200
Part 3: Operations

3.2.1 Installing the printer on the same floor
If ink has not been drained from the printer when moving it to another place on the
same floor, then an operation check (Test Print) needs to be performed after the
printer is moved to a new location. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.12 Checking and adjusting the print
status.
3.2.2 Installing the printer on a different floor

If ink has been drained when transporting the printer to a different floor, follow the
installation procedure below. It is nearly identical to the procedure when installing for
the first time.
1) Unpack the printer, and mount the printer on a stand.
2) Remove the cushioning materials and tape. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.2 Unpacking and Part
3: 2.1.5 Removing packing materials.
3) Remount the waste ink absorber unit, air flow fan unit and maintenance jet
absorber unit if they were removed.
4) Remove the belt stopper. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.6 Removing the belt stopper.
5) Connect the power cord and ground wire. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.7 Connecting the power
supply.
6) Install the ink tanks. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.9 Installing the ink tanks.
7) Load the media, and perform the operation check. Refer to Part 3: 2.1.12 Checking
and adjusting the print status.
3-25
W8200
Part 3: Operations
4. OPERATION
The print media, the ink tanks, the printhead, and the cutter blade can be replaced by
the user as required. When it is necessary to replace the ink tanks a message is shown
on the display.
4.1.1 Replacing print media

The printer can load roll media and cut sheet.
NOTE
When loading the print media, always hold the paper edges, outside the
print area. If you hold the print area, finger grease or foreign matter may
adhere to the paper surface, which may affect the print quality.
4.1.2 When to replace roll media

Each roll media tray has a window indicating the amount of roll media remaining.
This window allows you to check visually the approximate amount of roll media
remaining in the tray.
Roll holder
Roll media
Figure 3-22 Remaining Roll Media Window
3-26
W8200
Part 3: Operations
4.1.3 How to replace roll media

1) Pull out the roll media tray until it moves no more.
2) Wind back the media, and then hold both ends of the roll holder to remove it from
the roll cassette.
3) Remove the holder stopper from the roll holder, and then pull out the roll holder
from the roll media.
Figure 3-23 Loading the Roll Media (1/5)

4) Prepare a new roll media.
5) Place the roll media sideways on a desk or other flat surface, and then insert the
roll holders while paying attention to the winding direction.
6) Attach the holder stopper.
7) Load the roll holder with the mounted roll media into the roll media tray.
3-27
W8200
Part 3: Operations
8) Flip the roll release lever to the back to release the paper guide.
9) Pull out the roll media with the leading end facing up, and then insert it between
the paper guides.

10) Pull out the media edge evenly up to the roll media so that the right and left edges
are parallel. Using the edges of the roll media as a guide, pull out the right and left
edges evenly.
11) While holding down the center of the roll media, turn the roll holder in the
direction shown in the figure below to take up any slack.
3-28
W8200
Part 3: Operations
12) Pull the roll release lever forward while pressing down the roll holder to lock the
paper guides.
13) Turn the right and left roll holders in the direction of the arrows, and wind the
leading edge of the media so that approximately 1 to 2 mm is visible from the edge
of the paper guides.
1~2mm

NOTE
Make sure that the leading edge of the loaded media is straight and clean.
If it is not, unwind and trim the media as necessary. Slide a cutter along
the guide plate to cut the media.
Figure 3-28 Cutting the Roll Media

14) Close the roll media tray. The message display will ask you to specify the type of
media to be loaded in the media tray.
Select the media type, and then press the [Enter] button. The printer feeds the
paper forward, cuts off about 100 mm from the leading edge, and then winds it
back to the print starting position on the platen.
NOTE
The selected media type can be checked on the printer driver screen.
If the roll media tray is pulled out of the printer, the printer assumes
that the media has been changed, and it will display the roll media type
menu.
3-29
W8200
Part 3: Operations
4.1.4 Loading the cut sheets

1) Press the [Online] button, and then select either "Offline" or "Main Menu".
2) Press the [Paper Source] button so that the [Cut Sheet] lamp turns on. The paper
release lever raises up, and the roll media is automatically rewound to the standby
position.
3) Open the upper cover.
4) With the printing surface of the cut sheets facing upward, insert the sheet flatly
under the pinch roller, load in alignment with the right-side guide and rear-side
guides, and then close the upper cover.
Rear-side guide
Right-side guide
Rear-side guide
Pinch roller
Figure 3-29 Loading the Cut Sheet Media

5) Closing the upper cover shows the screen on the display for selecting the media
type that is loaded. Select the media type, and then press the [Enter] button.
NOTE
You can not use the roll media while the cut sheet media is loaded. If the
roll media has been selected but cut sheet media is loaded, the printer will
eject the cut sheet automatically.
Likewise it is impossible to load the cut sheet media while the roll media is
being fed.
3-30
W8200
Part 3: Operations
4.1.5 Replacing the printhead

The printer prints using one printhead. The printhead has six rows of integrated
nozzles.
a) When to replace the printhead
If white lines appear on the printed image, it is possible that ink is not being
discharged due to clogging of the nozzles in the printhead. In this case, enter Main
menu, and perform the "Cleaning" operation two or three times, and then select
"Nozzle Check" under "Test Print" menu to print the check pattern. Verify the check
pattern, and then replace the printhead if there are any clogged nozzles.
b) How to replace the printhead
2) Select "Replace Head" under the "System Setup" menu.
The printer uncaps the printhead, and the carriage moves over the platen.
4) Open the carriage cover, printhead lock lever, and printhead lock cover until they
come to a stop.
5) Open the package containing the printhead, and take out the printhead.
6) Remove the printhead from the carriage.
Carriage cover
Printhead
lock lever
Printhead
Printhead
lock cover
Figure 3-30 Replacing the Printhead (1/2)
3-31
W8200
Part 3: Operations
7) Remove the orange protective material and cap from the new printhead.
8) Install the new printhead in the carriage.
9) Lower the printhead lock cover.
10) Lower the Printhead locking lever to secure the Printhead in place.
11) Close the carriage cover.
13) The carriage moves to the home position, and filling of the ink starts.
Figure 3-31 Replacing the Printhead (2/2)
CAUTION
Unseal the package containing the printhead only when you are ready to
install it.
Do not replace the orange protective cap once you have removed it from
the printhead. If there is any foreign matter on the protective cap, it may
scratch the printhead.
Never put a printhead on any surface with the nozzles facing downward.
If the head becomes scratched or dirty, it may produce poor quality
printing.
Never touch the head area or the electrodes. If these areas become soiled
by dirt or finger grease, this may result in poor quality printing.
3-32
W8200
Part 3: Operations
4.1.6 Replacing the ink tank

The printer supplies ink from the six separate ink tanks. Each ink tank is replaceable.
a) When to replace the ink tank
When the printer detects no ink in the ink tank, the "Replace X Tank" message
appears on the message display (X = the ink color).
If the "Replace X Tank" message appears on the message display during printing, the
printer will stop printing.
b) Replacing the ink tanks

1) Enter the Main menu.
2) Select "Rep. Ink Tank". The lock on the right cover is released, and the right cover
is opened.
3) Open the ink tank cover for the ink tank to be replaced.
4) Grasp the finger slots on the ink tank, and then remove the ink tank in the
upward direction. Put the removed ink tanks into a plastic bag, and then close the
bag.
Ink tank cover
Figure 3-32 Replacing the Ink Tank (1/2)
3-33
Ink tank
W8200
Part 3: Operations
5) Open the package containing the new ink tank.

6) Hold the grip and push the ink tank all the way into the slot.
7) Press down the ink tank cover firmly until you feel a click as the ink tank is
locked in position.
8) Close the right cover.
Ink tank cover
Figure 3-33 Replacing the Ink Tank (2/2)
CAUTION
Do not raise or lower the ink tank cover unnecessarily once the ink tank is
installed.
The hollow needle may widen the holes in the ink supplier and the air
passage, causing ink -supply problems.
3-34
W8200
Part 3: Operations
c) When using ink not designated for this printer

The ink tanks specified for use with this printer are provided with an ink level
detection function to prevent the tanks from running out of ink during printing and
to prevent damage to the printhead.
When using refilled ink tanks, the printer cannot detect the ink level and stop
printing due to ink shortage. If you use such ink tanks, then the ink level detection
function must be switched off.
Printing with the ink level detection function switched off could damage the printer,
especially the printhead, or could cause the printer to operate abnormally in other
ways. Canon is not responsible for damages or injuries caused by such actions.
CAUTION
Once the ink level detection feature is switched off, the ink level
detection information cannot be recovered. If you want to display the ink
level detection information, you must switch the ink level detection
function on and then install new ink tanks specified for use with this
printer.
Repeatedly removing the same ink tanks from the printer could cause
ink to leak from the tank and damage the printer.
Turning off the ink level detection function

1) Enter the Main menu.
2) Select Ink Check Off in System Setup.
3) Select the corresponding ink tank, and then press the [Enter] button.
4) After the message Execute? is displayed, select Yes, and then press the [Enter]
button.
The ink level detection function for the selected ink tank is turned off.
NOTE To cancel the above operation while it is in progress, press the [Online]
button.
Printing
After the ink level detection function is turned off for even one color, the message
Ink Level ? is displayed on the operation panel each time that printing is
performed, and then the printer switches to offline.
To execute printing, press the [Online] button.
3-35
W8200
Part 3: Operations
4.1.7 Replacing the cutter blade

This printer uses a round-shaped cutter blade in the separate cutter unit.
a) When to replace the cutter blade
Replace the cutter when the blade is no longer sharp.
b) How to replace the cutter blade
2) Check that the cutter holder is at the left end, grasp the knob of the cutter blade,
and then remove the cutter blade from the cutter holder.
If the cutter holder is not already at the left end, grasp the cutter holder with your
hand, and then move it to the left end.
3) Mount the new cutter blade in the cutter holder.
Figure 3-34 Replacing the Cutter Blade
CAUTION
Do not touch the blade section of the cutter blade. This could cause an
injury.
3-36
W8200
Part 3: Operations
3-37
W8200
Part 3: Operations
4.2 Operation Panel

This section describes the function of the buttons and the meaning of the LEDs on the
operation panel.
Buttons
Button
Paper Source
Data
Lamp
Message
Power
Roll Media
Cut Sheet
6
7 10
8
1
Cancel
2
3
Enter
11
Online
Paper Source
Data
12
13
Message
Power
Roll Media
Cut Sheet
Cancel
4
5
Enter
Online
14
15
Figure 3-35 Operation Panel

1) [Paper Source] button
Offline status: This button switches the paper source between roll media and cut
sheets. However, if sheets are loaded on the take-up reel, the paper source is fixed at
roll media.
2) [Cancel] button
Offline status: Holding down this button for 0.5 seconds or longer aborts the job in
progress or ink drying and then discharges the media.
Pause status: Holding down this button for 0.5 seconds or longer aborts the paused
job and discharges the media.
3) [Left arrow] button
Offline status: When the upper cover is closed, holding down this button for about
1 second or longer aborts the carriage moves to the left.
When a menu is displayed: This button functions as a selector button and is used
to display the previous option.
4) [Lower arrow] button
Offline status: When roll media is loaded, this button functions as a manual feed
button and feeds the media. When a cut sheet is loaded, the sheet is discharged.
When a menu is displayed: This button is used to go to the next lower-level menu.
5) [Right arrow] button
Offline status: When the upper cover is closed, holding down this button for about
1 second or longer aborts the carriage moves to the left.
When a menu is displayed: This button functions as a selector button and is used
to display the next option.
6) [Upper arrow] button
Offline status: When roll media is loaded, this button functions as a manual feed
button and reverse-feeds the media. When a cut sheet is loaded, the sheet is
discharged.
When a menu is displayed: This button is used to return to the next higher-level
menu.
3-38
W8200
Part 3: Operations
7) [Enter] button
When setting values are displayed: This button sets or executes the selected value
or operation.
8) [Power] button
This button is used to turn the printer on and off.
When the power is off: Pressing this buttons turns on the power.
When the power is on: Holding down this button for about 1 or more seconds turns
off the power.
9) [Online] button
This button switches between online status, offline status, and menu display.
Online status: This button switches to offline status.
Offline status: This button switches to menu display.
Menu display: This button cancels the menu operation and switches to online
status. When an error message is displayed or media is not loaded, however, the
printer does not switch to online status until the problem is resolved.
Job processing: This button switches to the pause status and pauses processing of
the job.
10) Roll Media lamp
On: This indicates that roll media has been selected as the paper source.
11) Cut Sheet lamp
On: This indicates that cut sheets have been selected as the paper source.
12) DATA lamp
On: This indicates that a job is being received or processing.
Flashing: This indicates that there is a job that has been stopped in pause status.
Off: This indicates that there are no jobs.
13) Message lamp
On: This indicates that a warning is displayed.
Flashing: This indicates that an error has occurred.
Off: This indicates that operation is normal.
14) Online lamp
On: This indicates that the printer is in online status or job processing status.
Flashing: This indicates that media are being loaded.
Off: This indicates that the printer is in offline status, pause status, or turned off.
15) Display
The display shows the printer status and menu options. (16 characters x 2 lines)
3-39
W8200
Part 3: Operations

The chart below illustrates the various states of the printer and how they are changed
by means of key operations.
[Sleep status]
The printer enters Sleep mode from any one
of the states shown in the box when no key
operations or print command are issued for
a preset period of time.
When the printer wakes from Sleep mode,
it returns to the same state.
Power ON
Initializing
Canon W8200
Please wait..
Key operations and print commands
Offline
Online
Holding down power button for

adout 1 or more secounds.
Printing
Pause
Job Cancel..
MAIN MENU
Head Cleaning
Shut Down..
Please Wait..
Pause
MAIN MENU
System Setup
Power Off
Figure 3-36 Change of Printer States
Addition
MAIN MENU
SERVICE MODE
Figure 3-37 Correlation Diagram for Each Mode
3-40
[POWER] button
[ONLINE] button
[CANCEL] button
Auto
W8200
Part 3: Operations
4.4 Main Menu

The printer has a Main Menu which provides the user with access to various adjusting
and configuring features, for example: adjusting print position; performing cleaning or
other maintenance features; auto-cutting, ink drying time and other print settings;
message language and other parameter settings.
4.4.1 Main Menu operations

a) How to enter the Main Menu
To enter the Main menu, press the printer's [Online] button several times.
b) How to exit the Main Menu
Press the [Online] button once to exit the Main menu.
c) Buttons used in the Main Menu
Selecting menus and parameters:
Entering a lower-level menu:
Entering a higher-level menu:
Setting menus and parameters:
[Left arrow] button or [Right arrow] button

[Lower arrow] button
[Upper arrow] button
[Enter] button
3-41
W8200
Part 3: Operations
4.4.2 Map of the main menu

The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Main Menu is as shown below.
*: Default values are underlined
*1: Displayed the media type (Refer to

Figure 3-41 Map of the Media Type)
*2: Displayed only when the cutter
is enabled
MAIN MENU
*3: Displayed only in roll media mode

*4: Displayed only in cut sheet mode
*5: Displayed only when the take-up
reel is enabled
Head Cleaning
Head Cleaning A
Head Cleaning B
Force Cutting *2 *3
Yes
No
Auto Feed *3 *5
Yes
No
Take-up Reel
Disable
Enable
Cut Sheet Type *4
*1
Roll Media Type

*1
Rep. Ink Tank

No
Yes
Auto Cut *3
Yes
Print Cut Line
No
Interface Setup
IP Setting
IP Address
0-255. 0-255. 0-255. 0-255.
(192. 168. 0. 215)
Subnet Mask
0-255. 0-255. 0-255. 0-255.
(255. 255. 255. 0)
Default G/W
0-255. 0-255. 0-255. 0-255.
(0. 0. 0. 0)
EOP Timer
10 sec.
30 sec.
1 min.
2 min.
5 min.
10 min.
30 min.
60 min.
(System Setup)
Figure 3-38 Map of the Main Menu (1/3)
3-42
W8200
Part 3: Operations
(Interface Setup)
System Setup
Cutter
Enable
Disable
Buzzer
On
Off
Sleep Timer
Off
5 min.
10 min.
20 min.
30 min.
40 min.
50 min.
60 min.
Replace P. head
No
Yes
Adjust Printer
Auto Print
On
Off
Print Pattern A
Print Pattern B
Move Printer
No
Yes
(Test Print)
(Cut Dust Reduct)
3-43
W8200
Part 3: Operations
(System Setup)
(Move Printer)
Cut Dust Reduct.
*1
Off
On
Nozzle Check
Off
1page
10pages
Ink Check Off
Bk Ink Tank
No
Yes
PC Ink Tank
No
Yes
C Ink Tank
No
Yes
Language
English
Francais
Deutsch
Italiano
Espanol
Test Print
Status Print
Nozzle Check
Information
Ink
Version
Memory
Interface
Ext. Interface
MAC Address
ERROR
PM Ink Tank
No
Yes
M Ink Tank
No
Yes
Y Ink Tank
No
Yes
3-44
W8200
Part 3: Operations
* Default values are underlined
Plain paper
Coated Paper
Heavy Coated
Glossy Paper
Photo Glossy
Photo Semi-Glos
Glossy Film
Back Print Film
Proofing Paper
Special 1
Special 2
Special 3
Special 4
Special 5
Figure 3-41 Map of the Media Type
3-45
W8200
Part 3: Operations
4.4.3 Contents of main menu

The available options in the main menu are described below.
1) Head Cleaning
This option cleans the printhead to prevent nozzles from getting clogged and to
recover nozzles that are already clogged.
2) Force Cutting
This option is displayed only when "Cutter" is set to "Enable" in Roll Media mode.
This option is used to cut the media at any selected position when in Roll Media
mode.
However, if the cutting position is within 10 cm of the media leading edge, the media
will be fed until there is 10 cm at the edge of the media.
The operation will end without cutting if the media is not fed to the cutting position.
3) Auto Feed
This option is displayed in "Take-up Reel" is set to "Enable" and the roll media is
already loaded in Roll Media mode.
When media are loaded in the take-up reel, the setting is changed to "Enable". In
this case, the operation is identical to operation when "Auto Cut" is set to "No".
Cutting can be performed, however, by selecting the "Force Cutting" option in the
Main menu.
4) Take-up Reel
This option is set when the take-up reel is used.
When the "Enable" setting is made, the "Auto Feed" option is displayed in the Main
menu.
5) Cut Sheet Type
This option is displayed only in Cut Sheet mode.
This is used to select the media type loaded on the tray.
6) Roll Media Type
This is used to select the media type loaded in the roll media tray.
7) Rep. Ink Tank
Select this option when replacing the ink tank. It unlocks and opens the right cover
so that the ink tank can be replaced.
8) Auto Cut
This option is displayed only in Roll Media mode.
When printing in Roll Media mode, this is used to select the operation that is
performed at the trailing edge of each media after printing is finished.
To cut the media, select the "Yes" setting. To print a cut line at the cut position
without cutting, select the "Print Cut Line" setting. Also, to print without cutting,
select the "No" setting.
3-46
W8200
Part 3: Operations
9) System Setup
a. Cutter
This option prohibits all cutting operations when "Disable" is set.
b. Buzzer
When this option is selected, the buzzer sounds whenever a warning or error
occurs. The buzzer sounds once for warnings and three times at approximately 0.2
second intervals for errors.
The buzzer does not sound when this setting is at OFF.
c. Sleep Timer
This sets the time until the device enters the sleep state.
d. EOP Timer
This sets the timeout time for a printing job.
e. Replace P.Head
Select this option when replacing the printhead. This operation uncaps the
printhead and moves the carriage over the platen so that the printhead on the
printer can be replaced.
f. Adjust Printer
This option allows the user to check if the nozzles are discharging normally or if
the discharge positions are misaligned.
Check each test pattern, and make the proper adjustment settings.
Print Pattern B can be set for all media types.
When Auto Print is set to "On", Print Pattern A is performed automatically after the
printhead is replaced.
3-47
W8200
Part 3: Operations
Print Pattern A
Pattern for even and odd adjustment, bi-directional adjustment, and color
separation adjustment.
Even and Odd adjustment
: 1200dpi, 8-pass, Uni-directional printing
Bi-directional adjustment
: 600dpi, 2-pass, Bi-directional printing
Color separation adjustment : 600dpi, 1-pass, Uni-directional printing
Canon Large Format Printer W8200 HEAD ADJUSTMENT

MAC ADDRESS : 00008529504E
Even and Odd

adjustment
+12
+8
+4
+0
-4
+12
+8
+4
+0
-4
+12
+8
+4
+0
-4
+12
+8
+4
+0
-4
A1
+4
+2
+0
-2
-4
A2
+4
+2
+0
-2
-4
A3
+4
+2
+0
-2
-4
A4
+4
+2
+0
-2
-4
+2
+0
-2
-4
+2
+0
-2
-4
+2
+0
-2
-4
+2
+0
-2
-4
+4
+0
-4
-8
+4
+0
-4
-8
+4
+0
-4
-8
+4
+0
-4
-8
+4
+0
-4
-8
+4
+0
-4
-8
+12
+8
+4
+0
-4
+2
+0
-2
-4
+2
+0
-2
-4
+4
+0
-4
-8
+4
+0
-4
-8
1280dot
Bi-directional
1280dot
adjustment
(Print speed : 25inch/sec)
Bi-directional
1280dot
adjustment
Color separation
1280dot
adjustment
Color separation
adjustment
1280dot
B1
+4
C1
B2
+4
B3
C2
+8
E2
B4
C3
D2
+8
+4
+8
+4
+8
E3
+8
D5
E4
Figure 3-42 Pattern A (Image)
3-48
+4
C5
D4
+8
+4
B5
C4
D3
+8
A5
+8
E5
W8200
Part 3: Operations
Print Pattern B (Pattern for band separation correction)
Canon Large Format Printer W8200 BAND ADJUSTMENT

MAC ADDRESS : 000085184004 R (+0) - Glossy Film
Media type
+5
1-pass, Uni-directional printing

+4
2-pass, Uni-directional printing

+3
+2
+1
+0
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
Figure 3-43 Pattern B (Image)
3-49
W8200
Part 3: Operations
g. Move Printer
This option is selected when transporting the printer or moving it to another floor
after installation.
For details, refer to Part 3: 3.1.2 How to transport the printer to a different floor.
h. IP Setting
This option sets the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
i. Cut Dust Reduct.
This option reduces the scattering of cutting dust during roll media printing by
printing a line at the cutting position.
This option can be set for all media types.
j. Nozzle Check
This sets the interval that nozzle discharge failures are detected.
k. Ink Check Off
This turns off the ink level detection function for filled ink tanks.
This option can be set for each individual ink color.
(When this option is set, the ink level of the corresponding color appears as "?"
under MAIN MENU>Information>Ink.)
Also, the execution history of this option can be checked under
SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>INK CHECK.
l. Language
This option is used to change the language for messages on the display.
The available languages are Japanese, English, French, German, Italian, and
Spanish.
3-50
W8200
Part 3: Operations
10) Test Print

This option allows printing of Status Print or Nozzle Check.
In Status Print, a status sheet is printed that contains the setting values,
adjustment values, and other data in the "Information" option.
In Nozzle Check, a nozzle check pattern is printed to check that the discharge from
the nozzles is normal.
If a check of the pattern reveals that the nozzles are not discharging properly,
perform the "Head Cleaning" option from the Main menu. If the clogging of the
nozzles is not improved after two or three cleanings, perform the "Replace P.Head"
operation to replace the printhead.
Canon Large Format Printer W8200 STATUS PRINT

S/C : Ver.1.00 S/BOOT : Ver.1.00
E/C : Ver.1.00 E/Rel :Ver.0001 E/BOOT:Ver.1.00
MAC Address : 00008529504E RAM : 128MB Mode : Dye
Panel Status
Cut Sheet Type : Plain Paper Roll Media Type :Glossy Film
Auto Cut : Yes Take-up Reel : Disable
Cutter : Enable Buzzer : On Sleep Timer : 20 min. EOP Timer : 60 min.
Nozzle Check : 10min Language : Japanese
Adjust Printer
Auto Print : On
A1:+2 A2:+2 A3:+2 A4:+0 A5:+2
B1:+2 B2:+0 B3:+0 B4:+0 B5:+0 D2:+0 D3:+0 D4:+0 D5:+0
C1:+2 C2:+2 C3:+0 C4:+0 C5:+0 E2:+0 E3:+0 E4:+0 E5:+0
Cut Dust Reduction
Plain Paper : Off Coated Paper : Off Heavy Coated : Off Glossy Paper : Off Photo Glossy : Off
Photo Semi-Glossy Paper : Off Glossy Film : Off Back Print Film : Off Proofing Paper : Off
Special 1 : Off Special 2 : Off Special 3 : Off Special 4 : Off Special 5 : Off
Ink
Bk : 80% C : 80% M : 80% Y : 80% PC : 80% PM : 80% F1 : 1
Interface : LAN
Ext. Interface : No
Warning
01:W0100F 02:W0100F 03:W01021 04:W01021 05:W01021
Error
01:E02010 02:E02005 03:E00000 04:E00000 05:E00000
TCP/IP
Frame Type : Ethernet I I IP Address : 172.19.103.215
Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0 Default G/W : 172.19.103.254
DHCP : Off BOOTP : Off RARP :Off
Apple Talk
Phase Type : Phase2 Network Number : 65280 Node ID : 128
Name : Canon NB-12FB
Zone : *
Type : GARO
Net Ware
Frame Type : Disabled Network Number : 00000000 Node Number : 000000000000
Print Service : NDS PServer
Tree Name :
Context Name :
Print Server Neme :
Print Server Password : No Pserver password
Polling Interval : 5second
Figure 3-44 Status Print (Image)
3-51
W8200
Part 3: Operations
The nozzle check pattern is printed in the Standard mode for each media type.
Canon Large Format Printer W8200 NOZZLE CHECK

MAC ADDRESS : 000085184004
BK
PC
PM
Figure 3-45 Nozzle Check Pattern (Image)

11) Information
This option displays the ink level remaining in the ink tanks, versions of the system
controller and engine controller, RAM capacity, interface name, MAC address, and
warning and error history.
Version
S/C
:
XXXX
Version
S/Boot :
XXXX
Version
E/C
:
XXXX
Version
E/Rel
:
XXXX
Version
E/Boot :
Version No.
Figure 3-46 Viewing the Software Version
3-52
XXXX
W8200
Part 3: Operations

5.1 Service Mode
This mode is used for servicing the printer.
5.1.1 Service mode operation

a) How to enter Service mode
Follow the procedure below to enter Service mode.
1) Turn off the printer.
2) Turn on the printer while holding down the [Paper Source] button and [Online]
button.
3) Check that "Canon W8200" is shown on the display, and then release the buttons.
4) Next, "SERVICE MODE" is shown on the display. (If sheets are inserted, this will
be displayed after the sheets are loaded.)
5) Use the [Lower arrow] button to make a selection.
Service mode is added to the options in the Main menu.
Service mode can be entered even during error status (when Exxxx and Wxxxx are
shown on the display) by turning the power off and then using the above key
operation.
b) How to exit Service mode

To exit Service mode, turn off the printer.
c) Buttons used in Service mode
Selecting menus and parameters:
Entering a lower-level menu:
Entering a higher-level menu:
Setting menus and parameters:
[Left arrow] button or [right arrow] button

[Lower arrow] button
[Upper arrow] button
[Enter] button
3-53
W8200
Part 3: Operations
5.1.2 Map of the service mode

The hierarchy of menus and parameters in the Service mode is as shown below.
System Setup
SERVICE MODE
DISPLAY
PRINT INF
YES
NO
SYSTEM
TYPE
TMP BK
TMP C
TMP M
TMP Y
TMP PC
TMP PM
SIZE LF
SIZE CR
HEAD
S1
L1
INK
BK
C
M
Y
PC
PM
Test Print
WARNING
ERROR
P-SETTING
INK CHECK
I/O DISPLAY
ADJUST
PRINT PATTERN
BAND
BAND
NOZZLE
SCALE
NOZZLE CHK POS.
NO
YES
HEAD MGT
ON
OFF
(FUNCTION)
Figure 3-47 Map of the Service Mode (1/3)
3-54
W8200
Part 3: Operations
(ADJUST)
FUNCTION
PANEL LED/LCD
PANEL KEY
PLATEN FAN
AIR FLOW FAN
PURGE
INK VALVE
PINCH ROLLER
LF MOTOR
CR MOTOR
CUTTER
COUNTER
PRINTER
LIFE
POWER ON
W-INK
CUTTER
CARRIAGE
PRINT
DRIVE
PURGE
CLN
CLN-A
CLN-M
INK
INK BK
INK C
INK M
INK Y
INK PC
INK PM
HEAD
DOT
DOT BK
DOT C
DOT M
DOT Y
DOT PC
DOT PM
(INITIALIZE)
(CUT SHEET)
Figure 3-48 Map of the Service Mode(2/3)
3-55
W8200
Part 3: Operations
(COUNTER)
INITIALIZE
(HEAD)
CUT SHEET
*1
ROLL MEDIA
*1
MEDIA-ALL
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
OTHER
MEDIA-00
*1
MEDIA-01
*1
MEDIA-02
*1
MEDIA-03
*1
MEDIA-04
*1
MEDIA-05
*1
MEDIA-06
*1
MEDIA-07
*1
MEDIA-OTHER
*1
WARNING
ERROR
P-SETTING
ADJUST
W-INK
CUTTER
CARRIAGE
PURGE
INK
HEAD
INK CHECK
*1:
Figure 3-49 Map of the Service Mode(3/3)
3-56
42
36
30
24
OTHER
W8200
Part 3: Operations
5.1.3 Details of service mode

The details of the Service mode menus are as shown below.
a) DISPLAY
Displays and prints the printer information.
1) PRINT-INF
Prints the following information.
DISPLAY > SYSTEM
DISPLAY > WARNING
DISPLAY > ERROR
DISPLAY > P-SETTING
DISPLAY > INK CHECK
ADJUST
COUNTER
PRINT INF
Canon Large Format Printer W8200

SYSTEM
TYPE:DYE TMP BK:23.0 TMP C:24.0 TMP M:24.0 TMP Y:23.0 TMP PC:23.0 TMP PM:24.0
2)
SIZE-LF: 0.0 SIZE-CR: 913.3
HEAD
3)
S1:000F454E L1:D62D25A0
INK
4)
BK:F1250710 C:F1241810 M:F1242910 Y:F1250810 PC:F1242310 PM:F1242410
WARNING
01:W0100F 02:W0100F 03:W01021 04:W01021 05:W01021 06:W00000 07:W00000 08:W00000 09:W00000 10:W00000
5)
11:W00000 12:W00000 13:W00000 14:W00000 15:W00000 16:W00000 17:W00000 18:W00000 19:W00000 20:W00000
ERROR
01:E02010 02:E02005 03:E00000 04:E00000 05:E00000 06:E00000 07:E00000 08:E00000 09:E00000 10:E00000
6)
11:E00000 12:E00000 13:E00000 14:E00000 15:E00000 16:E00000 17:E00000 18:E00000 19:E00000 20:E00000
21:E00000 22:E00000 23:E00000 24:E00000 25:E00000 26:E00000 27:E00000 28:E00000 29:E00000 30:E00000
P-SETTING
7)
01:R101308W0823- 02:R101ZZ6W0053- 03:100ZZ4S0050W 04:100302W0047W 05:R10336001928- 06:R103368W1901- 07:R103368W1858W
08:0000000000000 09:0000000000000 10:0000000000000 11:0000000000000 12:0000000000000 13:0000000000000 14:0000000000000
15:0000000000000 16:0000000000000 17:0000000000000 18:0000000000000 19:0000000000000 20:0000000000000
INK CHECK
0
0
0
0 0 0
ADJUST
A1:+0 A2:+0
A3:+2 A4:+1
A5:+1
B1:-4
B2:-4
B3:-2
B4:-3
B5:-3 D2:+0 D3:+0 D4:+0 D5:+0
C1:-3
C2:-1
C3:-1
C4:-2
C5:-2 E2:+0 E3:+0 E4:-1 E5:-1
L:+0
M:+0
N:+0
P:+0
Q:+0
R:+0
S:+0
T:+0
U:+0
V:+0
W:+0
X:+0
Y:+0
Z:+0
e)
COUNTER
PRINTER
:
6
79
805
28
CARRIAGE
:
1
1
PURGE
:
2
2
0
INK
:
3
3
3
3
3
2
HEAD
:
655
108
109
108
108
111
111
CUT SHEET :
0
0
1
0
0
ROLL MEDIA :
4
0
1
0
0
MEDIA-ALL
:
1
1
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
MEDIA-00
:
0
0
1
0
0
MEDIA-01:
0
0
1
0
MEDIA-02
:
0
0
0
0
0
MEDIA-03:
4
0
0
0
MEDIA-04
:
0
0
0
0
0
MEDIA-05:
0
0
0
0
MEDIA-06
:
0
0
0
0
0
MEDIA-07:
0
0
0
0
MEDIA-OTHER:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Adjustment settings of MAIN MENU "Pattern A".

Adjustment settings of MAIN MENU "Pattern B".
L: Plain Paper
M: Coated Paper
N: Heavy Coated
P: Glossy Paper
Q: Photo Glossy
R: Photo Semi-Glos
S: Glossy Film
T: Back Print Film
U: Proofing Paper
V: Spesial 1
W: Spesial 2
X: Spesial 3
Y: Spesial 4
Z: Spesial 5
Figure 3-50 PRINT-INF (Image)

2) SYSTEM
Displays the printer information shown below.
Display
TYPE
H-TMP BK
H-TMP C
H-TMP M
H-TMP Y
H-TMP PC
H-TMP PM
SIZE LF
SIZE CR
Description
Engine controller type setting
Calibrated temperature of head temperature sensor
Detected size of loaded media (feeding direction)
Detected size of loaded media (carriage direction)
3-57
(Bk)
(C)
(M)
(Y)
(PC)
(PM)
W8200
Part 3: Operations
3) HEAD
Displays the following EEPROM information in the printhead.
Display
S1
L1
Description
Printhead serial number
Printhead lot number
4) INK
Displays the following EEPROM information in the ink tank.
Display
BK
C
M
Y
PC
PM
Description
Bk ink lot number
C ink lot number
M ink lot number
Y ink lot number
PC ink lot number
PM ink lot number
5) WARNING
Displays the warning history (up to 20 events). The newest event has the smallest
history number.
WARNING
01:
Wxxxxx
Record No. Warning code
Figure 3-51 WARNING

6) ERROR
Displays the error history (up to 30 events). The newest event has the smallest
history number.
ERROR
01:
Exxxxx
Record No. Error code
Figure 3-52 ERROR
3-58
W8200
Part 3: Operations
7) P-SETTING
Displays the print setting history (up to 20 events). The newest event has the
smallest history number.
P-SETTING
01:R100362SW130Printing status
Print end time
Image quality
Record No.
Feeding method
Media size
Media type
Figure 3-53 P-SETTING

Classification
Feeding method
Media type
Media size
Image quality
Print end time

Printing status
Display
Description
R1
Roll media feeding
C1
Cut sheet feeding
00
Plain paper
01
Coated Paper, Heavy Coated
02
Glossy Paper
03
Photo Glossy, Photo Semi-Glos
04
Glossy Film
05
Not used.
06
Back Print Film
07
Not used.
ZZ
All other types
42
42 inches or more
36
36 to less than 42 inches
30
24
LL
Banner-size sheets exceeding the maximum fixed size
ZZ
Other sizes
2W
2-pass, Bi-directional (draft)
4S
4-pass, Uni-directional (standard)
6W
6-pass, Bi-directional (standard)
8W
8-pass, Bi-directional (high)
AW
10-pass, Uni-directional (highest)
0000 Seconds
Printing ends normally
W
Warning occurs during printing
E
Error occurs during printing
8) INK CHECK
Display the execution history of "Ink Check Off" in the Main Menu.
0= No execution history
1= One or more execution histories exist
INK CHECK
0 0 0 0 0 0
Bk C
M Y
PC PM
Figure 3-54 INK CHECK

3-59
W8200
Part 3: Operations
b) I/O DISPLAY
Displays the status of the port I/O signal of the sensors and other devices
connected to the engine controller.
I/O DISPLAY
000000000000000
bit14
bit0
Figure 3-55 I/O DISPLAY
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Sensor name
Not used.
Pump homeposition sensor
Carriage homeposition sensor
Roll media tray set sensor
Pinch roller sensor
Right cover sensor
Feed sensor
Cap sensor
Roll media set sensor
Tray sensor
Roll media end sensor
Upper cover sensor
Carriage cover sensor
Right cutter sensor
Left cutter sensor
3-60
Description
1:
1:
1:
0:
0:
0:
0:
0:
0:
0:
1:
0:
1:
1:
Homeposition
Homeposition
Open
Cancel
Open
With media
With flag
Set
Open
No roll media
Open
Open
With cutter holder
With cutter holder
W8200
Part 3: Operations
c) ADJUST
Performs adjustment and prints the adjustment and check patterns needed for
adjusting the printer parts.
The adjustment values under this option can be printed using the "PRINT-INF"
option.
PRINT PATTERN > BAND
The same pattern as Print Pattern B in the Main menu is adjusted to the media
width and printed over the entire area.
PRINT PATTERN > NOZZLE
This is used for a nozzle check pattern during servicing that prints in 1-pass and
single direction.
This is used to check for nozzles that are not discharging properly.
Nozzle No.0
BK
PC
PM
Nozzle No.1279
Figure 3-56 NOZZLE (Image)
3-61
W8200
Part 3: Operations
PRINT PATTERN > SCALE

Maintenance test pattern
580mm
795mm
870mm
1000mm
1170mm
Figure 3-57 SCALE (Image)

BAND
This mode performs the same adjustment as Print Pattern B in the Main Menu.
However, in contrast to Print Pattern B, which performs correction between bands
for each media type, the internal parameters of this mode result in a single batch
correction between bands for all media types. (Adjustment range: -5 to +5)
Use the following media, and enter the adjustment values for this mode based on the
image obtained from executing the PRINT PATTERN>BAND command.
Glossy film
NOZZLE CHK POS.
This command is executed after replacing the linear scale, and it is used to adjust
the optical axis of the head management sensor.
3-62
W8200
Part 3: Operations
HEAD MGT
This command is used to check if the data detected by the head management sensor
has been applied to head management. (Default value: ON)
The same image is printed in both the HEAD MGT=OFF and HEAD MGT=ON states,
and the images are compared visually.
The printhead needs to be replaced when there is an error in the image, even if the
head management is functioning normally.
d) FUNCTION
Checks the operation of the buttons on the operation panel and printer parts.
Display
PANEL LED/LCD
PANEL KEY
PLATEN FAN
AIR FLOW FAN

PURGE
INK VALVE
PINCH ROLLER
LF MOTOR
CR MOTOR
CUTTER
Description
This checks the LEDs and LCD on the operation panel.
The LEDs flash, and the squares in the LCD are displayed in a
checkerboard pattern and flash alternately.
This checks the buttons on the operation panel.
The name and symbol of the pressed button is displayed.
Pressing the upper arrow button exits this mode after the key
name is displayed. Also, pressing the Power button turns off
the printer.
This checks operation of the suction fan.
The right and left fans rotate for five seconds at maximum
speed and then rotate for five seconds at minimum speed.
This checks operation of the air flow fans.
The right and left fans rotate simultaneously for 10 seconds.
This checks operation of the recovery system.
After the carriage is moved to the homeposition, the recovery
suction operation is performed independently in the recovery
system.
Operation check of ink supply valve
This drives the valve motor and performs one rotation of the
ink supply valve cam.
This checks the up/down operation of the pinch roller.
After the carriage is moved to the homeposition, the release
(up) and pressure (down) operations are performed each time
the [Enter] button is pressed.
This checks operation of the feed motor.
The media is moved forward 500 mm and then stopped
regardless of whether media is loaded or not.
This checks operation of the carriage motor.
The carriage moves back and forth once at the maximum
printing width regardless of whether media is loaded or not.
This checks operation of the cutter.
If this mode is executed when the printer is set to roll media
mode, the printer repeats the operation of feeding the roll
media by approximately 100 mm and cutting until the
specified number of times is reached regardless of whether roll
media is loaded or not. (Setting range: 1 to 999 times)
The printer switches to the roll media setting if this mode is
executed when the printer is in cut sheet mode.
3-63
W8200
Part 3: Operations
e) COUNTER
Displays the service life (number of operation times and time) of each unit and print
counts for each media type.
The count values under this option can be printed using the "PRINT-INF" option.
PRINTER
Display
LIFE
POWER ON
W-INK
CUTTER
Counter for product life

Description
Number of printed media expressed as A0
equivalent (for checking printer durability)
Cumulative power-on time
Waste ink full detection counter
Number of cutter usages
CARRIAGE
Display
PRINT
DRIVE
Counter for carriage unit

Description
Unit
Cumulative printing time
Hours
Cumulative carriage driving time Hours
PURGE
Display
CLN
CLN-A
Counter for purge unit

Description
Number of automatic and manual cleanings
Number of automatic cleanings
Each type (cleaning object) of automatic cleaning
is counted as one cleaning.
Number of manual (main menu) cleanings
CLN-M
INK
Display
INK xx
Counter for ink tank

Description
Number of times ink tank is replaced
(xx indicates the color)
HEAD
Display
DOT
Counter for printhead

Description
Total amount of ink discharged from integrated
printhead
DOT xx
Unit
sheets
Hours
ml
times
Unit
times
times
times
Unit
times
Unit
Display value
(minimum unit =
100 million dots)
Amount of ink discharged (xx indicates the color)
CUT SHEET Cumulative printing length of cut sheets for different media widths
ROLL MEDIA Cumulative printing length of roll media for different media widths
Display
Description
Unit
42
42" or more
m
36
36" to less than 42"
m
30
m
24
m
OTHER
Less than 24"
m
3-64
W8200
Part 3: Operations
MEDIA-ALL
Display
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
OTHER
Cumulative printing length for different media types

Description
Unit
Plain Paper
m
Coated Paper, Heavy Coated
m
Glossy Paper
m
Photo Glossy, Photo Semi-Glos
m
Glossy Film
m
Not used.
m
Back Print Film
m
Not used.
m
Other media
m
Cumulative printing length for different media widths

MEDIA-00
(Plain Paper)
MEDIA-01
(Coated Paper, Heavy Coated)
MEDIA-02
(Glossy Paper)
MEDIA-03
(Photo Glossy, Photo Semi-Glos)
MEDIA-04
(Glossy Film)
MEDIA-05
Not used.
MEDIA-06
(Back Print Film)
MEDIA-07
Not used.
MEDIA-OTHER
(Other media)
Display
Description
Unit
42
42" or more
m
36
m
30
m
24
m
OTHER
Less than 24"
m
3-65
W8200
Part 3: Operations
f) INITIALIZE
The DISPLAY histories, ADJUST settings, COUNTER values, and other parameters
can be cleared individually.
Display
WARNING
ERROR
P-SETTING
ADJUST
W-INK
CUTTER
CARRIAGE
PURGE
INK
HEAD
INK CHECK
Description
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Main menu
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
Initialization
of
of
of
of
DISPLAY>WARNING
DISPLAY>ERROR
DISPLAY>P-SETTING
ADJUST and
of
of
of
of
of
of
of
COUNTER>PRINTER>W-INK
COUNTER>PRINTER>CUTTER
COUNTER>CARRIAGE
COUNTER>PURGE
COUNTER>INK
COUNTER>HEAD
DISPLAY>INK CHECK
3-66
Part 3: Operations
W8200
The printer indicates errors using the display and LEDs.

If an error occurs while a print job is in progress, the printer status is also displayed on
the status monitor of the printer driver.
There are three types of errors indicated on the display.
Warnings
Status where the print operation can be continued without remedying the cause of
the problem. This can, however, adversely affect the print results.
Errors
Status where the print operation is stopped, and regular operation cannot be
recovered until the cause of the problem is remedied.
Service call error
When a service call error occurs, the error is not cleared and the error display
remains on the operation panel even if printer power goes off and on.
This is to avoid that the user can cleare service call errors preventing the printer
from damage.
Service call errors can be cleared, however, by starting up the printer with the
service mode.
Refer to Part 5: 7 TROUBLESHOOTING for the remedy procedures when warning and
errors occur.
3-67
W8200
Part 3: Operations
5.2.1 Overview of warning and error codes

Codes*
W0100z
W0100a
W0102x
W0103x
E020xx
E020Bx
E024xx
E025xx
E028xx
E02Axx
E02Dxx
E02Exx
E02Fxx
E040xx
*: The above codes show
to indicate a number.
Problem type
Ink warning
Other warning
Media warning
GARO warning
Media feeding error
Cover error
Pass mismatch error
Ink error
Printhead/Ink tank error
Other error
Other error
Service call error
"x" to indicate a number or letter, "a" to indicate a letter, and "z"
3-68
Part 3: Operations
W8200
5.2.2 Warning and error codes
a) Warnings
Code*1
(W01000)
(W01001)
(W01002)
(W01003)
(W01004)
(W01005)
(W01006)
(W0100C)
(W0100F)
W01021
W01030
Display message
Bk Ink Check
Y Ink Check
M Ink Check
C Ink Check
PM Ink Check
PC Ink Check
W-Ink Full Soon
Memory Overflow
Feed Limit..
Incorrect Media
GARO W1030
Status
Maintenance No.*2
Bk ink tank is almost empty
7.2.1
Y ink tank is almost empty
M ink tank is almost empty
C ink tank is almost empty
PM ink tank is almost empty
PC ink tank is almost empty
Waste ink absorber is almost full
7.2.2
Data fault due to insufficient memory
7.2.3
Manual feed limit
7.2.4
Media type is not correct
7.2.5
Unsupported command in GARO image
7.2.6
mode
W01031 GARO W1031
Invalid number of parameters in GARO
image mode
W01032 GARO W1032
Required item was omitted in GARO
image mode
W01033 GARO W1033
Data out of range in GARO image mode
W01034 GARO W1034
Other warning in GARO image mode
W01035 GARO W1035
Unsupported command in GARO setting
mode
W01036 GARO W1036
Invalid number of parameters in GARO
setting mode
W01037 GARO W1037
Required item was omitted in GARO
setting mode
W01038 GARO W1038
Data out of range in GARO setting mode
W01039 GARO W1039
Other warning in GARO setting mode
*1: The codes correspond to the numbers shown on the display in the service mode.
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when warning occurs.
*2: The maintenance numbers correspond to the section title numbers in Part 5: 7
TROUBLESHOOTING.
3-69
Part 3: Operations
W8200
b) Errors
Code*1
E02000
E02005
E0200A
E0200B
E0200C
E0200D
E0200E
E0200F
E02010
E02011
E02015
E02016
E02017
E02018
E02400
Status
Maintenance No.*2
No roll media
7.3.1
Roll media feeding jam
7.3.2
Media sensor light intensity adjustment error
7.3.3
Media loading position error
7.3.3
Media leading edge not detected
7.3.3
Cut sheet trailing edge not detected
7.3.2
Media is too small
7.3.3
Media is too large
7.3.3
Media is skewed
7.3.3
Roll media tray was opened during loading or printing
7.3.4
Cutting failure
7.3.5
Cut sheet trailing edge error during printing
7.3.2
Media right edge not detected
7.3.3
Media left edge not detected
7.3.3
Cut sheets were loaded even though the received data
7.3.6
indicated roll media
E02401
Roll media was not loaded even though the received data
7.3.6
indicated roll media
E02402
Cut sheets were not loaded even though the received data
7.3.6
indicated cut sheets
E02403
Media was too small during printing of adjustment pattern
7.3.6
E02500
No ink (Bk)
7.3.7
E02501
No ink (Y)
E02502
No ink (M)
E02503
No ink (C)
E02504
No ink (PM)
E02505
No ink (PC)
E02506
Ink tank not installed (Bk)
7.3.8
E02507
Ink tank not installed (Y)
E02508
Ink tank not installed (M)
E02509
Ink tank not installed (C)
E0250A
Ink tank not installed (PM)
E0250B Ink tank not installed (PC)
E02520
Displayed before printing when "Ink Check Off" menu is set to "Yes".
7.3.9
E02777
Communication error between controllers
7.3.10
E02800
No head
7.3.11
E02801
Head overheating
7.3.11
E02802
Incorrect head was installed
7.3.11
E02803
Head EEPROM error
7.3.11
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when error occurs.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
3-70
Part 3: Operations
W8200
Code*1
Status
Maintenance No.*2
E02804
Incorrect ink tank was installed (Bk)
7.3.12
E02805
Incorrect ink tank was installed (Y)
E02806
Incorrect ink tank was installed (M)
E02807
Incorrect ink tank was installed (C)
E02808
Incorrect ink tank was installed (PM)
E02809
Incorrect ink tank was installed (PC)
E0280A
Ink tank EEPROM error (Bk)
7.3.12
E0280B Ink tank EEPROM error (Y)
E0280C Ink tank EEPROM error (M)
E0280D Ink tank EEPROM error (C)
E0280E Ink tank EEPROM error (PM)
E0280F
Ink tank EEPROM error (PC)
E02811
Unable to correct head DI
7.3.11
E02812
7.3.13
E02813
7.3.14
E02814
Head management sensor positioning adjustment error
7.3.14
E02A00
7.3.13
E02A01
E02A02
E02A03
E02B01 Manual feed tray was opened during loading or printing
7.3.15
E02B04 Upper cover was opened when upper cover was locked
7.3.16
E02B05 Right cover error
7.3.17
E02B06 Carriage cover was opened when upper cover was locked
7.3.18
E02D00 Unable to detect home position of purge motor
7.3.19
E02D01 Unable to detect home position of pump motor
7.3.19
E02D02 Unable to detect home position of carriage motor
7.3.20
E02D03 Feed motor timeout
7.3.21
E02D04 Roll feed motor timeout
7.3.22
E02D05 Air flow fan was locked
7.3.23
E02D06 Switching operation failure in ink supply valve
7.3.24
E02E01 Cannot move carriage
7.3.25
E02E02 Paper holder opening/closing failure
7.3.26
E02E03 Pinch roller up/down failure
7.3.27
E02E05 Carriage movement timeout
7.3.25
E02E10 IEEE1394 interface error
7.3.28
E02F00
7.3.29
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when error occurs.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
c) Service call error list
Code*1
Display message
Status
Maintenance No.*2
(E04000) Printhead Error!
Head voltage error
7.4.1
(E04001) Waste Ink FULL!
Waste ink absorber is full
7.4.2
(E04002) Scale Read Error
Linear scale reading error
7.4.3
Codes in parentheses are not shown on the display when service call error occurs.
TROUBLESHOOTING.
3-71
W8200
Part 3: Operations
5.2.3 Description of warning and error codes

a) Warning description
1) x Ink Check (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when the electrodes mounted to the hollow needle detect that the
ink is below the prescribed level.
2) W-Ink Full Soon
This is displayed when a nearly full (approx. 95% capacity of the waste ink absorber)
waste ink level is detected in the waste ink absorber.
3) Memory Overflow
This is displayed when a data fault occurs due to insufficient memory.
4) Feed Limit..
This is displayed when the engine controller has detected the feed limit during
manual feeding.
During back feeding, the print standby position (on feed roller) is the feed limit.
"Feed Limit" is displayed when the roll media end sensor detects no roll media
during forward feed.
5) Incorrect Media
During data reception, this is displayed when the media type required by the
received data is different from the media type that is currently loaded.
6) GARO W0103x (number is indicated by x)
During data reception, this is displayed when an error occurs in the data reception
GARO command.
3-72
W8200
Part 3: Operations
b) Error description
1) E02000
End of Roll
This is displayed when a roll media end sensor has detected the roll media trailing
edge during printing or loading of the roll media.
2) E02005
Media Jam
This is displayed when the feed sensor could not detect the roll media even after
feeding the prescribed length during loading of the roll media.
3) E0200A
Size undetected
This is displayed when the light intensity of the media sensor could not be adjusted
during media loading.
4) E0200B
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media loading position error
during detection of the media right edge.
5) E0200C
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media leading edge
during detection.
6) E0200D
Size undetected
This is displayed when the feed sensor could not detect the cut sheet trailing edge
even after feeding the prescribed length during cut sheet loading.
7) E0200E
Media Too Small
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media smaller than the
prescribed size during media loading.
Media width: Less than 200 mm
Media length: Less than 100 mm
8) E0200F
Media Too Large
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media larger than the
Media width: More than 1128 mm
Media length (roll media): More than 18 m
Media length (cut sheets): More than 1.6 m
9) E02010
Media Skewed
This is displayed when the media sensor detects slanting that exceeds the prescribed
amount during media loading.
10) E02011
Close Roll Tray (cut sheet mode) / Remove Roll Media (roll media mode)
This is displayed when a roll media tray set sensor has detected that the roll media
tray has been pulled out during printing or loading of the roll media.
3-73
W8200
Part 3: Operations
11) E02015
Cut Failed
This occurs during media cutting when the cutter sensor could not detect the cutter
unit within the required time.
during detection after cutting of the roll media.
12) E02016
Load Cut Sheet
This is displayed during printing when the feed sensor has detected the cut sheet
trailing edge at a different position from the media loading position.
13) E02017
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media right edge
14) E02018
Size undetected
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media left edge during
media loading.
15) E02400
Eject Cut Sheet
This is displayed when the loaded media is a cut sheet when the received data is
designated for roll media.
16) E02401
Load Roll Media
This is displayed when the roll media is not loaded when the received data is
17) E02402
Load Cut Sheet
This is displayed when the cut sheet is not loaded when the received data is
designated for cut sheets.
18) E02403
Media Too Small
This is displayed when the loaded media is smaller than the prescribed size during
printing of the adjustment pattern.
19) E02500/E02501/E02502/E02503/E02504/E02505
Replace x Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when no ink is detected in the ink tank.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <0:Bk, 1:Y, 2:M, 3:C, 4:PM, 5:PC>
20) E02506/E02507/E02508/E02509/E0250A/E0250B
No x Ink Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when the sensor detects that the right cover is closed with an ink
tank removed during ink tank replacement.
This error is canceled when the required ink tank is installed and the right cover is
closed.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <6:Bk, 7:Y, 8:M, 9:C, A:PM, B:PC>
3-74
W8200
Part 3: Operations
21) E02520
Ink level ?
This occurs when a color is set to "Yes" in MAIN MENU>System Setup>Ink Check
Off.
In this case, the error message is displayed whenever printing is started, but it can
be temporarily canceled by pressing the [Online] button to start printing or pressing
the [Cancel] button to cancel printing.
To cancel this error and recover the ink level detection function, replace with a new
ink tank designated for this printer.
22) E02777
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when a communication error was detected in communication
between the system controller and engine controller.
23) E02800
No Printhead
This is displayed when no printhead is detected.
24) E02801
Check Printhead
This is displayed when unusually high temperatures are detected in the printhead.
25) E02802
Check Printhead
This is displayed when an incorrect printhead is installed.
26) E02803
Check Printhead
This is displayed when a checksum error is detected in the printhead EEPROM.
27) E02804/E02805/E02806/E02807/E02808/E02809
Check x Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when an incorrect ink tank is installed.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <4:Bk, 5:Y, 6:M, 7:C, 8:PM, 9:PC>
28) E0280A/E0280B/E0280C/E0280D/E0280E/E0280F
Check x Tank (the ink color is indicated by x)
This is displayed when a checksum error is detected in the ink tank EEPROM.
The final digit indicates the ink color. <A:Bk, B:Y, C:M, D:C, E:PM, F:PC>
29) E02811
Check Printhead
This is displayed when a DI correction failure is detected in the printhead.
30) E02812
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the EEPROM of the engine
controller.
31) E02813
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the head management sensor detects an ink discharge error.
3-75
W8200
Part 3: Operations
32) E02814
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when a sensor sensitivity error is detected during position
adjustment of the head management sensor.
33) E02A00
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error occurs in the firmware of the engine controller.
34) E02A01/E02A02/E02A03
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error occurs in the FLASH ROM of the engine controller.
35) E02B01
Close Tray
This is displayed when the manual feed tray sensor has detected that the tray is
open during media loading or printing.
36) E02B04
Close Upper Cover
This is displayed when the upper cover sensor has detected that the upper cover is
open while the upper cover is locked.
37) E02B05
Close Right Cover
This is displayed when the right cover sensor has detected that the right cover has
been opened not using operations from the main menu.
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the right cover sensor has detected that the right cover is
closed even though the right cover opening operation has been performed the
prescribed number of times.
38) E02B06
Close CRG Cover
This is displayed when the carriage cover sensor has detected that the carriage cover
is open while the upper cover is locked.
39) E02D00/E02D01
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when sensors for the purge unit could not detect the positions of
the motors within the prescribed time.
40) E02D02
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the carriage homeposition sensor could not detect the home
position of the carriage motor within the prescribed time.
41) E02D03
End of Roll
This is displayed when the feed motor could not reach the prescribed speed within
the prescribed time or the feed roller sensor could not detect the prescribed number
of steps from the encoder slit.
42) E02D04
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the roll feed motor could not reach the prescribed speed
within the prescribed time.
3-76
W8200
Part 3: Operations
43) E02D05
Turn Power Off!!
This message is displayed when a fan lock is detected when the air flow fan is
running.
44) E02D06
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the valve cam sensor could not detect valve cam rotation
during switching of the ink supply valve.
45) E02E01
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when a jam or other physical problem puts an excessive load on
the carriage motor so that the carriage cannot operate.
46) E02E02
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the roll media set sensor could not detect positional changes
by the paper holder during the paper holder opening and closing operations.
47) E02E03
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the pinch roller up/down sensor could not detect positional
changes by the pinch roller during the pinch roller up/down operations.
48) E02E05
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when the carriage motor could not reach the prescribed speed
49) E02E10
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the IEEE1394 interface.
50) E02F00
Turn Power Off!!
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the firmware of the system
controller.
c) Service call error description
When a service call error occurs, the error is not cleared and the error display
remains on the operation panel even if printer power goes off and on.
This is to avoid thet the user can cleare service call errors preventing the printer
from damage.
Service call errors can be cleared, however, by starting up the printer with the
service mode.
1) Printhead Error!
This is displayed when a voltage error occurs in the printhead.
2) Waste Ink FULL!
This is displayed when a full waste ink absorber is detected.
3) Scale Read Error
This is displayed when the carriage sensor could not read the linear scale.
3-77
Part 3: Operations
W8200

In addition to Service mode, this printer is provided with the following special modes.
Controller Replace Mode
Download Mode

This mode is used when replacing the system controller and engine controller.
This mode transfers the setting values, counter values, and other data before
replacement in each controller to the new controller.
For details about entering and operating this mode, refer to "Part 5: 5.2.12 Boards".
6.2 Download Mode

This mode is used for troubleshooting when upgrading the firmware.
For details about entering and operating this mode, refer to "Part 3: 7.3.1 Firmware
Recovery Procedure".
3-78
W8200
Part 3: Operations
7. PRINTER SERVICE SOFTWARE

In this printer, the service tools can be used to update the versions of the firmware for
the system controller installed in the printer.
The service tools can also be used to access various types of information from the
printer.
The required operating environment and conditions for upgrading the firmware and
obtaining service information are shown below.
Updating the firmware
Software
OS
CNWFUT01.exe*1 Windows95/98/Me,
WindowsNT4.0/2000/XP
Printer port
LAN
(10Base-T/
100Base-TX)
RS-232C
(9-pin, male)
RS-232C
(9-pin, male)
Interface cable
Cross type cable
or straight cable
+ hub
Crossover type
Recovery of the
com_fut.exe
Windows 98,
firmware
Windows 2000, XP
Windows 95, 98, Me,
Crossover type
Obtaining service
hypertrm.exe *2
information
Windows NT, 2000, XP
*1: Usage period is limited.
*2: Included in standard installations of Windows 95, 98, Me, Windows NT, 2000, and XP.
7.1.1 Firmware updating software

This tool allows updating of the firmware for the system controller and engine
controller during normal operation.
Software
OS
Printer port
LAN
CNWFUT01.exe*3 Windows95/98/Me,
WindowsNT4.0/2000/XP (10Base-T/100Base-TX)
*3: Usage period is limited.
CAUTION
Interface cable
Cross type cable or
straight cable + hub
This tool (CNWFUT01.exe *3) is identical to the firmware update tool for
W7200/W7250 users.
This tool is for service only and shall be used as a countermeasure in case
some failure occurs befor the firmware for the W8200 is updated for the
first time. If the firmware for the W8200 is updated in the future, as the
W8200 firmware update tool for both users and service will be released,
please use this instead.
7.1.2 Firmware recovery software

This tool is able to recover the boot firmware of System Controller.
The required operating environment and conditions are shown below.
Software
com_fut.exe
OS
Windows 98,
Windows 2000, XP
Printer port
RS-232C (9-pin, male)
Interface cable
Crossover type
7.1.3 Service information access software

This tool is used to access various types of Service mode information from the system
controller.
The required operating environment and conditions are shown below.
Software
hypertrm.exe (*)
OS
Printer port
Interface cable
Windows 95, 98, Me,
RS-232C (9-pin, male)
Crossover type
Windows NT, 2000, XP
*: Included in standard installations of Windows 95, 98, Me, Windows NT, 2000, and XP.
3-79
W8200
Part 3: Operations

This tool allows updating of the firmware for the system controller and engine controller
during normal operation.
For the specific operating procedure, follow the screen instructions displayed on the
computer when running the file "CNWFUT01.exe".
This section only contains notes for using "CNWFUT01.exe".
CAUTION
"CNWFUT01.exe" shall be used until the W8200 firmware update tool is

released.
Copy the file "CNWFUT01.exe" to your computer's hard disk drive.
Copy the firmware to the folder containing "CNWFUT01.exe".
Check the IP address of the printer before running "CNWFUT01.exe".
Follow the on-screen instructions for "CNWFUT01.exe", and enter the IP
address of the printer.
7.3 Firmware recovery Software of the System Controller

This tool is used to fix problems if the firmware is not updated properly due to a power
outage or other cause when using the firmware update tool (CNWFUT01.exe).
The usage procedure for this case is described below in one of the remedy procedures.
There are three troubleshooting procedures separated into two cases based on the
display message after the power is turned on again when a problem occurs.
a. When the controller stops operating after displaying "Initializing...."
(4 periods):
Download the firmware again.
b. When the controller stops operating before displaying "Initializing... "
(3 periods):
b-1. Recover using the Firmware Recovery Tool: AY3-4207-000 (com_fut.exe).
b-2. Replace the system controller, and then download the latest firmware again.
7.3.1 Firmware recovery procedure

a. When the controller stops operating after displaying "Initializing...."
(4 periods)
1) Check that the printer is turned off, and then connect the printer and computer
with a LAN, USB, or IEEE1394 cable.
2) Turn on the printer while holding down the [Paper Source] button, [Enter]
button, and [Online] button.
3) Check that "Download Mode" appears on the display, and then release the
buttons.
* The Message lamp turns on when the printer enters Download mode.
* It takes about 40 seconds to enter Download mode after the power is turned on.
4) Use CNWFUT01.exe to update the firmware to the latest version.
5) Check that the printer starts up normally and that the firmware has been
upgraded properly.
b. When the controller stops operating before displaying "Initializing... "
(3 periods)
b-1. Recover using the Firmware Recovery Tool: AY3-4207-000 (com_fut.exe).
1) Make the following settings at the serial port of the computer.
Baud rate
: 9600
Data bits
: 8
Parity
: None
Stop bit
: 1
Flow control : None
2) Check that the printer is turned off, and then connect the computer and printer
with an RS-232C cable.
* The printer's RS-232C connector is located above the system controller.
3-80
W8200
Part 3: Operations
3) Turn on the printer while holding down the [Paper Source] button and [Upper
arrow] button, and then release your hand from the buttons.
("INITIALIZING" is shown briefly on the display, and then nothing is shown.)
4) Start com_fut.exe.
5) Open the Configuration menu, and select COM PORT.
Figure 3-58com_fut.exe (Startup)

6) Select the serial port of the computer where the RS-232C cable is connected, and
then click the OK button.
Figure 3-59 com_fut.exe (Setup 1)
3-81
W8200
Part 3: Operations
7) Click the F button.
Figure 3-60 com_fut.exe (Setup 2)

8) Click the Reference button, and then select the System Controller firmware for
boot recovery (W8200_SC_V0100.rom).
9) Click the Send button, and then send the System Controller firmware for boot
recovery (W8200_SC_V0100.rom) to the printer
Nothing is shown on the printer display while the firmware upgrade is in
progress.
The transmission status can be checked using the progress bar and data counter
in the download dialog box.
It takes about 20 minutes to complete the transmission after the Send button is
pressed.
Pressing the Stop button cancels transmission of the firmware for the system
controller and closes the download dialog box.
Progress Bar
Data Counter
Figure 3-61 com_fut.exe (Send Image)

10) The following message box is displayed when the firmware update of the system
controller is completed normally. Click the OK button to close the message box.
It takes about one minute to display this message box after transmission is
completed.
Figure 3-62 com_fut.exe (Transmission is completed)

3-82
W8200
Part 3: Operations
11) Click the X button to exit com_fut.exe.
Figure 3-63 com_fut.exe (Completed Image)

NOTE
If a failure occurs during the update process (such as disconnection of the

serial cable during transmission), the progress bar and data counter will
stop, and the OK button will not be displayed.
In this case, exit com_fut.exe, and then unplug the power cord of the
printer from the outlet. Then, plug the power cord of the printer back into
the outlet, and restart from step 3).
12) Unplug the power cord of the printer from the outlet, and then turn off the printer.
13) Insert the power cord of the printer back into the outlet.
14) Continue using the procedure for "a. When the controller stops operating after
displaying "Initializing...." (4 periods)".
CAUTION
Be sure to always perform the above operations before starting the printer
in Normal mode.
b-2. Replace the system controller, and then download the latest firmware again.
1) Check that the printer is turned off, and then replace the system controller.
2) Follow steps 1) to 4) of Part 3: 7.3.1 a. When the controller stops operating after
displaying "Initializing.... (4 periods) to update the firmware to the latest version.
3) Follow steps 2) to 6) of Part 5: 5.2.12 a) Replacing the system controller to pass the
backup data in the Engine Controller to the System Controller.
4) Start in Normal mode, and check the version and its operation.
CAUTION
Be sure to always follow the above procedure when the version upgrade
fails and the system controller is replaced. If you perform any of these
steps in the wrong order, the backup data in the engine controller
EEPROM could be erased.
Replacing the system controller initializes the IP settings, WARNING
history, ERROR history, and P-SETTING values.
3-83
W8200
Part 3: Operations

Use the HyperTerminal software supplied in the standard installation in Windows 95,
98, Me, NT, 2000, and XP.
HyperTerminal is a software tool used to connect the serial cable to the serial port on
the sysytem controller.
The following service information can be accessed based on the code that is entered.
a) Access service mode information
Entering the code below will display as log data all the information for the Service
mode and Main menu stored in the printer.
Input code: ssw
ssw
MachineType:36"
TMP:26.0 TMP BK:25.0 TMP C:26.0 TMP M:25.0 TMP Y:26.0 TMP PC:25.0 TMP PM:25.0
SIZE-LF:0.0 SIZE-CR:914.3
HeadEEPLotNo:001B01A0
HeadSerialNo:00017BB3
TankLotNo BK:20222810
TankLotNo C:21240310
TankLotNo M:21240310
TankLotNo Y:20212510
TankLotNo PC:21240310
TankLotNo PM:21240310
WARNING 01:W00000 02:W00000 03:W00000 04:W00000 05:W00000 06:W00000
07:W00000 08:W00000 09:W00000 10:W00000 11:W00000 12:W00000
ERROR 01:E02000 02:E02005 03:E02005 04:E02D03 05:E02D03 06:E02D03 07:E02D03
08:E02D03 09:E02010 10:E02010 11:E02000 12:E02B04 13:E00000 14:E00000
15:E00000 16:E00000 17:E00000 18:E00000 19:E00000 20:E00000
P-SETTING 01:R101ZZ8W0244- 02:R101248W0420- 03:R101368W0235- 04:R101368W120605:C103368W1030- 06:R103368W0002E 07:R101308W0924- 08:R101308W075709:R100ZZ4S0049W 10:0000000000000 11:0000000000000 12:0000000000000
ADJUST A:+0 B:+1 C:+1 D:+0 E:+1 F:+0 G:+0 H:+1 I:+0 J:+2 K:+2
L:+4 M:+2 N:+2 P:+2 Q:+2 R:+2 V:+0 W:+0 X:+0 Y:+0 Z:+0
COUNTER PRINTER: 19 7131 59
CARRIAGE: 2
2
PURGE: 5
5
0
INK: 2
2
2
2
2
2
HEAD: 10
1
1
1
1
1
1
CUT SHEET: 0
0
0
0
ROLL MEDIA: 0
0
0
0
MEDIA ALL: 0
0
0
0
0
0
MEDIA-00: 0
0
0
0
MEDIA-01: 0
0
0
0
MEDIA-02: 0
0
0
0
MEDIA-03: 0
0
0
0
MEDIA-OTHER: 0
0
0
0
S/C:Ver. 00.34.00 S/BOOT:Ver. 01.00.00 E/C:Ver. 0.13 E/Rel:Ver. 00010.01
MAC Address:00008518408F RAM:64MB
Current Path:1 CutSheetType:Glossy Film RollMediaType:Coated Paper
AutoCut:Yes TakeUpReel:Disable
Cutter:Enable Buzzer:On SleepTimer:20 min. EOPTimer:30 sec.
Stand:J504Only Language:Japanese
Auto Adjust:On
Adjust A:+0 B:+1 C:+1 D:+0 E:+1 F:+0 G:+0 H:+1 I:+0 J:+2 K:+2
L:+4 M:+2 N:+2 P:+2 Q:+2 R:+2 V:+0 W:+0 X:+0 Y:+0 Z:+0
CutDustReduct Plain:Off Coated:Off HeavyCoated:Off
GlossyPaper:Off Semi-Glossy:Off GlossyFilms:On BPF:Off
Special1:Off Special2:Off Special3:Off Special4:Off Special5:Off
InkBk:100% InkC:100% InkM:100% InkY:100% InkPC:100% InkPM:100%
Interface:LAN/USB1.1 00000000208F Ext.Interface:IEEE1394 00008514000004DC
Warning 01:W00000 02:W00000 03:W00000 04:W00000 05:W00000
Error 01:E02000 02:E02005 03:E02005 04:E02D03 05:E02D03
TCP/IP FrameType:Ethernet II IPAddress:192.168.0.215 SubnetMask:255.255.255.0
DefaultG/W:0.0.0.0
DHCP:Off BOOTP:Off RARP:Off
Apple Talk PhaseType:Phase2 NetworkNo:65280 NodeID:128
Name:Canon NB-12FB
Zone:*
Type:GARO
value = 10 = 0xa
->
Figure 3-64 ssw (Image)
3-84
W8200
Part 3: Operations
b) Access printhead EEPROM information

Entering the code below will display as log date the serial number and all other
information stored in the printhead EEPROM.
Input code: ssw_head
ssw_head
Head EEPROM Dump
003E 0401 EAD8 0000
0012 0410 3D3D 423A
3A3C 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0606
0706 0505 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 4102 003E 0401
EAD8 0000 0012 0410
3D3D 423A 3A3C 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0606 0706 0505
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 4102
0000 0000 0002 0003
value = 3 = 0x3
->
Figure 3-65 ssw_head (Image)
3-85
W8200
Part 3: Operations
c) Access ink tank EEPROM information

Entering the code below will display the serial numbers and all other information
stored in each color's ink tank EEPROM in the form of log data for the six colors
simultaneously.
Input code: ssw_ink
ssw_ink
InkTank EEPROM Dump
Black Tank
4341 4E4F 4E20 494E
432E 1401 424B F122
0521 0000 0000 0000
F122 0521 0000 0001
DBF4 0001 D4BF 6100
0001 43F4 0001 DBF4
0001 D4BF 6100 0001
43F4 0000 3134 3031
0000 8979 0001 FBD0
0001 DBF4 0061 0001
0000 7953 0001 DBF4
0061 0001 0000 7953
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
Light Cyan Tank
4341 4E4F 4E20 494E
0000 0000 0000
Yellow Tank
4341 4E4F 4E20
432E 1401 5900
0822 0000 0000
F122 0822 0000
A8B0 0000 2C0F
0001 1FE9 0001
0000 2C0F 6100
1FE9 0000 3134
0000 8354 0001
0001 A8B0 0061
0000 AC97 0001
0061 0001 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
value = 3 = 0x3
->
0000
494E
F122
0000
0001
6100
A8B0
0001
3031
FBD0
0001
A8B0
AC97
0000
0000
0000
0000
Figure 3-66 ssw_ink (Image)
3-86
W8200
Part 3: Operations
7.4.1 Service information access procedure

1) Connect the printer and computer with a serial cable, and then turn on the
printer.
2) Check that the printer is in the Online or Offline mode, and then start the
computer.
3) At the Run command of the start menu, enter "hypertrm.exe", and then click OK.
Figure 3-67 Service Information Access Software (Startup 1)

4) Enter the name, select the icon, and then click OK.
Figure 3-68 Service Information Access Software (Startup 2)
3-87
W8200
Part 3: Operations
5) Once the screen shown below is displayed, select the serial port of the computer
that is used, and then click OK.
Figure 3-69 Service Information Access Software (Setup 1)

6) Once the screen shown below is displayed, set the values as indicated below, and
then click OK,
Figure 3-70 Service Information Access Software (Setup 2)
3-88
W8200
Part 3: Operations
7) Enter the access information cade, and then press Enter.
Figure 3-71 Service Information Access Software (Code Input)

8) The log data corresponding to the input code is displayed.
Figure 3-72 Service Information Access Software (Access Information Image)
3-89
Part 4
TECHNICAL
REFERENCE
Page
4- 1
4- 1
4- 2
4- 5
4- 7
4- 7
4- 8
4- 9
4 - 11
4 - 11
4 - 12
4 - 12
4 - 12
4 - 12
4 - 13
4 - 14
4 - 16
1. OVERVIEW
1.3 Print Driving
2. FIRMWARE
2.1 Power On/Off
2.2 Power Off
2.3 Print Control
2.5 Head Management
2.6 Overheating Protection
Control of Printhead
2.9 Sleep Mode
3. PRINTER'S MECHANICAL
SYSTEM
3.1 Ink Passage
3.2 Ink Tank Unit
Page
4 - 18
4 - 22
4 - 26
4 - 31
4 - 32
4 - 33
4 - 37
4 - 40
4 - 40
4 - 42
4 - 45
4 - 49
4 - 50
4 - 51
4 - 52
4 - 54
4 - 54
3.3 Carriage Unit

3.4 Printhead
3.5 Purge Unit
3.7 Air Flow
3.8 Paper Path
3.9 Structure of Paper Path
4. PRINTER ELECTRICAL
SYSTEM
4.1 Overview
4.5 Head Relay PCB
4.6 Motor Driver
4.7 Power Supply
5.1 Detection Functions
Based on Sensors
Tank sensor (BK)
Tank sensor (C)
Tank sensor (PC)
Tank sensor (PM)
Tank sensor (M)
Tank sensor (Y)
4-1
Figure 4-1 Printer Block Diagram
J13
Operation
panel
J414
J104
J1001
J404
J5
Network
System controller
J408
J2
Engine controller
J415
J103
+3.3V
GND
J417
To take-up unit
To power cord
J2
Expansion
Expansion
board
Optional
J102
Power button +5.1V,GND
signal
+26.5V,GND
J419
J418
J105
Power supply
J32
Option PCB
Roll feed
clutch
Roll drive
motor
Follow-up roller
up/down clutch
Feed motor
Feed roller
sensor
Pinch roller
up/down sensor
Pinch roller
up/down clutch
Manual feed
tray sensor
J421
Upper cover
sensor (R)
J82
Upper cover
sensor (L)
J403
Right cover lock

unit (R)
J24
J1002 J1005
Motor
driver
J68
J67
Roll drive unit
J59
Air flow fan (L)

Upper cover lock
solenoid (L)
J101
Right cover
sensor
Right cover
lock solenoid
J405
J36
Pinch roller
drive unit J66
J33
J7011
Left cutter
sensor
Suction fan (L)
J14
Upper cover lock

solenoid (R)
Carriage motor
J11
Feed sensor
Carriage
homeposition sensor
J406
J211
J1004 J1003 J1007 J1006 J1008
Suction fan
J17
J30
Roll media
end sensor
Roll media tray
set sensor
Roll media
set sensor
J211
Cap sensor
J427
J210
J407
J213
J210
J212
Pump homeposition
sensor
Purge motor
Pump motor
Valve cam sensor

Valve motor unit
Purge unit
Valve motor
J412
Cutter motor
Air flow fan (R)
J209
J205
J5001
Carriage cover
sensor
Media sensor
Linear
encoder
J200
J206
J424
Right cutter sensor
Tank relay PCB

J64
J6
Ink tank unit
J203
J5006
Carriage
relay PCB
J208
Head
relay
PCB
+18V/
+19V
GND
Carriage unit
J5005
J1102
Printhead
J7020
W8200
1. OVERVIEW
A block diagram of the printer is shown in Figure 4-1 below.
J1
J1
J423
J86
J6
CN1
J19
J31
Head management sensor
W8200

The signal sequence from when the printer receives the print signals until printing
starts is shown in Figure 4-2 below.
Host computer
Optional software
RIP etc.
Printer driver
a
: Image data
: Mask pattern data
: Heat pulse
: Command data
: PCI bus
: Data bus
a' a'
W8200
Interface unit
Network
Expansion
b
Image processing
unit
CPU unit
CPU
ASIC
Operation
panel
c
EEPROM
FCRAM
Printhead
h
c, j
FLASH
EEPROM
SDRAM
Head relay PCB
d d
g
System controller
Engine controller
SDRAM
g
ASIC
Driver
ASIC
FLASH
SDRAM
Receiver
ASIC
Carriage relay PCB
e, f
EEPRROM
g'
Motor driver PCB
Driver IC
f
Ink tank
EEPROM
CPU
f
f
i
Sensor and drive unit
Figure 4-2 Print Signal Sequence
4-2
Latch IC
W8200
a) The printer driver in the host PC compresses the image data, and then sends the
command data and other print data to the printer.
The resolution conversion, color conversion process, and six-color binary conversion
process for the image data are not performed.
The image process table data is used in the color conversion process, binary
conversion process, and other operations of the image data to achieve a high-quality
image output. This data is created and sent as command data based on the Paper
Type setting specified in the printer driver.
a') An optional software RIP performs resolution conversion of the image and then
sends this image data to the printer together with the command data after a color
conversion process or six-color binary conversion is performed.
b) This printer receives the print data from the interfaces controlled by the interface
unit of the system controller.
The received print data is sent to the CPU or ASIC.
c) The system controller extracts the print data that was sent to the CPU or ASIC, and
then performs resolution conversion, color conversion process, and six-color binary
conversion while storing the data in the SDRAM or FCRAM at the optimal timing.
d) The ASIC in the system controller converts the print data to six-color binary image
data and command data and sends the data to the ASIC in the engine controller.
e) The ASIC in the engine controller stores the received image data in the SDRAM at
the optimal timing, and the data is combined with the mask data in the ASIC and
output in coordination with the discharge timing. The ASIC also sends the command
data from the system controller to the CPU.
f) The CPU in the engine controller obtains the mask pattern data from the FLASH
ROM based on the command data, printhead information from the EEPROM in the
printhead, and internal temperature from the latch IC on the head relay PCB, and
sends this data to the ASIC.
g) The ASIC in the engine controller sends the image data combined with the mask
pattern to the printhead as print signals while converting to data corresponding to
the printhead information and internal temperature. During this operation, heat
pulses are sent to the printhead for performing the optimal head driving.
g') The print signals undergo differential processing by the driver ASIC to reduce noise
and then are restored by the receiver ASIC.
4-3
W8200
h) The printhead convert the received print signals internally, which are in serial
format, into the parallel data used by a single nozzle array, and then perform heat
pulse and AND processing to carry out the printing.
i) The CPU in the engine controller manages the overall print drive operations while
controlling the motor driver and monitoring the status of the printer components
based on the adjustment values stored in the EEPROM.
The SDRAM is used as work memory.
j) The CPU in the system controller manages the overall image processing operations
while controlling key operation and message display based on the adjustment values
stored in the EEPROM.
The firmware is stored in the FLASH ROM.
4-4
W8200
1.3 Print Driving

In this printer, the print signals and control signals pass through the carriage relay
PCB and head relay PCB and are output to the printhead. This allows the printhead to
perform printing operations by discharging ink from the printhead nozzles.
The printhead has six nozzle arrays (Bk, PC, C, PM, M, and Y from the left with the
carriage installed).
The print signals received by each printhead include even nozzle data (E_DTBK1,
DTBK2, DTLC1, DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1, DTLM2, DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2)
and odd nozzle data (O_DTBK1, DTBK2, DTLC1, DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1, DTLM2,
DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2). These two data types are sent according to the timing
determined by the data transfer clock (HSCLK) and data latch pulse (LTH).
The drive control signals include heat enable signals (HE_BK, LC, C, LM, M, Y) for
ejecting ink from the printhead nozzle and subheat enable signals (SHE_BK, LC, C, LM,
M, Y) for maintaining stable ink discharge rates by raising the temperature of the head
when it is lower than the optimum operating temperature.
1.3.1 Print drive control

Each nozzle array on a printhead has 1280 nozzles.
The nozzles used for discharging ink are selected by the block enable information in
the even nozzle data and odd nozzle data and are separated into 24 blocks. (The
1280th nozzle ends at block number 15.) There are 54 nozzles in blocks 0 to 15, and
52 nozzles in blocks 16 to 23.
In the printhead nozzles in the selected block, heat enable signals and subheat
enables signals are applied to adjust the pulse width according to the head rank, head
temperature, internal temperature, and other factors to ensure optimal ink discharge,
and then the heat board in the printhead nozzle is driven so that ink is discharged.
The optimal nozzle block is selected based on the printing pass.
Printhead nozzle No.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 1415 1617 1819 2021 2223
Block No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
1279
The pattern is repeated until 1280 nozzles is reached.

The 1280th nozzle ends at block 15.
Figure 4-3 Conceptual Diagram of Nozzle Blocks

4-5
W8200
1.3.2 Print drive timing

Each printhead has six nozzle arrays (Bk, PC, C, PM, M, Y). These six arrays all use
the data transfer clock (HSCLK) and data latch pulse (LTH) signals.
The even nozzle data (E_DTBK1, DTBK2, DTLC1, DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1,
DTLM2, DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2), odd nozzle data (O_DTBK1, DTBK2, DTLC1,
DTLC2, DTC1, DTC2, DTLM1, DTLM2, DTM1, DTM2, DTY1, DTY2), heat enable
signals (HE_BK, LC, C, LM, M, Y), and subheat enable signals (SHE_BK, LC, C, LM,
M, Y) are sent to a specific array as required to control each array separately.
Printing is performed in both the carriage forward and reverse directions.
The encoder sensor installed on the carriage generates 300-dpi pitch linear scale
detection signals (CRENCA) and 90-phase shift signals (CRENCB). The carriage
recognizes the movement direction by the state of the CRENCB signals with respect to
the rising of the CRENCA signals.
The printhead is driven using the 1200-dpi timing signals (XCOL-STR) that divide the
CRENCA signals detected by the 300-dpi timing into four equal parts.
Forward printing is based on the rising of the detection signals (CRENCA).
Reverse printing is based on the falling of the detection signals (CRENCA) and is
performed in the same manner as forward printing, except that the transmission
order of the even nozzle data and odd nozzle data reverses the heating order of the
printhead nozzles.
300dpi
Linear scale
CRENCA
CRENCB
1200dpi
XCOL-STR
1200dpi
HSCLK
O_DTBK1
Data of block 0
Data of block 2
Data of block 4
Data of block 20
Data of block 22
O_DTBK2
Data of block 0
Data of block 2
Data of block 4
Data of block 20
Data of block 22
E_DTBK1
Data of block 0
Data of block 2
Data of block 4
Data of block 20
Data of block 22
E_DTBK2
Data of block 0
Data of block 2
Data of block 4
Data of block 20
Data of block 22
LTH
HE_BK
SHE_BK
Low active
Low active
Figure 4-4 Example of Print Drive Timing (Nozzle Array Bk in Forward Printing)
4-6
W8200
2. FIRMWARE
2.1 Power On/Off
2.1.1 Power On
The initialization sequence when the power is turned on and before the printer enters
the online state is shown in the flow chart below. The printer requires about 2
minutes* to perform the initialization sequence.
* This does not include the time required for supplying ink and cleaning after storage
for an extended period of time.
Power button ON
"Initializing" is
shown on
display
"Canon W8200"
is shown on
display
Software
initialization
Engine status check
Printhead check
* LEDs on operation panel turn on

* LEDs on operation panel turn off
* The system controller and engine controller are initialized
* LEDs on operation panel flash twice at one-second intervals
* EEPROM check
* Check of status when
power was last turned off
Error message
* Available printheads
* Printhead EEPROM check
Error message
Right cover
lock check
Ink tank check
Error message
* Available ink tanks

* Ink tank EEPROM check
* Ink tank level detection
Error message
Upper cover lock
Carriage/feeding
initialization
* Carriage motor is initialized

* Carriage homeposition
detection
* Feeding motor is initialized
Ink
supply/cleaning
Error message
Error message
Head management
Upper cover lock release
No media
Media detection
Media detected
Upper cover lock
"Offline" is shown
on display
Waiting for
media loading
Media load
Error message
Upper cover lock release

"Online" is shown
Waiting for print operation
on display
Figure 4-5 Flow chart after Power On

4-7
W8200
2.2 Power Off

Turning off the power button will cut off the voltage to all driving systems that are
supplied power. In this case, the power-off sequence by the firmware is started.
CAUTION
This printer immediately suspends all operations in progress and stops

whenever the power cable is unplugged, or the upper cover, right cover, or
roll media tray are opened. In this case, the printer may stop without
performing the regular capping operation for the printhead. If the power
was turned off by unplugging the power cable, plug the power cable into
the outlet and turn the power on again so that the printer enters the
online state, and then press the power button to turn off the power.
2.2.1 Power Off sequence
Power button OFF

"Shut Down.." is
shown on display
* Hold down for at least 1 second
System controller data * Writing to EEPROM

backup
Media detection
Cut sheet
Roll media
Discharge operation
Engine controller data

backup
* Writing to EEPROM
Power off
Figure 4-6 Power Off Flow chart
4-8
W8200
2.3 Print Control

2.3.1 Print mode
This printer is capable of fast, high-quality printing without blurring or inconsistent
ink density by changing the carriage operation, sheet feeding operation, and other
printing methods according to the selected paper, print quality, and print data.
Printing is performed for each color using multiple passes. This allows less
concentration irregularities caused by the range of discharge amounts for each nozzle,
and the print timing is shifted so that the printed ink is virtually fixed before the next
ink layer is applied for minimized bleeding.
The printer supports a maximum of 10-pass printing according to the required print
quality.
a) Draft mode
In the high-speed print mode, the image data is thinned out and a single band
(equivalent to the width of a nozzle array) is printed in a two-pass operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "Draft" option under Print Quality settings in the
printer driver.
The image data is allocated for each color by the mask pattern control, divided into
two parts by the nozzle block control, and then printed by a 2-pass bidirectional.
b) Standard mode
In normal print mode, a single band (equivalent to the width of a nozzle array) is
printed in 4-pass or 6-pass operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "Standard" option under Print Quality settings
in the printer driver.
The printing operation varies depending on the sheet settings in the printer driver.
If Plain Paper is selected in the sheet settings, the image data is divided into two
parts for each color by the mask pattern control, then divided each into two by the
nozzle block control, and printed by 4-pass single-directional.
If a media other than Plain Paper is selected in the sheet settings, the image data is
divided into three parts for each color by the mask pattern control, then divided
each into two by the nozzle block control, and printed by 6-pass bidirectional.
c) High mode
In high quality print mode, a single band is printed using 8-pass operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "High" option under Print Quality settings in the
printer driver.
For the proofing paper, the image data is divided into four parts for each color by
the mask pattern control, then divided each into two by the nozzle block control,
and printed by 8-pass bidirectional.
For the media other than proofing paper, the image data is divided into eigth parts
for each color by mask pattern control, and printed by 8-pass bidirectional.
4-9
W8200
d) Highest mode
In super-high quality print mode, a single band is printed using an 10-pass
operation.
This mode is used by selecting the "Highest" Fine option under Print Quality
settings in the printer driver.
For proof paper, the mask pattern control divides the image data into five sections
for each color, and then nozzle block control is used to divide this data into two
sections for 10-pass bi-directional printing.
For other paper, the mask pattern control divides the image data into 10 sections
for each color for 10-pass bi-directional printing.
Table 4-1 PRINT MODES

Mode
Print resolution
(dpi)
Print pass
Print direction
Media type
Draft
Standard
300x1200
600x1200
600x1200
600x1200
1200x1200
600x1200
2-pass
4-pass
6-pass
8-pass
8-pass
10-pass
Bi-directional
Uni-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Bi-directional
Plain paper, Coated paper

Plain paper
Except Plain paper
Except Plain paper and Proofing paper
Proofing paper
Except Plain paper, Coated paper and
Proofing paper
1200x1200
10-pass
Bi-directional
Proofing paper
Hight
Highest
4-10
W8200

For instructions on how to perform print position adjustments, see Part 3: 4.4.3 Contents of main
menu.
2.4.1 Print position adjustment

This printer incorporates a print position adjustment function for manual adjustment of the
vertical/horizontal positions, bidirectional printing position, and sheet feeding rate of the
printhead installed on the carriage.
The print position is adjusted by first printing the print position adjustment patterns with
slightly modified conditions and setting the adjustment values observed visually from the
operation panel.
The print position adjustment requires a roll media or cut sheet that is A3 size or larger.
2.5 Head Management

This printer has a head management function to detect any non-ejecting nozzles
(nozzles that cannot spray ink for some reason).
When this is detected, the printer performs the printhead cleaning operations.
Also, changing the mask pattern used for printing automatically allows non-discharging
nozzles to be supplemented by other nozzles.
If the non-discharging nozzles cannot be supplemented, a "Print Check" message is
displayed.
Detection timing
During power-on of the printer.

When starting print operations after the printing of 10
sheets.*1
When the head is replaced.
(The state of the carriage cover being open is detected.)
*1: Change is possible at Main Menu>System Setup>Nozzele Check. (Refer to Part 3:
4.4.3 Contents of main menu)
NOTE
Automatic
If the "Print Check" message is displayed, execute the Head Cleaning

command under the Main Menu.
Replace the printhead with a new one if performing a head cleaning does
not eliminate this error.
4-11
W8200
2.6 Overheating Protection Control of Printhead

This printer is provided with an overheating protection control function that detects abnormally
high temperatures in the printhead.
The printhead can overheat, for instance, when the printing process continues for some
time with no ink supplied to the printhead nozzles. The overheating protection control
function prevents a printhead nozzle from becoming permanently clogged or damaged
due to excessive heat.
The overheating protection control process is based on the detected temperature of the
head temperature sensors in each nozzle array. If overheating is detected in a single
nozzle array, control is performed in one of the two stages below according to the
temperature.
Protection level 1:
If the head temperature sensor detects a temperature above 80C, the printer allows
the carriage to continue in the direction of its scanning pass and then stops it at the
scan end position. The wait control is activated to allow the heat to dissipate.
Printing resumes when the temperature drops below 80C.
Protection level 2:
If the head temperature sensor detects a temperature above 120C, the printer
immediately stops the printing operation, and the carriage returns to the home
position where capping is performed. An error message is shown on the display.

To prevent ink blots from forming, this printer discharges printed pages so that they
hang down from the platen and dry and is provided with a Pause between Pages function
for discharging sheets after a specified wait time. The user can set the wait time from the
printer driver. This function is particularly useful for film-type and other sheets that
need extra time to dry.

To improve the printing throughput, this printer incorporates a White Raster Skip
function for skipping the carriage scan operation for continuous blank segments of
print data.
2.9 Sleep Mode

This printer has a Sleep mode for reducing the standby power.
The printer automatically enters Sleep mode (Power Save mode) when there are no user
operations and no print data has been received for a preset period of time in the Online
or Offline mode. The printer wakes from Sleep mode whenever the user performs any
key operations on operation manual or print data is received from the host computer.
The time until the printer enters Sleep mode can be changed from the operation panel.
See Part 3: 4.4.3 Contents of main menu for the procedure for changing this setting.
4-12
W8200
3. PRINTER MECHANICAL SYSTEM

The printer mechanical system can be roughly divided into two major components: the
ink passage and paper path.
The ink passage consists of ink tank unit and a carriage unit where printhead are
installed, purge unit, and waste ink absorber unit and performs the supply, circulation,
and suction/removal of ink.
The paper path includes the roll media tray, roll media feeder, paper feeder and performs
two types of feeding, transport, and discharge of media.
This section presents an overview of the components of the mechanical system.
Roll media feeder
Carriage unit
Purge unit
Roll media tray unit

Paper feed
Ink tank unit
Waste ink Absorber
Figure 4-7 Printer Mechanical System

4-13
W8200
3.1 Ink Passage

3.1.1 Overview of the ink passage
The ink passage consists of the ink tanks, printhead, caps, maintenance jet tray,
waste ink absorber, ink tubes for connecting the mechanical components, and ink
suction pump that is activated when ink is removed. These components are used to
perform the supply, circulation, and suction/removal of ink.
A schematic diagram of the ink passage (for one color) and the ink flow are shown in
the figure below.
Mechanical Drive Unit
Ink or air flow
Joint
Carriage unit
Ink tank
Suction pump
Ink supply valve
Printhead
Joint
Cap
Joint
Sub buffer
Waste ink absorber
Figure 4-8 Schematic Diagram of the Ink Passage (for One Color)
4-14
W8200
a) Ink supply from ink tank to ink supply valve

The ink tank contains ink which is supplied to the printhead.
Ink flows from the ink tank to the ink supply valve due to the fluid level difference.
b) Ink inflow from ink tank to sub buffer
Although ink flows from the ink tank to the sub buffer due to the fluid level
difference, air also enters from the air passage of the sub buffer to maintain the
pressure inside the ink tank at a fixed level. If the ink inside the sub buffer exceeds
a certain level, the ink passes through the air passage and flows to the waste ink
absorber.
c) Ink supply from ink supply valve to printhead
Ink is supplied from the ink tank to the printhead by opening the ink supply valve,
capping the heads, and then driving the suction pump. The ink removed from the
caps flows to the waste ink absorber.
d) Ink supply during printing
During the printing operation, ink is constantly filling the printhead from the ink
tank due to the negative pressure applied to the printhead nozzle by the opening of
the ink supply valve and discharging of the print ink.
Waste ink removed by the cleaning operation and waste ink in the right maintenance
jet tray flows to the waste ink absorber.
CAUTION
If all of the ink passages are opened (ink tank is not installed, ink supply
valve is opened, and printhead lock lever is opened) when ink fills the ink
tube, the ink in the ink tube may reverse-flow due to the difference in the
water head, and ink may leak from the ink supply needle. Therefore, do
not open all of the ink passages at the same time when the ink tube is
filled with ink.
4-15
W8200
3.2 Ink Tank Unit

3.2.1 Structure of ink tank unit
a) Ink tank
The ink tanks contain ink (approx. 330 ml) for each color.
The amount of ink is stored in the EEPROM mounted on the ink tank.
The remaining ink level in the ink tank is detected using a dot count based on the
EEPROM information.
When the electrodes mounted to the hollow needle detect that there is no electrical
current, a message appears on the display indicating that the ink is nearly empty. If
the dot count reaches the prescribed value from this state, the ink tank is
considered to be empty.
b) Ink port
The hollow needle enters the ink port (covered by a rubber plug) when the ink tank
lever of the printer is pressed down to the ink tank fixing position, and this
establishes an ink passage between the printer and ink tank.
c) Air passage
The open hollow needle enters the air passage (covered by a rubber plug) when the
ink tank lever of the printer is pressed down to the ink tank fixing position, and the
internal pressure of the ink tank is opened so that the internal pressure is
maintained at a fixed level.
d) Notches for preventing incorrect installation
The ink tanks have notches for preventing incorrect installation. The wrong ink
tanks cannot be inserted and set because of these notches.
The ink tank lever can be lowered only when the ink tank has been installed in the
set position, and the ink supply will not start unless the ink tank lever is lowered.
Air passage
Notches for preventing

incorrect installation
Ink tank
Ink port
EEPROM
Notches for preventing

incorrect installation
Figure 4-9 Ink Tank
4-16
W8200
e) Ink supply valve

The ink supply valve is located between the ink tank and ink tube. This valve
presents ink leakage from occurring when the ink tube on the ink tank side is
opened during replacement of the ink tank.
The ink supply valve is opened and closed by the valve cam, which turns based on
the power of the valve motor.
Valve cam
Valve motor
Ink supply valve
Figure 4-10 Ink Supply Valve
4-17
W8200
3.3 Carriage Unit

3.3.1 Carriage functions
a) Printhead mounting
The carriage mechanically locks the printhead and connects them to the terminals
on the head relay PCB.
b) Control
A carriage relay PCB and encoder are installed on the carriage. The carriage relay
PCB communicates the drive signal of the printhead, and the encoder detects the
carriage position and generates print timing signals. The carriage relay PCB is
connected to the engine controller by flexible cable.
c) Carriage drive
The carriage belt moves the carriage back and forth on the platen. The carriage belt
is driven by the power from the carriage motor.
d) Printhead maintenance
This printer has a cleaning function that performs wiping and suction of the printhead
when the carriage is stopped at the carriage homeposition.
e) Media thickness adjustment
The gap between the bottom face of the printhead and the media surface can be
adjusted according to the media thickness. Although the print quality is higher when
the gap is narrow, ink blots may form on the print surface due to contact of the
media with the printhead face, or the printhead nozzles may be damaged.
In this printer, the user can use the printhead height adjustment lever to select the
gap width according to the media thickness (3 positions).
f) Paper width/skew detection
A media sensor is installed at the bottom left of the carriage for detecting the paper
width and skewing of the paper on the platen.
g) Internal temperature detection
Thermistors installed in the printhead relay PCBs are used to detect the internal
temperature in the vicinity of the printhead.
4-18
W8200
3.3.2 Structure of carriage

a) Printhead mounting unit
The printhead are mounted to the carriage by the printhead lock cover and
printhead lock lever. When the printhead are fixed to the carriage, the signal contact
point of the head relay PCB contacts the signal contact point of the printhead, and
this results in the transmission of print signals. Also, the ink passage from the ink
tank passes through the ink tube and connects to the printhead.
b) Ink port
Ink passes through the ink tube and is supplied to the printhead.
The ink tubes run through the joints and inside the frame-shape caterpillar and
move in coordination with the carriage.
Contact
Printhead lock cover
Ink supply joint
Caterpillar
Printhead lock lever
Carriage motor
Carriage
Ink tube
Figure 4-11 Carriage Unit (1)
4-19
W8200
c) Control unit
The carriage relay PCBs are connected to the head relay PCBs by short flexible
cables. The flexible cable between the engine controller and carriage relay PCB is
mounted on a frame-shaped caterpillar and moves in coordination with the carriage.
A photocoupler-type encoder is mounted at the bottom of the rear of the carriage for
reading the linear scale during carriage movement.
d) Carriage drive unit
Mechanical misalignment of the installed printhead in the vertical/horizontal
direction and in bidirectional printing can be corrected by using the "Adjust Printer"
command in the Main Menu to shift the print timing.
The carriage belt, which is driven by the power from the DC motor-type carriage
motor, moves the carriage in the sheet horizontal direction.
The carriage homeposition, which is also the capping position, is detected by the
carriage homeposition edge on the right side of the carriage and the photo
interrupter-type carriage homeposition sensor on the carriage right-side plate. The
position on the linear scale that corresponds to the detected carriage homeposition
is recorded as the homeposition, and this position is set as the reference point for
position control. The carriage motor is then driven and controlled using the control
signals generated by the engine controller.
Head relay PCB
Media sensor
Carriage relay PCB
Printhead height
adjustment lever
Carriage
homeposition edge
Figure 4-12 Carriage Unit (2)

4-20
W8200
e) Printhead maintenance unit

The printer performs cleaning operations of the printhead at the carriage
homeposition.
In the wiping operation, the printhead installed in the carriage are wiped as the
purge motor rotates when the carriage is stopped at the carriage homeposition. The
maintenance jets are the carriage passes through the maintenance jet tray, located
at the left and right side of the platen, while the carriage is moving forward. The
suction operation is performed using the suction cap of the purge unit.
f) Gap adjustment unit
The paper thickness lever located on the right side of the carriage works in
coordination with the height adjustment cam. The height adjustment rollers located
at the bottom-right edge of the carriage front are moved up and down by this
mechanism, and this moves the head holder position up or down to change the gap
between the face of the printhead and the media.
g) Media sensor unit
The media sensor located at the bottom left of the carriage consists of an LED and
photosensor.
h) Internal temperature detection
A thermistor for measuring the internal temperature is installed on the head relay
PCB on the rear of the head holder.
4-21
W8200
3.4 Printhead
3.4.1 Structure of printhead
A printhead has six nozzle arrays. Each nozzle can be controlled individually so that a
six-color discharge action is performed by a single printhead.
a) Nozzle arrays
Each nozzle array provides 1280 nozzles arranged in a two-column staggered
pattern. Each column is comprised of 640 nozzles separated by an interval of 1/600
inch and is arranged in a staggered pattern to form 1280 nozzles separated by an
interval of 1/1200 inch.
5/600inch
0
2
1276
1278
Bk
1
3
1277
1279
0
2
1276
1278
PC
1
3
1277
1279
0
2
1276
1278
0
2
1
3
1277
1279
1276
1278
PM
1
3
1277
1279
0
2
1276
1278
0
2
1
3
1277
1279
1276
1278
1
3
1/1200inch
1277
1279
Y
82/600inch
Figure 4-13 Nozzle Configuration
4-22
W8200
b) Nozzle structure
Ink is supplied from the ink tank, passes through by a mesh ink filter, and is sent to
the nozzles.
Ink is supplied from the shared ink chamber to the nozzles. When the head driving
current is applied to the nozzle heater, this causes the ink to boil and form bubbles
so that ink droplets are discharged from the nozzles.
Resin
Silicon plate
Heater
Heater
Shared ink chamber
Figure 4-14 Nozzle Structure
4-23
W8200
c) Signal contact points

The signal contact points on the printhead are connected to the signal contact points
on the head relay PCB so that print signals and other information are sent from the
carriage relay PCB to the nozzles.
9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
Figure 4-15 Signal Contact Points

Table 4-2 SIGNALS AND PIN NUMBERS OF SIGNAL CONTACT POINTS (1/2)
Pin number
1,2,3
4
5
6
7,8
9
10
11
12,13,14,15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24,25
26
27
28
29
30
Signal
HGND
E_DTLM1
E_DTLC1
O_DTLM2
GND
E_DTC1
E_DTC2
O_DTC2
HGND
SHE_LC
O_DTLC1
SHE_BK
SHE_LM
HE_LM
GND
E_DTM2
LTH
HGND
VHFBG
DIALC()
DIAK()
DIAK()
O_DTBKI
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Function
GND
Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/even nozzle)
Nozzle data signal (C nozzle array/even nozzle)
Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/odd nozzle)
GND
Nozzle data signal (C nozzle array/odd nozzle)
GND
Sub heat enable signal (PC nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (PC nozzle array/odd nozzle)
Sub heat enable signal (Bk nozzle array)
Sub heat enable signal (PM nozzle array)
Heat enable signal (PM nozzle array)
GND
Data latch signal
GND
NC
DI sensor signal (PC nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (Bk nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (Bk nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/odd nozzle)
4-24
W8200
Table 4-2 SIGNALS AND PIN NUMBERS OF SIGNAL CONTACT POINTS (2/2)
Pin number
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64,65,66,67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77,78
Signal
HE_LC
DIALM1
SHE_M
HE_Y
DIAM1
E_DTY2
P_DTM2
DIAY0
E_DTY1
O_DTBK1
E_DTBK1
E_DTLC2
HE_BK
DIALM0
DIAC0
HSCLK
HE_M
DIAY1
O_DTY2
O_DTY1
P_DTM1
DIAM0
VHFBH
VH
E_DTBK2
O_DTLC2
O_DTLM2
H5V
PECE
SHE_C
EPDO
E_DTM1
O_DTC1
VH
VHT
DIALC1
O_DTLM1
H5V
EPCLK
EPD1
DIACI
HE_C
SHE_Y
VH
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OM
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
Function
Heat enable signal (PC nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (PM nozzle array)
Sub heat enable signal (M nozzle array)
Heat enable signal (Y nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (M nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (Y nozzle array/odd nozzle)
DI sensor signal (Y nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (Y nozzle array/even nozzle)
Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/odd nozzle)
Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/even nozzle)
Heat enable signal (Bk nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (PM nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (C nozzle array)
Synchronous clock signal
Heat enable signal (M nozzle array)
DI sensor signal (Y nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (M nozzle array/odd nozzle)
DI sensor signal (M nozzle array)
NC
Head drive power supply
Nozzle data signal (Bk nozzle array/even nozzle)
Nozzle data signal (PM nozzle array/odd nozzle)
Head logic power supply (5.1 V)
Head EEPROM chip select signal
Sub heat enable signal (C nozzle array)
Head EEPROM read data signal
Power transistor drive power supply
DI sensor signal (PC nozzle array)
Nozzle data signal (PM nozzle array/odd nozzle)
Head logic power supply (5.1 V)
Head EEPROM clock signal
Head EEPROM write data signal
DI sensor signal (C nozzle array)
Heat enable signal (C nozzle array)
Sub heat enable signal (Y nozzle array)
4-25
W8200
3.5 Purge Unit

3.5.1 Functions of purge unit
To maintain high print quality, the purge unit performs maintenance of the nozzles in
the printhead.
The functions of the purge unit include capping, cleaning, and ink supply.
a) Capping
Capping prevents nozzle drying and dust adhesion by pressing the cap of the purge
unit to the face plate on the nozzle section of the printhead.
Capping is performed when printing is completed, at the start of the suction
operation, and when switching to the standby state due to an error.
The capping operation also connects the ink passage between the printhead and
purge unit.
b) Cleaning
Cleaning includes a wiping operation for removing paper fibers and dried ink
deposits adhering to the nozzle face plates of the printhead, a suction operation for
removing ink from the nozzles and drawing new ink to refresh the nozzles, and a
maintenance jet operation where ink is sprayed from the nozzles to the cap or
maintenance jet tray to remove bubbles in the nozzles and dust and other foreign
particles near the nozzles. The combination of these three maintenance operations
improves nozzle discharge performance.
Details of the cleaning function are shown in the table below.
Printer status
At installation
Power has been turned on after a
predefined amount of ink has been
discharged since the last cleaning C or
initial refilling suction
Power has been turned on after at
least 720 hours has elapsed since the
last cleaning C or initial refilling suction
Before printing when less than
48 hours has elapsed since the last
printing was completed
Before printing when between
48 hours and 168 hours has elapsed
since the last printing was completed
Before printing when more than
168 hours has elapsed since the last
printing was completed
Scan period during printing
After printing is completed when a
predefined amount of ink has been
discharged since the last wiping*2
After printhead replacement
Cleaning description
Initial refilling suction
Cleaning C
Ink consumption*1
Approx. 38 g
Approx. 13 g
Cleaning C
Approx. 13 g
Wiping +
Maintenance jet
Approx. 0.008 g
Wiping +
Maintenance jet
Approx. 0.016 g
Cleaning A
Approx. 1 g
Maintenance jet
Wiping +
Maintenance jet
5 discharges per nozzle

Approx. 0.008 g
Cleaning C
Approx. 13 g
4-26
W8200
Printer status
Manual cleaning (Head Cleaning A)
Manual cleaning (Head Cleaning B)
Cleaning description
Cleaning A
Cleaning B
suction
Cleaning C
Ink consumption*1
Approx. 1 g
Approx. 6 g
When power is turned on within 72

Approx. 13 g
hours from error end*3
When power is turned on after 72
Initial refilling suction
Approx. 38 g
3
hours from error end*
*1 Ink consumption amount for each nozzle array.
*2 In the banner print mode, the cleaning operation starts upon reaching a predefined
point.
*3 When the power button was not pressed and capping could not be performed, such as
during a power outage or when the power cable is unplugged.
c) Ink supply
The suction pump of the purge unit operates in coordination with the ink supply
valve to deliver the ink in the ink tank to the printhead during the initial refilling
and ink level adjustment.
Purge unit
Figure 4-16 Purge Unit
4-27
W8200
3.5.2 Structure of purge unit

a) Caps
The caps are used to cap the nozzle arrays on the printhead during the capping and
cleaning operations. The rubber section of the cap touches the face plate of the
nozzle array. Each printhead (six nozzle arrays) installed in the carriage has two
caps.
The caps are activated during the capping operation and are used to protect the
nozzle arrays. The caps are raised by the cap cams operated by the purge motor to
cover the arrays when the carriage has moved to the homeposition.
Capping is also performed during the cleaning operation, and the suction pump is
then used to remove ink from the printhead.
Carriage lockpin
Wipers
Cap
Cap sensor
Purge motor
Pump motor
Figure 4-17 Caps
4-28
W8200
b) Wipers
The wipers are operated by the purge motor and perform the wiping of six nozzle
arrays simultaneously of the printhead. One pairs of wiper blades are used to
provide improved wiping performance. The wiping operation is performed in a "slide
wipe" style where the wiper blades slide based on the forward rotation of the purge
motor. This action is performed after the printing or suction operations using a
constant-speed movement in the front direction as viewed from the printer front.
The wiper cam raises the wiper unit to the wiping position. The wiper blade, which is
positioned perpendicular to the printhead, wipes the entire face plate of the
printhead, and then the narrow blade is used to wipe the nozzle array.
After wiping, the wiper blades are cleaned before they are set at the wiping position
so that maximum wiping performance can be maintained.
In the wiper blade cleaning, ink that was wiped from the head section is rubbed off
by an ink scrapping receptacle connected to the waste ink absorber, and then the
blades are wiped off with a blade cleaner.
Printhead
Wiper blade
Ink scrapping receptacle
Wipers
Blade cleaner
Cap
Figure 4-18 Wiping Operation (Image)
4-29
W8200
c) Pumps
In this printer, tube pumps press on the ink tubes using push rollers to produce
negative pressure and enable suction of the ink. Two rollers are used to press a
single tube one after the other to allow flexible control over the ink suction volume.
The rotation timing of the push rollers in the suction pump is detected by the pump
home position sensor, and the rotation speed is controlled by the driving of the
pump motor (stepping motor).
Cap
Cap
Pumps
Push rollers
Ink tubes
to Waste ink absorber

Pump motor
Figure 4-19 Pumps

d) Sensors
Sensors are located in the purge unit for detecting the status of the printer
components.
For more information, see Part 4: 5. Detection Functions.
4-30
W8200

3.6.1 Structure of waste ink absorber
a) Waste ink absorber
The waste ink absorber can hold up to approximately 14,400 ml of waste ink
(including moisture evaporation in the waste ink).
b) Waste ink absorber full detection
The waste ink absorber full detection is calculated based on the dot count.
When about 14,100ml or more of waste ink accumulates in the printer, a warning
message appears on the display indicating that the waste ink is nearly full. Once
about 14,400 ml of waste ink accumulates in the printer, an error occurs when
printing is completed and operation is stopped.
CAUTION
After replacing the waste ink absorber in the printer, be sure to always
clear the counter value of the waste ink absorber using the Service mode.
The counter value of the waste ink absorber is stored in the EEPROM
(IC428) on the engine controller. Therefore, when replacing the engine
controller, be sure to refer to Part 5: 5.2.12 Boards.
The ink discharge rate from the ink tubes and subbuffer resulting from
NOTE execution of the Move Printer command in the Main menu is counted
during the initial filling suction.

Ink discharge rate occurring from "Move Printer" command: Approx. 38 g
per color
Waste ink absorber
Figure 4-20 Waste Ink absorber

4-31
W8200
3.7 Air Flow

3.7.1 Air flow
Ink mist that floats inside the printer or splashes from the paper during printing is
collected by the waste ink absorber at the right side and the mist tank at the left side
of the printer through the air flow inside the printer.
The suction fans at the right and left sides of the printer create an air current that
carries the ink mist to the waste ink absorber and mist tank.
Air flow fan unit (L)
Air flow fan
Mist tank
Waste ink absorber
Figure 4-21 Air Flow
4-32
W8200
3.8 Paper Path

3.8.1 Overview of paper path
The paper path includes the following components: roll media tray, roll drive unit, roll
feed unit, feed rollers, pinch roller drive unit for pressing and releasing the pinch
rollers, and sensors for detecting the media feeding status. The paper path performs
automatic feeding for the roll media and manual feeding, transport, and delivery for
the cut sheets.
The diagram below presents an overview of the paper path and its operations.
Printhead
Pinch roller
Roll feed roller
Feed roller
Roll media
Roll load roller
Roll holder
Figure 4-22 Paper Path
4-33
W8200
Roll media feeding starts

Media detection
Media is not in print standby position
Media is in print standby position
Feeding
1) Media is fed 50 mm forward

from the media sensor
Feeding and transport
Media sensor calibration 1) Media sensor is moved over the media.
2) Sensor output is determined, and the sensor input value over

the media is checked.
3) Media sensor is moved over the platen.
4) The sensor input value over the platen is checked.
This is performed each time the media is loaded since the
sensor input value varies depending on the media type.
Media leading
edge detection
1) Media is supplied to the feed

roller
2) Pinch rollers are pressed down
3) Media is fed 5 mm in reverse
4) Media is fed 40 mm forward
from the media sensor
5) Pinch rollers are released
6) Media is fed 40 mm in reverse
7) Pinch rollers are pressed down
8) Madia is fed 50 mm forward
1) Media sensor is moved over the media.

2) The media is fed in reverse, and preliminary detection of the
media leading edge is made. (Feeding stops when detection
is made.)
3) The media is fed forward, and the media leading edge is detected.
1) The media sensor moves over the platen and the media is fed 50 mm forward.
2) The media left edge is detected. (The carriage forward movement is stopped
momentarily when detection is made.)
3) Preliminary detection of the media right edge is made. (The carriage forward
movement is stopped when detection is made.)
4) The media right edge is detected. (The carriage backward movement is stopped
media sensor moves over the platen at the media left edge and the
Media skewing detection 1) The
media is fed 300 mm forward.
2) The media left edge is detected. (The carriage forward movement is stopped
This is compared with the media left edge found at media width detection
to find the skewing amount. (The skewing amount must be 1 mm or less.)
Media width detection
Roll media feeding ends Print standby position
Print
Figure 4-23 Roll Media feed Sequence

a) Roll media tray feeding
Roll media fed in the roll media tray are transported by the roll media supply rollers,
and feed rollers.
If roll media is fed when the roll media tray feeding option is selected, the roll drive
motor and feed motor start operating once the roll media tray and tray are closed.
When the roll media leading edge is detected by the feed sensor and moves a
predetermined length from the feed sensor, the feeding operation is stopped
momentarily.
Next, to remove the slack from the roll media, temporarily release the pinch roller
unit, increase the suction rate of the suction fan, run the feed motor in reverse to
rewind the prescribed amount, and apply pressure with the pinch roller to pause the
feeding operation.
After performing calibration of the media sensor in this state, perform media leading
edge detection, media width detection, and skewing detection, and then stop the roll
media at the print standby position.
The roll media is then fed by a length equivalent to the margin of the leading edge,
and the printing operation is started. Feeding of the roll media during printing is
performed by controlling the rotation of the feed rollers according to the printing
mode.
4-34
W8200
Cut sheet fed starts

Media trailing edge
detection
1)The sheet is fed forward, and preliminary detection of the sheet

trailing edge is made by the feed sensor. (Feeding stops
2)The sheet is fed in reverse, and the sheet trailing edge is detected
by the feed sensor. (Feeding stops when detection is made.)
Media sensor calibration 1)Media sensor is moved over the sheet.
2)Sensor output is determined, and the sensor input value over the sheet
is checked.
3)Media sensor is moved over the platen.
4)The sensor input value over the platen is checked.
This is performed each time the media is loaded since the sensor input
value varies depending on the media type.
Media width detection
Media leading edge

detection (start)
Leading edge detection
1)The sheet left edge is detected. (The carriage forward movement is stopped
2)Preliminary detection of the sheet right edge is made. (The carriage forward movement
is stopped when detection is made.)
3)The sheet right edge is detected. (The carriage backward movement is stopped
1)Media sensor is moved over the sheet.
2)The sheet is fed 300 mm in reverse. (Feeding
stops when detection is made.)
Unable to detect
Detected
Media leading edge 1)The sheet is fed forward,

detection (continued) and the sheet leading edge
is detected.
Media leading edge

detection (shutdown)
Media skewing
detection
Media leading edge

detection (recovery)
Media skewing detection
Cut sheet fed ends
1) The media sensor moves over the platen at the sheet

left edge and the sheet is fed 50 mm forward.
2) The sheet left edge is detected. (The carriage forward
movement is stopped momentarily when detection
is made.)
This is compared with the sheet left edge found at
media width detection to find the skewing amount.
(The skewing amount must be 1 mm or less.)
Print standby position
1)The media sensor moves over

the platen at the sheet left
edge.
1)The sheet left edge is detected. (The
carriage forward movement is stopped
This is compared with the sheet left
edge found at media width detection
to find the skewing amount. (The
skewing amount must be 1 mm or
less.)
1)The media sensor is moved to
the leading edge detection
shutdown position.
2)The sheet is fed in reverse, and
preliminary detection of the
sheet leading edge is made.
(Feeding is stopped when
detection is made.)
3)The sheet is fed forward, and
the sheet leading edge is
detected. (Feeding is stopped
when detection is made.)
Print
Figure 4-24 Cut Sheet feed Sequence

b) Tray feeding
Cut sheets that are loaded on the platen are transported by the feed rollers.
If the cut sheets are loaded when the tray feeding option is selected, the feed motor
starts operating once the upper cover is closed. The trailing edge of the cut sheets
loaded on the platen is detected by the feed sensor. After performing calibration of
the media sensor in this state, perform media leading edge detection, media width
detection, and skewing detection, and then stop the cut sheet at the print standby
position. The cut sheets are then fed by a length equivalent to the margin of the
leading edge, and the printing operation is started. Feeding of the cut sheets during
printing is performed by controlling the rotation of the feed rollers according to the
printing mode.
4-35
W8200
c) Paper delivery
If the cutter is enabled when using roll media, the media is fed to the cut position
after printing and cut using the cutter. Then, the roll media on the platen is fed by
approximately 100 mm, and the cut roll media is pushed out. The discharged sheet
is stacked on the stacker with the printed side face down.
The roll media on the platen is wound back to the print standby position.
In continuous banner printing with roll media, the paper is not cut and waits in
pause mode for maintenance operations such as cleaning.
The printed cut sheets stop on the platen, and a message is displayed when printing
is finished.
d) Other paper feed operations
i) Roll media replacement sequence
This printer assumes that the roll media has been replaced when the sensor detects
that the tray is opened and closed.
When the roll media is replaced, the roll media is fed over the platen where the
media leading edge detection, media width detection, and skewing detection is
performed. If no skewing is detected, approximately 100 mm of the media leading
edge is trimmed, and the roll media is wound back to the print standby position on
the platen.
Media leading edge detection, media width detection, and skewing detection are
performed by the media sensor.
In media width detection, the media edges at the carriage homeposition side and at
the opposite side are detected at the position where the media leading edge is fed
approximately 50 mm from the media sensor to find the media width.
In skewing detection, the skewing amount is found using the media edge at the
carriage homeposition side found by media width detection and the shift of the
media edge at the same position when the media leading edge is fed approximately
300 mm from the media sensor.
ii) Roll media trailing edge detection sequence
The roll media is handled in the following manner according to the paper type.
Recommended roll media:
When the roll media end sensor detects the roll media trailing edge during the roll
media feeding operation, the feeding operation is stopped, and a warning message
is shown on the display.
Non-recommended roll media:
If the roll media trailing edge is secured by strong adhesive tape, the roll media
trailing edge cannot be detected by the roll media end sensor. In this case, the roll
feed sensor detects a media feeding error, the feeding operation is stopped, and a
warning message is shown on the display.
4-36
W8200
3.9 Structure of Paper Path

3.9.1 Structure of roll media tray
a) Roll media load unit
One roll media can be loaded in the roll media tray with the roll holder as the shaft.
The roll drive motor transmits its power to the roll media load unit through the gear
train, and feeding of the roll media is performed.
b) Roll media detection unit
The roll media is detected by the roll media end sensor of the roll media load unit.
The remaining amount of roll media can be checked visually from the small window
at the right side of the tray.
Roll media
end sensor
Roll media
set sensor
Roll media tray

set sensor
Pinch roller
drive unit
Roll drive unit
Roll media tray
Figure 4-25 Roll Media Tray
4-37
W8200
3.9.2 Structure of feed rollers

a) Paper feed unit
The paper feed unit consists of paper path parts, including the paper guides and
platen; and media feeding mechanisms, including feed rollers driven by the feed
motor and the pinch roller unit operating in conjunction with the feed rollers.
To ensure that no waves form on the media, the paper remains flat as it passes over
the platen so that it is carried horizontally as it passes under the printhead of the
carriage.
b) Detection unit
The paper feed unit includes sensors for monitoring the media feeding status and
sensors for monitoring the status of the component parts of the paper path.
For more information, see Part 4: 5. DETECTION FUNCTIONS.
Pinch roller
Feed roller
Paper guide
Cut sheet
Figure 4-26 Manual Feed Tray/Paper Feed Unit
4-38
W8200
3.9.3 Structure of cutter unit

a) Sheet cutter
When "Autocut: Yes" is selected in the Main Menu, the cutter blade mounted on the
left side of the printer automatically cuts the roll media.
Except when cutting roll media, the cutter unit is in standby at the cutter home
position at the printer left side.
Once the roll media is fed to the cut position, the cutter motor is driven so that the
driving belt moves the cutter unit from the left to the right, and then the roll media
is cut.
Cutter motor
Drive belt
Cutter unit
Cutter blade
Figure 4-27 Cutter Unit
4-39
W8200
4. PRINTER ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

4.1 Overview
The printer electrical system consists of the system controller, engine controller, motor
driver PCB, power supply, all of which are mounted at the rear of the printer; the
carriage relay PCBs, head relay PCBs, and printhead, which are located in the carriage
unit; the operation panel on the upper right cover; and other electrical components
such as the sensors and motors.
The system controller manages image data, and the engine controller manages all
electrical components. The other relay PCBs and drivers control the various functions
under the management of the engine controller.
4-40
Operation panel
control function
Operation panel
4-41
Figure 4-28 Printer Electrical Section
Solenoid
Clutches
Roll media
feed motor
Feed motor
Sensors
Solenoid control function
Roll media feeding motor

excitation signal
generation function
Feed motor excitation

signal generation function
Motor driver
Optional connector
assembly
AC inlet
Solenoids
Sensors
+26.5 V generation
function
+5.1 V generation
function
+3.3 V generation
function
Power supply
Fan
Clutch control function
Motor control
function
Sensor detection
function
Sensors
Fan control function
Engine controller
Remaining ink level

detection function
Image data control function

- Mask conversion
- Differential conversion
Printhead driving power

supply generation function
Image data demodulation

function
Head relay PCB
Ink tube unit
DI sensor reading
control function
Fans
Cutter motor
Carriage motor
Valve motor
Purge unit
Ink tank
Ink tank unit
System controller
Image data control function and RGB

multi-data 6-color binary conversion
Interface control
function
Host computer
Printhead
Temperature reading
control function
Head relay PCB
Carriage unit
W8200
W8200

4.2.1 System controller components
IC26
IC12
IC2
IC23
IC1
IC27
IC17
LED5
IC16
IC21
SW1
IC10
IC20
IC3
IC9
IC25 IC24
Figure 4-29 System Controller

a) CPU (IC1)
The CPU, with a 32-bit internal bus, operates in synchronization with the 266-MHz
internal clock that is generated from a 33.333-MHz external clock.
The CPU is connected to one 128-MB DIMM board, two 2-MB ROM chips, and a 4Kbit EEPROM chip. The CPU has the following functions.
DMA controller
The DMA controller manages the network, expansion card slots, and other input
interfaces and DMA transfer of the data stored in the SDRAM.
Interrupt controller
The interrupt controller receives and processes the external interrupts from the
network, image process ASIC (IC2), and the expansion card slots, in addition to the
internal interrupts.
4-42
W8200
b) Image process ASIC (IC2)

The image process ASIC converts the RGB multi-value image data and YMCK multivalue image data from the host computer received after passing through the
interface connectors to six-color binary image data. In addition, the image process
ASIC has the following functions.
Engine controller communication control
This function controls serial communication with the engine controller.
Operation panel control
This function controls serial communication with the operation panel.
c) Network device controller (IC16)
The network device controller receives print data sent from the host computer after
passing through the interface connectors.
d) DIMM
The 128-MB DIMM is connected to the 64-bit data bus and is used as the work area.
The SDRAM is used as the image buffer when print data is received.
e) FLASH ROM (IC9, IC10)
The 4-MB FLASH ROM is connected to the 8-bit data bus and 64-bit data bus and
stores a printer control program.
f) EEPROM (IC21)
The 4-Kbit EEPROM stores the setting values and adjustment values from the Main
Menu.
g) FCRAM (IC12)
The 8-MB FCRAM is connected to the image process ASIC and is used as the image
buffer when print data is received.
4-43
W8200
h) LED (LED5)
This LED turns green when network communication is being performed.
i) DIP switches (SW1)
This is for setting the network communication speed and transfer mode.
Once the settings are modified, the power must be turned off and then on again.
No.
1
2
3
4
ON
Manual
100 Mbps
Full duplex mode
Using the hub spanning tree function
OFF
Automatic
10 Mbps
Half duplex mode
Not using the hub spanning tree function
The current communication settings can be checked using the LED of the LAN port.
Green : 100 Mpbs
Yellow : 10 Mbps
4-44
W8200

4.3.1 Engine controller components
IC447
IC409
IC401
IC408
IC402 IC403
IC410 IC411
IC424
IC407
IC450
BAT401
IC464
IC432
IC428
IC454
IC415
IC455
IC417
IC448
IC416 IC418 IC412

IC453
IC452
IC449
IC439
IC440
Figure 4-30 Engine Controller

a) CPU (IC401)
The CPU, with a 32-bit internal bus, operates in synchronization with the 132-MHz
internal clock that is generated from a 33-MHz external clock.
The CPU is used 8-MB SDRAM (IC408) and 16-Kbit EEPROM (IC428). The CPU
performs parameter control and has the following functions.
Power supply on/off control
This function performs on/off control of the drive power (26.5 V, 5.1 V, and 3.3 V)
supplied from the power supply based on the power button push-down signal that
is input after passing through the system controller.
Timer function
This function is used for the cleaning functions.
The internal RTC (realtime clock) and lithium battery allow the timer to operate
even when the AC power supply is off for performing the cleaning function.
4-45
W8200
Ink tank EEPROM control

This function controls the reading and writing of data to the EEPROM mounted on
the ink tank for each color.
Ink tank level detection
This function detects the remaining ink level for each color based on the signals
from the electrodes mounted on the hollow needle.
b) ASIC (IC409)
The ASIC, with a 32-bit internal bus, operates in synchronization with the 66-MHz
internal clock that is generated from a 33-MHz external clock.
The CPU is used four 16-MB SDRAM chips and two driver ASIC chips. The ASIC has
the following functions.
System controller communication control
This function controls serial communication with the system controller.
Image data reception
This function receives the image data from the system controller and stores it in
the SDRAM (IC402, IC403, IC452, IC453).
Image data generation/output
This function generates the image data for printing each color from the image data
received from the system controller and mask pattern corresponding to the print
mode in the SDRAM (IC408).
This function also controls the output of the generated image data to the carriage
relay PCB.
Heat enable signal control
This functions uses the pulse width to perform variable control of the time that the
heat enable signal is applied to the nozzle heater board for each nozzle array in the
printhead.
Linear scale count
This function reads the linear scale during carriage driving and generates the 300dpi timing signal.
1200-dpi timing generation
This function divides the linear scale 300-dpi timing into four equal parts to
generate the 1200-dpi timing signal.
Dot count
This function counts the discharge dots used as information for the heat enable
signal function, maintenance jet control, cleaning function, and remaining ink level
for each nozzle array.
PWM control
This function performs driving control of the carriage motor, and suction fan and
temperature control of the printhead based on the control signals from the CPU.
4-46
W8200
Feed motor control

This function performs rotation detection of the encoder slit after passing through
the motor driver and control of the feed motor speed and position based on the
control signals from the CPU.
I/O port
This function performs I/O control from the sensors and controls the driving units
of the motors, clutch, solenoids, and other parts.
c) Driver ASIC (IC464)
Head management function
This performs sampling and generates the control signals for ink discharge
detection of the printhead.
Cutter motor control function
This performs forward rotation and reverse rotation driving of the cutter motor
through the motor driver based on the control signals from the CPU.
Valve motor control function
This performs forward rotation and reverse rotation driving of the valve motor
through the motor driver based on the control signals from the CPU.
I/O port function
This performs input control from each sensor and control of the motors.
d) Driver ASIC (IC410, IC411)
The image data generated by the ASIC (IC409) undergoes differential processing to
reduce noise and then is sent to the carriage relay PCB.
e) SDRAM (IC402, IC403, IC452, IC453)
The 16-MB SDRAM is connected to the 32-bit data bus and is used as an image
buffer when receiving the print data.
f) Flash ROM (IC407)
The 8-MB FLASH ROM is connected to the 16-bit data bus and stores a printer
control program and mask patterns.
g) SDRAM (IC408)
The 8-MB SDRAM is connected to the 16-bit data bus and is used as a CPU work
memory.
h) EEPROM (IC428)
The 16-Kbit EEPROM stores the printer adjustment values.
It also is used to store the service mode history (P-SETTING, WARNING, ERROR).
i) Motor driver (IC412, IC417)
This motor driver is used to drive the carriage motor, which is a DC motor with
built-in software servo.
4-47
W8200
j) Motor driver (IC415)

This motor driver is used to perform constant-voltage driving of the pump motor,
which is a two-phase stepping motor.
k) Motor driver (IC416, IC418)
This motor driver is used to perform constant-current driving of the purge motor,
which is a two-phase stepping motor.
l) Motor driver (IC454)
This drives the cutter motor, which is a DC brush motor.
m) Motor driver (IC455)
This drives the valve motor, which is a DC brush motor.
n) Regulator IC (IC448)
The regulator IC generates the ASIC internal driving power supply (2.5 V).
o) Regulator IC (IC449)
The regulator IC generates the CPU internal driving power supply (1.9 V)
p) Regulator IC (IC450)
The regulator IC generates the RTC driving power supply (1.8 V) in the CPU.
q) D/A converter (IC432)
This converter is used to drive the media sensor LEDs.
r) D/A converter (IC439)
This converter is used to set the driving current of the roll feed motor.
s) D/A converter (IC440)
This converter is used to set the driving current of the feed motor.
t) Reset IC (IC424)
The reset IC initializes the engine controller based on the control signals from the
system controller.
u) Lithium battery (BAT401)
The lithium battery is connected to the RTC in the CPU. The battery can performs
backups for approximately two weeks with the AC power unconnected.
4-48
W8200

4.4.1 Carriage relay PCB components
IC201
IC202
Q211
Figure 4-31 Carriage Relay PCB

a) Receiver ASIC (IC201, IC202)
The receiver ASIC receives and recovers the image data that has undergone
differential processing by the driver ASIC (IC410, IC411) in the engine controller,
and then sends this data to the printhead.
b) Regulator IC (Q211)
The regulator IC is used to generate the discharge drive power supply (18 V) of the
printhead from +26.5 V.
4-49
W8200
4.5 Head Relay PCB

4.5.1 Head relay PCB components
TH1101
IC1101
Figure 4-32 Head Relay PCB

a) Latch IC (IC1101)
DI sensor reading control
The DI sensor value in the printhead and head rank are obtained for each color
and sent to the engine controller based on the control signals that are sent from
the engine controller.
Environment temperature reading control
The environment temperature detected by the thermistor (TH1101) on the head
relay PCB is sent to the engine controller based on the control signals that are sent
from the engine controller.
Relay for head logic driving power supply
The logic driving power (5 V) is supplied to the printhead based on the control
signals that are sent from the engine controller.
b) Thermistor (TH1101)
The thermistor sends the environment temperature in the vicinity of the head relay
PCB to the engine controller after passing through the carriage relay PCB.
4-50
W8200
4.6 Motor Driver

4.6.1 Motor driver components
IC1001
IC1002
Figure 4-33 Motor Driver

a) Feed motor driver (IC1001)
This driver generates and sends the excitation signals for the feed motor based on
the control signals from the engine controller.
b) Roll feed motor driver (IC1002)
This driver generates and sends the excitation signals for the roll feed motor based
on the control signals from the engine controller.
4-51
W8200
4.7 Power Supply

4.7.1 Power supply block diagram
AC inlet
100 V to 240 V
Power supply
Carriage motor driving power: +26.5 V
Operation panel
STANDBY
START
System controller
+26.5V
Engine controller
DC power
supply
control circuit
+26.5 V
generation
circuit
Inverter
transformer
Noise filter circuit
DC power
supply
control circuit
+5.1V
+5.1 V/+3.3V
generation
circuit
+3.3V
Active filter circuit
Figure 4-34 Power Supply Block Diagram
The universal power supply converts AC voltages ranging from 100 V to 240 V
supplied from the AC inlet to DC voltages for supplying the driving voltages of ICs,
motors, and other parts.
The voltage generating circuits are divided into the power supply system for driving
the motors (+26.5 V) and sensors (+5.1 V) and the power supply system for driving the
logic circuits (+3.3 V).
The +26.5 V/+5.1 V system uses a combination of START signals sent regularly from
the power supply and power button signals to control the STANDBY signals and turn
the power on and off.
During power save mode, the STANDBY signals are controlled to turn off the +26.5
V/+5.1 V output. Also, only the carriage motor driving +26. 5 V power is turned off
when the upper cover is opened.
4-52
W8200
4-53
W8200
5.1 Detection Functions Based on Sensors
5.1.1 Sensors for covers/roll media tray
Upper cover sensor (R)
Roll media tray

set sensor
Right cover sensor
Upper cover sensor (L)
Tray sensor
Figure 4-35 Layout of Sensors for Covers/Roll Media Tray
4-54
W8200
Upper cover sensors

The microswitch-based upper cover sensors detect opening and closing of the upper
cover.
When the upper cover is closed, a switch is depressed to notify the sensor that the
cover is closed.
To prevent the uneven fitting of the upper cover, sensors are located on both the
right and left sides.
Right cover sensor
The photo interrupter-based right cover sensor detects the opening and closing of
the right cover.
When the right cover is closed, the sensor light is cut off by the sensor arm, and this
notifies the sensor that the right cover is closed.
Tray sensor
This photo interrupter-based tray sensor detects when the tray is opened and
closed. When the tray is closed, the sensor light is cut off by the sensor arm, and
this notifies the sensor that the tray is closed.
Roll media tray set sensor
The photo interrupter-based roll media tray set sensor detects the opening and
closing of the roll media tray.
When the roll media tray is closed, the sensor light is transmitted through the
sensor arm, and this notifies the sensor that the roll media tray is closed.
NOTE
When the upper cover is closed, the +26.5 V power is supplied by the
power supply to drive the carriage motor and feed motor.
4-55
W8200
5.1.2 Ink passage system

Head management sensor unit
Pump homeposition
sensor
Cap sensor
Valve cam sensor
Figure 4-36 Layout of Sensors for Ink Passage System
4-56
W8200
Cap sensor
The photo inerrupter-based cap sensor detects the status of the caps on the purge
unit.
The sensor determines that the cap is closed when the rotary flag, which operates in
conjunction with the cap cam shaft, cuts off the sensor light. The other states are
determined by the number of pulses from the pulse motor based on the timing when
the sensor light is cut off.
Sensor
Rotary flag
* Carriage lock
* Capping
* Lowering of cap
* Wiping start
* Opening of air through
valve
* Wiper reversal
* Closing of air through
valve
Figure 4-37 Cap Sensor Flag

The photo interrupter-based pump sensor detects the homeposition of the suction
pump rollers.
The homeposition of the pump is defined as the position where the rotary flag, which
operates in conjunction with the drive gear shaft of the rollers, cuts off the sensor
light.
* Homeposition
Rotary flag
* During suction
* Homeposition
Sensor
Figure 4-38 Pump Sensor Flag
4-57
W8200
Valve cam sensor

The photo inerrupter-based valve cam sensor detects the status of the valve cam on
the ink tank unit.
The sensor determines that the ink supplyer valve is opened when the rotary flag,
which operates in conjunction with the valve cam, cuts off the sensor light.
Close
Open
Close
Sensor
Rotary flag
Figure 4-39 Valve Cam Sensor
Head management sensor

The head management sensor, a photo transmission sensor, detects whether a
specific nozzle of the printhead's nozzle array is ejects ink correctly.
When the carriage arrives at the location for detection, it stops and the ink is ejected
from one nozzle of the nozzle array at a time until all the nozzles are checked for
their normal ink ejecting operations.
This process is repeated for the rest of the 5 nozzle arrays of the printhead.
If the sensor light is blocked by the ink ejected from a nozzle and the voltage
measured by the sensor changes, that nozzle is proved to work correctly.
Nozzle array of
a printhead
Head management
sensor
Figure 4-40 Head Management Sensor (Conceptual Representation)
4-58
W8200
4-59
W8200
5.1.3 Carriage system
Madia sensor
Head relay PCB
Environment
temperature sensor
Linear encoder
Linear scale
Figure 4-41 Layout of Sensors for Carriage System
4-60
W8200
Media sensor
The photo reflection-based media sensor detects the edges of the media. The sensor
detects the edges by monitoring the change in voltage with respect to changes in the
reflection density from the media.
Since the sensor light uses infrared light, light emission cannot be confirmed
visually.
Sensor cover
Photo-reflective sensor unit
Media
Figure 4-42 Media Sensor (Image)

The photo interrupter-based carriage cover sensor detects opening and closing of the
carriage cover.
When the carriage cover is closed, the sensor light is cut off by the sensor arm, and
this notifies the sensor that the carriage cover is closed.
The photo interrupter-based carriage homeposition sensor detects the home position
of the carriage.
The sensor, located on the right-side plate, detects the carriage homeposition edge
on the carriage unit during carriage moving.
The carriage homeposition is defined based on the location where the edge is
detected.
Linear encoder
The linear encoder, installed on the rear of the carriage, detects the position of the
carriage using the slits on the linear scale while the carriage is moving.
Environment temperature sensor
The environment temperature sensor (thermistor) installed on the head relay PCB
detects the environment temperature in the vicinity of the carriage.
The resistance measured by the thermistor, which varies as the temperature inside
the printer changes, is sent to the engine controller after passing through the
carriage relay PCB.
The environment temperature is used to calibrate the head temperature sensor and
to detect abnormal internal printer temperatures.
Head temperature sensor
A set of two diode head temperature sensors are installed at the top and bottom of
the nozzle arrays of printhead to detect the temperature of the printhead.
The voltage produced by each diode, which varies as the temperature near the nozzle
array changes, is sent to the engine controller after passing through the carriage
relay PCB.
The head temperature information is used to control the operation of the head and
to detect abnormal head temperatures.
Printhead contact detection
The status of direct contact between the contact faces of the printhead and the
carriage is checked by testing the electrical conductivity.
The contact status between the two faces is detected from the voltage changes of the
flexible cable connecting two separate terminals on the contact surface of the
printhead, the power supply terminal, and the GND terminal.
4-61
W8200
5.1.4 Paper path system

Feed sensor
Roll media
set sensor
Roll media
end sensor
Right cutter sensor
Left cutter sensor
Figure 4-43 Layout paperpath sensor
4-62
W8200

The photo interrupter-based roll media set sensor detects the opening and closing of
the paper holder by the paper release lever.
When the paper holder is closed and the roll media tray is closed, the sensor light is
transmitted through the sensor arm, and this notifies the sensor that the paper
holder is closed.
Roll media end sensor
The photo interrupter-based roll media end sensor detects the feed of paper from the
roll media tray. The sensor light is blocked by the sensor arm when the paper is fed,
and this notifies the sensor that paper is available in the tray.
Feed sensor
The photo reflection-based feed sensor detects if paper is on the platen.
The sensor detects the presence of paper by receiving the sensor light reflected from
the paper.
Cutter sensor
The microswitch-type cutter sensors detect if a cutter unit is installed.
The sensors detect when the switch has been pressed and a cutter unit is installed if
the cutter unit is in the specified position.
This printer has right and left sensors to detect operation of the cutter unit.
4-63
Part 5
MAINTENANCE
Page
5- 1
5- 1
5- 1
5- 1
5- 2
5- 2
5- 3
5- 4
5- 6
5- 6
5- 7
5- 7
5 -10
5 -36
5 -37
5 -38
5 -42
5 -42
5 -43
5 -46
5 -46
5 -47
1. MAINTENANCE
1.1 List of Regular Replacement
Parts
2. SERVICING TOOLS
2.1 List of Tools
4. SERVICE PARTS
4.1 Service Parts
5.2 Points to Note on
Disassembly and
Reassembly
5.3 Opening the Caps and
Moving the Wiper Unit
5.4 Opening and Closing the Ink
Supply Valve
6. ADJUSTMENT AND SET-UP
6.1 Adjustments and Setup Items
6.2 Adjustment and Set Up
Procedures
7. TROUBLESHOOTING
5 -50
5 -69
5 -71
5 -75
5 -80
5 -80
5 -85
5 -95
5 -100
5 -104
5 -107
5 -109
5 -110
5 -115
5 -130
5 -145
5 -154
5 -157
5 -160
7.2 Troubleshooting When

Warning Occur
7.3 Troubleshooting When Errors
Occur
7.4 Troubleshooting When
Service Call Error Occur
7.5 Troubleshooting for Other
Problems Indicated on the
Display
7.6 Troubleshooting for Problems
Not Indicated on the Display
8. CONNECTOR POSITIONS AND
PIN ARRANGEMENT
8.4 Head Relay PCB
8.6 Power Supply
9 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
9.5 Head Relay PCB
9.7 Power Supply
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
1. MAINTENANCE
1.1 List of Regular Replacement Parts
Level
User
Service personnel
Regular replacement part

None
None

For details, refer to Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Level
Consumable
User
Printhead
Air filter (Included with printhead)
Ink tank (black)
Ink tank (photo cyan)
Ink tank (cyan)
Ink tank (photo magenta)
Ink tank (magenta)
Ink tank (yellow)
Cutter blade
Service personnel
None

Level
User
Service personnel
Regular maintenance
Cleaning of ink mist and other substances
(When necessary and when replacing the printhead)
None
5-1
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
2. SERVICE TOOLS
2.1 List of Tools
General-purpose tools
Long Phillips screwdriver
Application
Inserting and removing screws
Phillips screwdriver
Inserting and removing screws
Flat-head screwdriver
(small)
Removing the E-ring
Needle-nose pliers
Inserting and removing the spring parts
Hex key wrench
Inserting and removing hexagonal screws
Penlight
Assisting in the manual capping procedure
Multimeter
Troubleshooting
Flat brush
Applying grease
Lint free paper
Wiping off ink
Rubber gloves
Preventing ink stains
LAN cable
(Crossover cable)
For upgrading the firmware version
RS-232C cable
(9-pin, male, crossover cable)
For obtaining service information
Special-purpose tools
Cover switch tool
(QY9-0103-000)
Application
Pressing the cover switch
(see Part5: 2.2 Using the Cover Switch Tool)
Syringe
(CK-0541-000)
Draining the ink manually

(see Part5: 5.5.2 Manual ink drainage)
Tube
Draining the ink manually

(see Part5: 5.5.2 Manual ink drainage)
(QA2-6161-000)
Grease PERMALUBE G-2
(CK-0551-020)
Applying to specified locations

(see Part5: 3. APPLYING THE GREASE)
Grease MOLYKOTE PG-641

(CK-0562-020)
Applying to specified locations

(see Part5: 3. APPLYING THE GREASE)
Firmware
updating software
(CNWFUT01.exe*1)
For upgrading the firmware.

(see Part3: 7. PRINTER SERVICE SOFTWARE)
Firmware
For recovering the boot firmware of System controller.
recovery software
(see Part3: 7. PRINTER SERVICE SOFTWARE)
(com_fut.exe)
*1 : Usage period is limited.
5-2
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance

Use the cover switch tool by inserting the hook into the cover switch.
Cover switch tool
Cover switch tool
Figure 5-1 Using the Cover Switch Tool
5-3
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200

Apply the grease at the location shown below.
Smear the grease lightly and evenly with a flat brush.
See Part 5: 5. DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY and the Parts Catalog for reassembling and
disassembling the printer.
CAUTION
Don't apply the grease to locations other than those designated. Unwanted
grease may cause poor print quality, take particular care that grease does
not get onto the wiper, cap, or the linear scale.
Permalub G No.2
approx. 24mg
Permalub G No.2
approx. 24mg
Figure 5-2 Apply the grease of upper cover

Plate spring : Permalub G No.2
approx. 12mg
Cam : Permalub G No.2

approx. 12mg
Lock pin :
Permalub G No.2 approx. 12mg
Joint :
Molykote PG-641 approx. 24mg
Figure 5-3 Applying the grase of carriage

5-4
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
Molykote PG-641
approx. 24mg
Figure 5-4 Applying the grease of pinch roller unit

Feed roller
Permalube G No.2 approx. 24mg
Feed roller
Figure 5-5 Applying the grease of feed roller

5-5
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
4. SERVICE PARTS
4.1 Service Parts
The service parts indicated below require careful handling.
4.1.1 Keep all packages with the warning not to turn over.
Pay careful attention to all individually packaged service part (carriage unit, purge
unit, ink tank unit, and other parts) boxes marked "This side up" and handle
appropriately.
Figure 5-6 "Right side up" Sign

4.1.2 Feed roller
The feed roller is a functionally important part. Therefore, be careful that the roller is
not scratched or marked during storage or transport of the service parts, when
removing them from the individual boxes, when assembling, or performing any other
operations.
For details about handling of the feed roller, refer to Part 5: 5.2.8 d) Handling of the feed
roller.
5-6
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
See Parts Catalog for the process of disassembly and reassembly.
The parts layout illustrations have figure numbers according to the disassembly
procedure of the product.
5-7
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.1.1 Disassembly/assembly flowcharts for major parts

Symbol Meanings
c: Connector, e: E-ring, h: Holder, s: Screw
Printer
Move the cutter unit
Left cutter sensor

cover (s1)
Rear cover
(s8)
Open the tray

Pull out the
roll media
tray
Left cover
Rear left cover (s4)
Power
supply
(c5, s8)
Motor driver
PCB (c8, s4)
Open paper guide unit B

(p. 5-27)
Tray cover
(s3, h3) x2
Engine
controller
(c16, s6)
IF cover
(s1)
Roll media tray

set sensor
(c1, s2)
Roll media
end sensor
(c1, s2)
Paper
guide unit A
(s3) x4

(c1, s2)
Head management
sensor unit (s2)
(p. 5-28)
Platen
(s5) x5
Rear platen
x4
Feed
sensor
(c1, s2)
Roll media
tray (s4)
Open the right

cover
(p 5-13)
Pinch roller
(s2) x10
13
10
System
controller
(c1, s7)
Open the
upper cover
Pull out the roll media tray
Rear right cover (s4)
Suction fan
(c1, s3)
Knob cover
(h4)
Rear stay
cover (s6)
Expansion
board (s2)
6
9
Pull out the

roll media
tray
1 8
Right cutter sensor unit

(c2, s1)
Paper guide
Paper release lever
unit B
(p. 5-15)
(s2)
Upper left cover (s2)
Air flow
fan unit
(c1, s4)
Loosen the
tensioner on the
idler roller mount
7
Upper right cover (c1, s3)
Feed roller
sensor
(c1, s1)
Open the upper

cover
Spring
Upper cover Tray

lock unit (L) sensor
(c3, s3)
(c1)
Duct
(s2)
Suction fan
(L) (c1, s2)
Belt guide
(s1)
Pull out the

Pinch roller
roll media tray drive unit (s3)
Motor cover
(s2)
Spacer
Spring
Left cutter
sensor
(c1, s2)
Cutter
unit
(s5)
Feed roller
bushing (s1) Tensioner
Idler roller
mount (s2)
Feed roller
Roll drive unit

(c2, s4)
Cable
Cable
guide (s1) mount (s2)
Motor
drive cable
(c9)
10
Sensor
cover (s2)
Carriage
relay PCB
(c9, s2)
Ink tube unit

(p. 5-17)
11
Belt stopper
x2
Spring
Carriage belt
Linear scale
Air flow
fan (R)
(c1, s3)
Duct
(s2)
Carriage
motor
(c1, s4)
Printhead lock
lever
Right cover
(s2)
11
Head holder
(p. 5-24)
Open the ink tank unit

(p. 5-31)
12
10
Purge unit
(c2, s4)
13
3
Waste ink
absorber
Head relay
PCB (s4)
Figure 5-7 Disassembly/Assembly Flowcharts for Major Parts

5-8
Connector Open Upper cover Right cover Operation

stand
the tray lock unit (R) lock unit (R) panel
(h10)
(c2, s5)
(c1, s1)
(c5, s3)
Spring
Short flexible
cable (c2)
12
Tube holder Carriage home

cover
position sensor
(c1, s2)
(c1)
12
Cutter motor
unit
(s2)
Tube holder
(s1)
Tube base cover
Sheet
Carriage unit
(p. 5-21)
5 6
Move the carriage over the platen

(p. 5-11)
Upper cover
Paper delivery
guide unit
(c1, s2)
Feed motor
(c1, s4)
Driver belt
Tray
Encoder
slit
(s1)
Fan support
(c1, s4)
Maintenance jet
absorber unit (s2)
Upper rear cover

(h2)
Drive belt
Feed motor support

(c8, s8)
Sensor
shaft
(s1)
5-9
Support stay (s11)

Ink tank
unit
(p. 5-32)
Valve
motor unit
(p. 5-33)
DC cable
(c16, s1)
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2 Points to Note on Disassembly and Reassembly

Points to note on disassembly and reassembly are illustrated below.
5.2.1 Note on locations prohibited from disassembly

Locations that are prohibited from disassembly and cannot be adjusted outside of the
factory have red screws instead of the regular-colored screws. The printer has 45 of
these red screws.
Total number of red screws indicating disassembly is prohibited: 45 screws
The red screws are also shown in the Parts Catalog as red color.
AA
View from AA
View from A
BB
View from BB
View from B
B
Figure 5-8 Units Needing to be Drained of Ink When the Printer is Disassembled
5-10
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.2 Manual carriage movement

The carriage is moved by holding down the left arrow button on the operation panel
for at least 0.5 seconds when the printer is offline. However, when the power is turned
off such as during assembly or disassembly, move the carriage by holding the grips
shown in the figure below.
CAUTION
Move the carriage as required during assembly and disassembly to prevent

contact of the carriage with the parts that are removed.
The carriage does not move when capping has been performed. Refer to
the procedures in Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps and Moving the Wiper Unit to
remove the caps and move the carriage.
Grip
Grip
Figure 5-9 Manual Carriage Movement
5-11
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.3 Units required for draining the ink

When disassembling the following units of the ink passage, drain the filled ink to
prevent an ink leak. To drain the ink, refer to Part 5: 5.5 Draining the Ink.
* Head holder
Refer to page 5-24.
* Carriage unit
Refer to page 5-21.
* Ink tube unit
Refer to page 5-17.
* Ink tank unit
Refer to page 5-31.
Ink tube unit
Carriage unit
(Include head holder)
Ink tank unit
Figure 5-10 Units Required for Draining the Ink
5-12
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.4 Outer covers

a) Opening the right cover
Unlock the right cover by manual opening the upper cover and pressing down the
right cover switching solenoid lever inside the cover with your finger, and then open
the right cover.
Right cover open/close solenoid
Right cover
Press down with your finger
Figure 5-11 Opening the Right Cover

b) Rear right cover and rear left cover
The hooks under the rear right cover and the rear left cover are engaged with the
frame. Therefore, remove the covers by sliding them in the rear direction.
If printer unit is stacked on the stand, operation can be facilitated by removing the
covers of the stand beforehand.
Hook
Hook
Leg cover R
Leg cover L
Rear right cover
Rear left cover
Figure 5-12 Rear Right Cover and Rear Left Cover

5-13
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
c) Upper rear cover

The supporting section of this cover holds the upper cover. Therefore, remove the
upper rear cover in the direction of the arrow. Also, when attaching the upper rear
cover, be careful not to pinch the cable inside the arm stay.
Hook
Left arm stay
Upper rear cover
Right arm stay
Figure 5-13 Upper Rear Cover

d) Upper cover
Open the upper cover while opening the left arm stay to the outside, and then
remove the upper cover.
Upper cover
Left arm stay
Figure 5-14 Upper Cover

5-14
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
e) Paper release lever

A hook is engaged with the right arm stay. Therefore, apply pressure to the pinch
roller when removing the paper release lever.
To attach the paper release lever, align the marks (phases) on the paper release lever
gear unit and receiving side gear unit.
Mark
Mark
Hook
Paper release lever
Figure 5-15 Paper Release Lever
5-15
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.5 Driving unit

a) Drive belt (for driving the feed roller)
To mount the drive belt for driving the feed roller, loosen the setscrews of the
tensioner, and then use the spring pressure to determine the tension of the drive
belt. Once the belt is mounted, use the setscrews to secure the tensioner in place.
Timing belt
Tensioner
Setscrew
Spring
Figure 5-16 Drive Belt (for driving the feed roller)

b) Fan support
When mounting the fan support, align the edge of the fan support with the edge of
the top casing, and then secure in place.
Align the edge
Fan support
Top casing
Figure 5-17 Fan Support
5-16
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.6 Ink tube unit

a) Removing the ink tube unit
1) Drain the ink. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.5 Draining the Ink.
2) Turn off the power, and then move the carriage over the platen. For details, refer
to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps and Moving the Wiper Unit.
3) Remove the support stay, tube base cover, and tube holder cover.
4) Remove the three flexible cables from the engine controller.
5) Remove all the connectors on the carriage relay PCB.
6) Remove the joint on the ink tube unit and ink tank unit.
Joint
Hole
Joint
Waste ink absorber
Figure 5-18 Joints
5-17
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
7) Place the joint on the ink tube unit side on the waste ink absorber, and then
release the printhead lock lever to allow all of the ink remaining in the tube to flow
to the waste ink absorber.
8) Remove the printhead.
9) Remove the printhead lock lever.
10) Wrap the joint on the ink tube unit with a plastic bag or other covering so that
no ink splashes or leaks, and then close the plastic bag.
Printhead side
Ink tank side
Figure 5-19 Prevention of ink leaks
5-18
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
11) Remove the two screws, and take off the cable mount from the frame.
Set screws
Cable mount
Figure 5-20 Cable Mount

12) Remove the two screws, and take off the ink tube unit.
Set screws
Ink tube unit
Figure 5-21 Ink Tube Unit

5-19
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
b) Assembling the ink tube unit

If replacing the ink tube unit, turn on the power when the printhead and ink tank
are not installed, and then install the printhead and ink tank by following the
messages and refill the ink.
5-20
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.7 Carriage unit

a) Removing the carriage unit
3) Remove the tube base cover and tube holder cover.
7) Wrap the joint on the ink tube unit with a plastic bag or other covering so that no
ink splashes or leaks, and then close the plastic bag.
Printhead side
Ink tank side
5-21
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
8) Remove the two screws, and take off the ink tube unit from the carriage.
Setscrews
Ink tube unit
Figure 5-23 Ink Tube Unit

9) Remove the idler roller mount, and take off the carriage unit from the printer left
side.
Figure 5-24 Carriage Unit
5-22
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
b) Mounting the carriage belt

To mount the carriage belt, align the all notches of the carriage belt with the belt
stopper.
Belt stopper
Carriage belt
Figure 5-25 Belt Stopper
5-23
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
c) Removing the head holder

3) Remove the tube base cover, tube holder cover, and tube holder.
7) Wrap the joint on the ink tube unit with a plastic bag or other covering so that no
ink splashes or leaks, and then close the plastic bag.
Printhead side
Ink tank side
5-24
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
8) Use a flat-head screwdriver or other tool to press the lock pin at the left-rear side
of the head holder in the direction of the arrow and open the head holder.
Lock pin
Head holder
Figure 5-27 Lock Pin of Head Holder

9) Open the grips of the head holder and remove the head holder.
Hook
2
1
Figure 5-28 Removing the Head Holder
5-25
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
d) Assembling the head holder

After assembling the head holder, check that the head holder rises or falls in
conjunction with the operation of the printhead height adjustment lever.
Printhead height adjustment lever
Head holder
Figure 5-29 Checking the Printhead Height Adjustment Lever
5-26
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.8 Feeder unit

a) Mounting the pinch roller unit
The pinch roller units include those with marks and those without marks.
Pinch roller units with marks should be mounted at the same mark position on the
rear stay.
Marks
Figure 5-30 Pinch Roller Unit
b) Opening paper guide B

1) Remove the spring.
2) Remove the two lock screws of the lever.
Paper guide B
Spring
Lock screws of the lever
Figure 5-31 Paper Guide B
5-27
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
c) Removing the head management sensor unit

2) Move the carriage unit until it contacts the left side.
3) Remove the two setscrews of the head management sensor unit.
4) Raise the paper release lever, and then remove the head management sensor unit.
Setscrew
Carriage
Paper release lever

Head management sensor unit
Figure 5-32 Removing the Head Management Sensor Unit

d) Handling of the feed roller
CAUTION
The feed roller is a functionally important part. Therefore, be sure to note

the following points when handling the roller.
Do not hold the roller in one hand or warp its shape.
Do not touch the roller surface (coated surface).
Do not allow the roller to get scratched or marked.
Hold the roller at two points; location A and one of the locations B, C, or
D as shown in the figure below.
C
B
Figure 5-33 Feed Roller
5-28
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
e) Removing the cutter unit

1) Pull out the roll media tray, and then remove the cutter motor cover.
2) Remove the paper delivery guide unit.
3) Take out the spring.
4) Remove the cutter unit.
Cutter unit
Cutter motor cover
Paper delivery guide unit
Spring
Figure 5-34 Cutter Unit
5-29
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.9 Purge unit

a) Removing the purge unit
to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps and Moving the Wiper Unit .
2) Open the ink tank unit. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.2.10 Ink tank unit.
3) Remove the two connectors, and then remove the cable from the cable guide.
4) Remove the four screws, and then remove the purge unit.
Purge unit
Ink tank
Figure 5-35 Removing the Purge Unit
5-30
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.10 Ink tank unit

a) Opening the ink tank unit
CAUTION
When opening the ink tank unit, be careful that the joint parts do not
become separated. Also, if the ink tank unit is left open for long time,
stress can occur in the joint parts, resulting in separation of these parts. If
the ink tank unit must be left open for long time, drain the ink before
performing any work.
1) Remove the two set screws of the ink tank unit, and then loosen the fulcrum
screw.
2) Open the ink tank unit.
3) Use the screw removed in step 1 to secure the ink tank unit in a temporary
position.
Fulcrum screw
Hole for temporarily

securing
Setscrews
Figure 5-36 Opening the Ink Tank Unit
5-31
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
b)
1)
2)
3)
4)
Removing the ink tank unit

Drain the ink. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.5 Draining the Ink.
Remove the support stay.
Remove joint on the ink tube unit and ink tank unit.
Place the joint for the ink tube unit side on the waste ink absorber.
Joint
Hole
Joint
Waste ink absorber
Figure 5-37 Joints

5) Remove the three screws and two connectors of the ink tank unit, and then
remove the ink tank unit.
5-32
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
c) Removing the valve motor unit

1) Remove the two set screws and one supporting screw of the ink tank unit.
2) Move the ink tank unit to the outer side.
3) Use a screw removed in step 1, and secure the ink tank unit in a temporary
position.
Hole for temporarily
securing
Supporting screw
Connector
Setscrews
Figure 5-38 Moving and Securing the Ink Tank Unit

4) Remove the valve motor unit.
Setscrews
Setscrew
Connector
Figure 5-39 Valve Motor Unit
5-33
Connector
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.11 Waste ink absorber

The capacity of the waste ink absorber is approx. 10.5 kg, and the maintenance jet
absorber unit is approx. 0.3 kg. The air flow fan unit also has a capacity of approx 3.0
kg.
When removing the waste ink absorber, maintenance jet absorber unit and air flow
fan unit from the printer, be careful that the waste ink does not spill.
Air flow fan unit
Waste ink absorber
Maintenance jet
absorber unit
Figure 5-40 Waste Ink Absorber
CAUTION
In this printer, refilling detection is based on the capacity of the waste ink
absorber. Although the air flow fan unit can be replaced separately, be
sure to also always replace the maintenance jet absorber unit and air flow
fan unit when replacing the waste ink absorber.
After replacing the waste ink absorber, execute the INITIALIZE>W-INK
command in Service mode to cancel any refilling detection errors. Do not
execute the INITIALIZE>W-INK command in Service mode when the air
flow fan unit is replaced separately.
Do not replace the maintenance jet absorber units separately.
5-34
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.2.12 Boards
Do not replace the system controller and engine controller at the same time.
Each controller has important stored information such as the setting values, the
waste ink counter, and the carriage driving time. To retain this information, before a
controller is replaced, the information in the controller is temporarily stored in the
other controller using internal communication and automatically updated. Therefore,
the two controllers cannot be replaced at the same time.
Also, when the system controller and engine controller are replaced as service parts,
check that the firmware version is the latest available. If it is not, update the firmware
to the latest version.
a) Replacing the system controller
CAUTION
When replacing the system controller original information of the following

items in the MAIN MENU and the SERVICE MODE are not backed up and
not restored in the new system controller.
Save the original information accordingly, prior to the replacement of the
system controller in case of need.
MAIN MENU>System Setup>IP Setting
SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>WARNING
SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>ERROR
SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>P-SETTING
1) Turn off the power, and replace the system controller.

2) Turn on the power while holding down the [Cancel] button, [Enter] button, and
Online button.
(The printer is started in Board Replace mode.)
3) Check that "Canon W8200" appears on the display, and then release the buttons.
(The message lamp turns on when the printer enters Board Replace mode.)
4) Wait until "REPLACE MODE" appears on the display.
5) Select "S/C REPLACE", and then press the [Enter] button.
6) Check that "Turn Power Off!!" appears on the display, and then turn off the power.
7) Turn on the power.
8) Check the firmware version. If it is not the latest version, update the firmware to
the latest version.
9) In the Main menu, select System Setup --> IP Setting, and then make the settings
again.
b) Replacing the engine controller
1) Turn off the power, and replace the system controller.
2) Turn on the power while holding down the [Cancel] button, [Enter] button, and
Online button.
(The printer is started in Board Replace mode.)
3) Check that "Canon W8200" appears on the display, and then release the buttons.
(The message lamp turns on when the printer enters Board Replace mode.)
4) Wait until "REPLACE MODE" appears on the display.
5) Select "E/C REPLACE", and then press the [Enter] button.
6) Check that "Turn Power Off!!" appears on the display, and then turn off the power.
7) Turn on the power.
8) Check the firmware version. If it is not the latest version, update the firmware to
the latest version.
5-35
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.3 Opening the Caps and Moving the Wiper Unit

The procedures for manually opening the caps and ink supply valves are presented
below.
The carriage lock pin and caps need to be released manually if moving the carriage
when the power is turned off. For details on the sensors and flags, refer to Part 4: 5.
DETECTION FUNCTIONS.
5.3.1 Opening the caps and releasing the carriage lock pins
1) Remove the rear cover, rear right cover, and upper right cover.
2) Insert a long Phillips-head screwdriver into the hole in the purge gear from the
printer right side.
3) Rotate the purge gear in the counter-clockwise direction until the carriage lock pin
drops while checking the carriage lock pin from the printer rear side.
Carriage motor
Carriage lock pin

Suction fan
Purge unit
Figure 5-41 Opening the Caps and Releasing the Carriage Lock Pins
After opening the caps and removing the carriage lock pin, rotating the
NOTE gear further will close the caps after the wiper unit has completed the
return movement, and the carriage lock pin will rise and lock the carriage.
5-36
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5.3.2 Moving the wiper unit

1) Remove the rear cover, rear right cover, and upper right cover.
2) Insert a long Phillips-head screwdriver into the hole in the purge gear from the
printer right side.
3) Rotate the purge gear in the counter-clockwise direction, and then move the wiper
unit.
5.4 Opening and Closing the Ink Supply Valve

1) Remove rear cover, rear right cover, and upper right cover.
2) Press the valve lever with your finger to open the ink supply valve. (Normally, the
ink supply valve is closed.)
CAUTION
If the tube is filled with ink and the printhead lock lever is unlocked
while the ink supply valve is opened, the ink in the tube may reverseflow due to the difference in the water head, and ink may leak from the
ink supply needle.
If the ink supply valve remains open, such as when an ink supply valve
switching error (E02D06) occurs, remove the valve motor unit (see 5.2.10,
Ink tank unit), and then close the ink supply valve.
Close
Open
Ink supply valve
Ink tank unit
Figure 5-42 Opening and Closing the Ink Supply Valve
5-37
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance

There are two methods of removing the ink, using a manual method or automatic
method.
When the ink is drained, the ink inside the ink passage totaling approximately 230 g
(38 g x 6 colors) is drained as waste ink.
CAUTION
To prevent ink leaks, be sure to always remove the ink inside the ink
passage when disassembling or transporting the parts of the ink passage
section.
5.5.1 Automatic ink drainage

Automatic ink drainage is performed by selecting Main Menu --> System Setup -->
Move Printer from the operation panel. It takes about 4 minutes for automatic ink
drainage to be performed.
CAUTION
Perform automatic ink drainage again if a power outage or other cause

shuts off the power during the operation for automatic ink drainage.
5.5.2 Manual ink drainage

A syringe or other implement is used to remove the ink inside the ink passages one
color at a time in the event of a printer electrical failure, firmware error, or
malfunction in supplying power to the printer.
a) Preparation
Prepare the following items before starting the manual ink drainage procedure.
1) Syringe having approx. 50-ml capacity (CK-0541-000) with connecting tube (QA26161-000)
If possible, try to use separate syringes for each color.
If the syringes are severely stained or if the tubes are attached to different-color
needles, flush and wash the tubes (syringes) with water and allow them to fully dry
to prevent mixing of ink colors.
5-38
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
b) Overview of manual ink drainage

Manual ink drainage is performed using the three steps below.
Step 1 The ink in the ink tube unit flows to the waste ink absorber for all six colors
simultaneously.
Step 2 The ink in the ink tank unit flows to the waste ink absorber for all six colors
simultaneously.
Step 3 The ink in the subbuffer is removed separately for each color.
Step 4 Step 3 is repeated for the remaining five colors.
If all of the ink passages are opened (ink tank is not installed, ink supply
valve is opened, and printhead lock lever is opened) when ink fills the ink
tube, the ink in the ink tube may reverse-flow due to the difference in the
water head, and ink may leak from the ink supply needle. Therefore, do
not open all of the ink passages at the same time when the ink tube is
filled with ink.
CAUTION
Step1
Step 1
Carriage unit
Step 3
Step 1
Ink supply valve
Step2
Joint
Subbuffer
Step 2
Waste ink absorber
Step 4 Repeated for the remaining five colors.
Figure 5-43 Overview of Manual Ink Drainage (single color)
5-39
Step 1
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
c) Manual ink drainage procedure

Step 1
1) Open the right cover. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.2.4 Outer covers.
2) Remove the ink tank.
3) Remove all the joints for the ink tube unit and ink tank unit. For details, refer to
Part 5: 5.2.10 Ink tank unit.
4) The joint part on the ink tube unit side is inserted and secured in the hole on top
of the right frame.
5) Move the carriage over the platen. For details, refer to Part 5: 5.3 Opening the Caps
and Moving the Wiper Unit.
6) Unlock the printhead lock lever to allow all the ink in the ink tubes to flow to the
waste ink absorber for all six colors simultaneously.
Step 2
7) Place the joint of the ink tank unit side on the waste ink absorber and secure in
place.
8) Press the valve lever with your finger, and then open the ink supply valve.
The ink in the tube on the ink supply pin side of the ink tank unit flows to the
waste ink absorber simultaneously for all six colors.
Step 3
9) Connect the syringe ink tube to the needle of the subbuffer. Pull the plunger of
the syringe to remove the ink inside the subbuffer and drain the waste ink
absorber. Repeat until there is no more ink left.
Ink supply side needle
Subbuffer side needle
Figure 5-44 Top View of Ink Tank Unit
5-40
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
Step 4
10) Repeat step 3 for each color until all of the ink is removed.
* This figure shows the main access points for manual ink drainage.
The numbers in parentheses correspond to the numbers of the manual ink
drainage procedure.
Joint (3)(4)
Printhead lock lever (6)
Carriage unit (5)
Ink tank unit (7)(8)(9)

Waste ink absorber (4)(6)(7)(8)(9)
Figure 5-45 Manual Ink Drainage
5-41
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
6. ADJUSTMENT AND SETUP

6.1 Adjustment and Setup Items
This is activated when a mistaken setting is made at the time of initial installation,
such as when the user touches the mechanism for preventing mistaken insertion
before installing the ink tanks.
6.1.2 Adjustment of head holder tilt lever

This procedure is performed when the edge sections of the image are not sharp when
printing in Draft mode (2-pass).
5-42
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
6.2 Adjustment and Setup Procedures

This setting restores the ink tanks to their default status when a mistaken setting is
made at the time of initial installation, such as when the user touches the mechanism
for preventing mistaken insertion before installing the ink tanks.
1) Open the right cover (see 5.2.4, Outer cover), and then open the ink tank cover of the
respective color.
2) Use the flat-head screwdriver to flip the insertion prevention flag forward.
3) Use the flat-head screwdriver to move the insertion prevention lever to the center.
Insertion prevention lever
Insertion prevention flag
Figure 5-46 Mistaken Insertion of Ink Tanks Prevention Mechanism
Insertion prevention lever

Factory setting position
Insertion prevention flag
Figure 5-47 Mistaken Insertion of Ink Tanks Prevention Mechanism

Top View (Image of Restoration to Default Status)
5-43
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
6.2.2 Adjustment of the head holder tilt lever

This adjustment is performed when the edge sections of the image are not sharp when
printing in Draft mode (2-pass).
After adjusting the head holder tilt lever, mark the number visible from the window of
the head holder tilt lever with the number inside the sensor cover.
Sensor cover
Head holder tilt lever
3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3
-3 -2
0
2
Mark
Figure 5-48 Adjusting the Head Holder Tilt Lever
5-44
W8200
Part 5: Maintenance
5-45
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7. TROUBLESHOOTING
7.1.1 Outline
There are two types of trouble: trouble which is reported by the messages indicated on
the display, including "operator call," "warning," "error," "service call error," and
"firmware error"; and trouble not indicated on the message display.
In this manual, a colon (:) is used to distinguish the first and second lines of the
message.
The alphanumeric code indicating the type of error, that is the "warning", or "error,"
will be displayed on the printer's display. The letters at the end of the code indicates
the following: W for the "warning" and E for the "error".
See Part 3: 5.2 Error Indications for a list of the problems which can be detailed on the
message display.
7.1.2 Notice for Troubleshooting

1. Obtain information about the system environment and the type of media used for
printing.
2. Before performing troubleshooting, make sure that all cables are connected
properly.
3. When servicing the printer with the external cover is removed and the AC power
connected, pay special attention when handling the electrical parts or the boards to
avoid an electric shock or short circuit.
4. In the following sections, the troubleshooting steps (action) are described such that
the component related to the most probable cause of the problem will be repaired
or replaced first, following by components with less failure probability. If multiple
components are the same probability of predicted failure, the steps are indicated
based on how easy the servicing is.
After performing a step, check to see if the problem has been solved by executing a
test print. If not resolved, proceed with the next step.
5. When the service has been completed, check to ensure that all connectors/cables
are reinstalled and screws are firmly tightened.
6. After performing replacement or repair services, run test prints to check whether
the problem has been solved.
5-46
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.2 Troubleshooting When Warnings Occur
Codes in parentheses are not displayed when a warning occurs. These codes can be
checked in the warning history by using SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>WARNING.
7.2.1
x Ink Check (the ink color is indicated by x)

(W01000, W01001, W01002, W01003, W01004, W01005)
<Cause>
This is displayed when the electrodes mounted to the hollow needle in the ink tank
unit detect that the ink is below the prescribed level.
<Probable problem locations>
Ink tank, ink tank unit, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Check the ink level.
2.Replace the ink tank.
3.Check the connectors of the ink tank unit.
4.Replace the ink tank unit.
5.Replace the engine controller.
6.Replace the system controller.
7.2.2
W-Ink Full Soon

(W01006)
<Cause>
This is displayed when a nearly full (approx. 95% capacity of the waste ink absorber)
waste ink level is detected in the waste ink absorber.
Waste ink absorber, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Waste ink absorber
Use SERVICE MODE>COUNTER>PRINTER>W-INK to check the waste ink
absorber. Replace if the waste ink level is near the limit (14400).
After replacing the tank, perform SERVICE MODE>INITIALIZE>W-INK.
5-47
Part 5: Maintenance
7.2.3
W8200
Memory Overflow
(W0100C)
<Cause>
This is displayed when a data fault occurs due to insufficient memory.
Operation error, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Check the operating procedure and transmit data.
7.2.4
Feed Limit..
(W0100F)
<Cause>
This is displayed when the engine controller has detected the feed limit of the media
during manual feeding.
During back feeding, the print standby position (on feed roller) is the feed limit.
During forward feeding, until the roll media end sensor detects no roll media.
Engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
7.2.5
Incorrect Media
(W01021)
<Cause>
During data reception, this is displayed when the media type required by the
received data is different from the media type that is currently loaded.
Operation error, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Check the operating procedures and reprint.
5-48
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.2.6
W01030/W01031/W01032/W01033/W01034/W01035/W01036/
W01037/W01038/W01039: GARO W0103x (number is indicated by x)
<Cause>
During data reception, this is displayed when an error occurs in the data reception
GARO command.
Operation error, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Check the operating procedures and reprint.
5-49
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.3 Troubleshooting When Errors Occur

7.3.1
E02000
Roll media end sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when a roll media end sensor has detected the roll media trailing
edge during printing or loading of the roll media.
Roll media, roll media end sensor, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Roll media
Install the roll media if there is none.
2.Visual check
Replace the sensor if the sensor flag is damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
3.Roll media end sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace if anything
does not function normally.
4.Cable connection check
Replace the cable between the roll media end sensor and engine controller if the
connection is not functioning normally.
7.3.2
E02005/E0200D/E02016
Feed sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the feed sensor could not detect the roll media even after
feeding the prescribed length during loading of the roll media.
This is displayed when the feed sensor could not detect the cut sheet trailing edge
even after feeding the prescribed length during cut sheet loading.
This is displayed during printing when the feed sensor has detected the cut sheet
trailing edge at a different position from the media loading position.
Paper path, roll drive unit, feed sensor, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the paper path and feed sensor.
Replace the paper path if the feeding surface or sliding section of the paper path is
damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not function normally.
Replace the roll drive unit if it is damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
2.Feed sensor
Use SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY to check operation, and replace if faulty.
Replace the cable between the feed sensor and engine controller if the connection
is not functioning normally.
5-50
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.3.3
E0200A/E0200B/E0200C/E0200E/E0200F/E02010/E02017/E02018
Media sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the light intensity of the media sensor could not be adjusted
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media loading position error
during detection of the media right edge.
during detection of the media leading edge.
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media smaller than the
Media width: Less than 200 mm
Media length: Less than 100 mm
This is displayed when the media sensor has detected a media larger than the
Media width: More than 1128 mm
Media length (roll media): More than 18 m
Media length (cut sheet): More than 1.6 m
This is displayed when the media sensor detects slanting that exceeds the prescribed
amount during media loading.
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media right edge
This is displayed when the media sensor could not detect the media left edge during
media loading.
Media, media loading procedure, media sensor, carriage relay PCB, engine
controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Media check
Replace any media that have printing or soiling at the detection position or that are
outside the prescribed size.
2.Media loading check
Reload the media if there is anything abnormal about the media loading status.
3.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the media sensor.
4.Media sensor
Use SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>SYSTEM>SIZE CR to check the reading of the
media sensor. Replace if it is not functioning normally.
Replace the cable between the media sensor and carriage relay PCB if the
6.Replace the carriage relay PCB.
Replace the cable between the carriage relay PCB and engine controller if the
5-51
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.4
W8200
E02011
Roll media tray set sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when a roll media tray set sensor has detected that the roll media
tray unit has been pulled out during printing or loading of the roll media.
Operating procedure, roll media tray set sensor, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Reload the roll media tray unit.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the roll media tray set sensor.
function normally.
3.Roll media tray set sensor
Replace the cable between the roll media tray set sensor and engine controller if
the connection is not functioning normally.
5-52
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.3.5
E02015
Cutter error
<Cause>
During media cutting, the cutter sensor could not detect the cutter unit within the
required time.
during detection after cutting of the roll media.
Media, media sensor, cutter blade, cutter unit, cutter sensor, cutter motor unit,
engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Media check
Replace any media that have printing or soilling at the detection position or that
are outside the prescribed.
2.Media sensor error
If the errors E0200A, E0200B, E0200C, E0200E, E0200F, E02010, E02017, or
E02018 are displayed during a printer operation other than media cutting, see Part
5: 7.3.3 Media sensor error.
3.Visual check
Remove any problems or foreign objects on the cutter blade, right and left cutter
sensors, and driving unit of the cutter unit.
Replace the driving unit of the cutter unit if it is damaged, deformed, or otherwise
does not function properly.
Replace the cable between the cutter motor and engine controller if power does not
flow properly.
Replace the cables between the cutter sensors and engine controller if power does
not flow properly.
5.Replace the cutter sensor
6.Replace the cutter motor unit
7.Replace the engine controller
8.Replace the system controller
5-53
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.6
W8200
E02400/E02401/E02402/E02403
Path mismatch error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the loaded media is a cut sheet when the received data is
This is displayed when the roll media is not loaded when the received data is
This is displayed when the cut sheet is not loaded when the received data is
designated for cut sheet.
This is displayed when printing the adjustment pattern if the loaded media is
smaller than the prescribed size of the adjustment pattern.
Media, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Media check
Check the media loading status, and reload the media if the media are different
from the transmit data, the media are not loaded, or the loaded media are outside
of the prescribed size.
7.3.7
E02500/E02501/E02502/E02503/E02504/E02505
Ink empty error
<Cause>
This is displayed when no ink is detected in the ink tank.
Ink tank, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
5-54
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.3.8
E02506/E02507/E02508/E02509/E0250A/E0250B
Ink tank uninstalled error (during ink tank replacement)
<Cause>
This is displayed when the sensor detects that the right cover is closed with an ink
tank removed during ink tank replacement.
Operating procedure, ink tank, right cover sensor, ink tank unit, engine controller,
system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Install the ink tank.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the ink tank contacts and right cover
sensor.
4.Right cover sensor
Replace the cable between the right cover sensor and engine controller if the
Replace the cable between the ink tank unit and engine controller if the connection
5-55
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.9
W8200
E02520
Ink level unknown error
<Cause>
A color is set to "Yes" in MAIN MENU>System Setup>Ink Check Off.
CAUTION
The display of this error indicates normal status if the setting is made by
the user intentionally or due to an operation mistake.
In this case, the error message is displayed whenever printing is started,
but it can be temporarily canceled by pressing the [Online] button to start
printing or pressing the [Cancel] button to cancel printing.
To cancel this error and recover the ink level detection function, replace
with a new ink tank designated for this printer.
Perform the following procedure whenever this error is displayed, even if
the ink level of the corresponding color does not appear as "?" under MAIN
MENU>Information>Ink.

<Remedy>
7.3.10
E02777
Communication error
<Cause>
A communication error was detected in communication between the system
controller and engine controller.
Firmware, system controller, engine controller
<Remedy>
1.Update the versions of the firmware.
5-56
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.3.11 E02800/E02801/E02802/E02803/E02811
Printhead error
<Cause>
This is
This is
This is
This is
This is
displayed
displayed
displayed
displayed
displayed
when
when
when
when
when
no printhead is detected.
unusually high temperatures are detected in the printhead.
installation of an incorrect printhead is detected.
a checksum error occurs in the printhead EEPROM.
a DI correction failure is detected in the printhead.

Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Replace the printhead.
2.Replace the head relay PCB.
Replace the cable between the head relay PCB and carriage relay PCB if the
7.3.12
E02804/E02805/E02806/E02807/E02808/E02809/E0280A/
E0280B/E0280C/E0280D/E0280E/E0280F
Ink tank error
<Cause>
This is displayed when installation of an incorrect ink tank is detected.
This is displayed when a checksum error occurs in the ink tank EEPROM.
Ink tank, ink tank unit, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
5-57
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.13
W8200
E02812/E02A00/E02A01/E02A02/E02A03
<Cause>
This is displayed when an error occurs in the engine controller EEPROM.
This is displayed when an error occurs in the firmware of the engine controller.
This is displayed when an error occurs in the FLASH ROM of the engine controller.
<Remedy>
1.Turn the power off and then on again.
7.3.14
E02813/ E02814
<Cause>
The head management sensor has detected an ink discharge error.
A sensor sensitivity error was detected during position adjustment of the head
management sensor.
Printhead, head management sensor, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the head management sensor.
3.Replace the head management sensor.
Replace the cable between the head management sensor and engine controller if
the connection is not functioning normally.
5-58
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.3.15
E02B01
Tray sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the tray sensor has detected that the tray is open during
media loading or printing.
Operating procedure, tray sensor, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Open / close the tray.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the tray sensor.
3.Tray sensor
Replace the cable between the tray sensor and engine controller if the connection is
not functioning normally.
5-59
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.16
W8200
E02B04
Upper cover sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the upper cover sensor has detected that the upper cover is
open while the upper cover is locked.
Upper cover, upper cover sensor, upper cover lock unit, engine controller, system
controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Replace the sensor if the upper cover sensor flag or upper cover sensor is damaged,
deformed, or otherwise does not function normally.
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the upper cover lock unit.
2.Upper cover sensor
Replace the cable between the upper cover sensor and engine controller if the
4.Upper cover lock unit
Check operation, and replace if it is not functioning normally.
Replace the cable between the upper cover lock unit and engine controller if the
7.3.17
E02B05
Right cover sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the right cover sensor has detected that the right cover has
been opened not using operations from the main menu.
Right cover, right cover lock unit, right cover sensor, engine controller, system
controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Replace the right cover or right cover lock unit if any of them are damaged,
2.Right cover sensor
Replace the cable between the right cover sensor and engine controller if the
5-60
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.3.18
E02B06
Carriage cover sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the carriage cover sensor has detected that the carriage cover
is open while the upper cover is locked.
Operating procedure, carriage cover sensor, carriage relay PCB, engine controller,
system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Close the carriage cover firmly.
2.Visual check
Replace the carriage cover if it is damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
3.Carriage cover sensor
Replace the cable between the carriage cover sensor and carriage relay PCB if the
7.3.19
E02D00/E02D01
Sensor error in purge unit
<Cause>
This is displayed when sensors in the purge unit could not detect the positions of
the motors within the prescribed time.
Purge unit, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Homeposition sensor
Check operation using SERVICE MODE>I/O DISPLAY, and replace the purge unit
if anything does not function normally.
Replace the cable between the sensors and engine controller if the connection is
5-61
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.20
W8200
E02D02
Carriage homeposition error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the carriage homeposition sensor could not detect the
carriage within the prescribed time.
Foreign object in carriage contact section, carriage homeposition sensor, linear scale,
linear encoder, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the carriage contact section, carriage
homeposition sensor, linear scale, and linear sensor.
2.Carriage homeposition sensor
Replace the cable between the carriage homeposition sensor and engine controller
if the connection is not functioning normally.
4.Replace the linear scale.
5.Replace the linear encoder.
5-62
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.3.21
E02D03
Feed motor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the feed motor could not reach the prescribed speed within
the prescribed time or the feed roller sensor could not detect the prescribed number
of steps from the encoder slit.
Feed roller sensor, encoder slit, feed motor, motor driver PCB, engine controller,
system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the feed roller sensor and encoder slit.
2.Replace the feed roller sensor.
Replace the cable between the feed roller sensor and motor driver PCB if the
4.Replace the feed motor.
Replace the cable between the feed motor and motor driver PCB if the connection is
6.Replace the motor driver PCB.
Replace the cable between the motor driver PCB and engine controller if the
7.3.22
E02D04
Roll media feed motor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the roll media feed motor could not reach the prescribed
speed within the prescribed time.
Roll media feed motor, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Replace the roll media feed motor
Replace the cable between the roll media feed motor and engine controller if the
5-63
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.23
W8200
E02D05
Air flow fan error
<Cause>
Fan rotation could not be detected while the air flow fan was running.
Air flow fan, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
Replace the cable between the air flow fan and engine controller if the connection is
2.Replace the air flow fan.
7.3.24
E02D06
Ink supply valve switching error
<Cause>
The valve cam sensor could not detect valve cam rotation during switching of the ink
supply valve.
Valve motor unit, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Check if there are any foreign objects adhering to the motor, gears, and sensors of
the valve motor unit, and remove if any abnormalities are found.
2.valve motor unit
Check operation by using SERVICE MODE>FUNCTION>INK VALVE, and replace if
there are any abnormalities.
Replace the cables between the valve motor and valve cam sensor and the engine
controller if any abnormalities are found in the cable connections.
5-64
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.3.25
E02E01/E02E05
Carriage motor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when a jam or other physical problem puts an excessive load on
the carriage motor so that the carriage could not operate.
This is displayed when the carriage motor could not reach the prescribed speed
Foreign object in carriage movement path, carriage rail, carriage belt, linear scale,
linear encoder, carriage motor, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Carriage movement path check
Remove any foreign objects (jammed sheet) in the carriage movement path.
2.Carriage rail
Use rail cleaner to clean the carriage rails if a visual check reveals that they are
dirty.
3.Carriage belt
If a visual check reveals slack in the carriage belt, remount the belt.
4.Replace the linear scale.
5.Replace the linear encoder.
6.Replace the carriage motor.
Replace the cable between the carriage motor and engine controller if the
5-65
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.26
W8200
E02E02
Roll media set sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the roll media set sensor could not detect positional changes
by the paper guide during the paper guide opening and closing operations.
Roll media set sensor, roll media tray unit, roll drive unit, motor driver PCB, engine
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the roll media set sensor.
2.Roll media set sensor
Replace the cable between the roll media set sensor and engine controller if the
4.Roll media tray unit
Replace the unit if a visual check reveals that the gears are damaged, deformed, or
otherwise do not function normally.
Replace the unit if an operation check reveals that the roll release lever does not
function normally.
5.Roll drive unit
Replace the cable between the roll drive unit and motor driver PCB if the
10. Replace the system controller.
5-66
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.3.27
E02E03
Pinch roller up/down sensor error
<Cause>
This is displayed when the pinch roller up/down sensor could not detect positional
changes by the pinch roller during the pinch roller up/down operations.
Pinch roller up/down sensor, pinch roller drive unit, motor driver PCB, engine
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the pinch roller up/down sensor.
2.Pinch roller up/down sensor
Replace the cable between the pinch roller up/down sensor and motor driver PCB
if the connection is not functioning normally.
4.Pinch roller drive unit
Replace the cable between the pinch roller drive unit and motor driver PCB if the
7.3.28
E02E10
IEEE1394 error
<Cause>
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the IEEE1394 interface.
IEEE1394 interface board, system controller
<Remedy>
2.IEEE1394 interface board
Remount the IEEE1394 interface board, and then turn on the power again.
Replace the IEEE1394 interface board if it still is not functioning normally.
5-67
Part 5: Maintenance
7.3.29
W8200
E02F00
<Cause>
This is displayed when an error has occurred in the firmware of the system
controller.
System controller
<Remedy>
5-68
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.4 Troubleshooting When Service Call Errors Occur
When a service call error occurs, the error is not cleared and the error display remains
on the operation panel even if printer power goes off and on.
This is to avoid thet the user can cleare service call errors preventing the printer from
damage.
Service call errors can be cleared, however, by starting up the printer with the service
mode.
Codes in parentheses are not displayed when a service call error occurs.
These codes can be checked in the error history by using
SERVICE MODE>DISPLAY>ERROR.
7.4.1
Printhead error!
(E04000)
<Cause>
This is displayed when a drive voltage error occurs in the printhead.
Printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Replace
2.Replace
3.Replace
4.Replace
5.Replace
7.4.2
the
the
the
the
the
printhead.
head relay PCB.
carriage relay PCB.
engine controller.
system controller.
Waste ink full!

(E04001)
<Cause>
This is displayed when a full waste ink absorber is detected.
Waste ink absorber, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Replace the waste ink absorber.
Use SERVICE MODE>COUNTER>PRINTER>W-INK to check the waste ink
absorber. Replace if the waste ink level is near the limit (14400).
After replacing the tank, perform SERVICE MODE>INITIALIZE>W-INK.
5-69
Part 5: Maintenance
7.4.3
W8200
Scale read error!

(E04002)
<Cause>
This is displayed when the carriage sensor could not read the linear scale.
Linear scale, carriage sensor, carriage unit, carriage relay PCB, engine controller,
system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Replace the linear scale if it is dirty, damaged, deformed, or otherwise does not
function normally.
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the carriage sensor.
2.Replace the carriage unit.
Replace the cable between the carriage sensor and carriage relay PCB if the
7.Replace the system controller
5-70
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.5 Troubleshooting for Other Problems Indicated on the Display

7.5.1 Incorrect Value: Check Value
<Cause>
This is displayed when it is detected that the Interface Setup > IP Setting > Default
G/W input value does not match the IP address.
Operating procedure, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message turns off when the proper value is entered in the Default
G/W.
7.5.2 Offline: Load Roll Media

<Cause>
This is displayed when the roll media end sensor detects no roll media in roll media
mode.
Operating procedure, roll media end sensor, roll media set sensor, engine controller,
system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the roll media is loaded and the roll media
tray is closed.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the sensors.
function normally.
3.Roll media end sensor/roll media set sensor
5-71
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.5.3 Offline: Load Cut Sheet

Offline: Remove Cut Sheet
<Cause>t
This is displayed when the feed sensor detects no sheets in cut sheet mode.
This is displayed when the feed sensor detects sheets when switching from cut sheet
mode to roll media mode.
Operating procedure, feed sensor, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1. Operation check
Check that the message changes when the cut sheets are loaded or when the cut
sheets are removed.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the feed sensor.
3.Feed sensor
Replace the cable between the feed sensor and engine controller if the connection is
7.5.4 Offline: Open Upper Cover

<Cause>
In Cut Sheet mode, unloaded paper was detected while the upper cover was closed.
Operating procedure, upper cover, upper cover sensor, upper cover lock unit, engine
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the upper cover is opened.
2.Visual check
Replace the sensor if the upper cover sensor flag or upper cover sensor is damaged,
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the upper cover lock unit.
3.Upper cover sensor
Replace the cable between the upper cover sensor and engine controller if the
5-72
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.5.5 Offline: Open Tray
<Cause>
When the tray sensor has detected that the tray is closed, the roll media tray set
sensor has detected that the roll media tray is opened.
Operating procedure, tray sensor, roll media end sensor, engine controller, system
controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the tray is opened.
2.Visual check
3.Tray sensor/roll media end sensor
7.5.6 Off line: Open Roll Tray

<Cause>
In Roll Media mode, the roll media end sensor has detected no roll media, the tray
sensor has detected that the tray is opened, and the roll media tray set sensor has
detected that the roll media tray is closed.
Operating procedure, roll media end sensor, roll media tray set sensor, engine
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the roll media tray is opened.
2.Visual check
3.Roll media end sensor/tray sensor/roll media tray set sensor
5-73
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.5.7 Printer Setup: Open Upper Cover

<Cause>
This is displayed when no printhead is detected when the power is turned on.
Operating procedure, printhead, head relay PCB, carriage relay PCB, engine
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the printhead is installed.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the printhead contact face.
4.Replace the head relay PCB.
Replace the cable between the head relay PCB and carriage relay PCB if the
7.5.8 Printer Setup: Ins. Ink Tank OK

<Cause>
This is displayed when no ink tank is detected when the power is turned on.
Operating procedure, ink tank, ink tank unit, engine controller, system controller
<Remedy>
1.Operation check
Check that the message changes when the ink tanks for all colors are installed.
2.Visual check
Remove any foreign objects adhering to the contact face.
5-74
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.6 Troubleshooting for Problems Not Indicated on the Display
7.6.1 Printer does not turn on
<Condition example>
Nothing is shown on the display when the Power button is pressed.
<Cause>
Broken connection in connector, faulty inlet unit, faulty power supply, faulty
operation panel, faulty engine controller, faulty system controller
<Remedy>
1.Power cord
Reconnect the power cord.
2.Connector check
Reconnect the connectors for the operation panel (CN1), relay connector (J86),
system controller (J6, J2), engine controller (J408, J417, J418, J419), and power
supply (J101, J102, J103, J105).
3.Fuse check
Replace if the fuse for the power supply is blown.
Replace the cable between the operation panel and system controller if the
Replace the cable between the engine controller and power supply if the connection
Replace the cable between the power supply and inlet unit if the connection is not
functioning normally.
5.Replace the power supply.
6.Replace the operation panel.
7.6.2 Network is not connected

<Condition example>
Printing cannot be performed from the network.
<Cause>
Cable is not connected properly, incompatibility with hub, system controller fault
<Remedy>
1.Check the cable.
Reconnect the LAN cable.
2.Check the communication settings.
Auto-negotiation cannot be performed for some configurations of the connected
hub. Use the DIP switches (SW1) on the system controller to reset the network
transmission speed and transfer mode according to the specifications of the hub
that is used.
3.Replace the hub.
Explain to the customer that there is no problem with the printer unit.
4.Replace the sysytem controller.
5-75
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.6.3 Right cover does not open

<Condition example>
The right cover does not open. (No error message is shown on the display.)
<Cause>
Connector is not connected properly, engine controller fault
<Remedy>
1.Check the connector
Connect the connector (J42) for the right cover lock solenoid and the relay
connector (J24) for the right cover sensor to the connectors having the same color.
White: Connector for right cover lock solenoid (J42)
Blue: Relay connector for right cover sensor (J24)
5-76
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.6.4 Printing problems (ink is full)
<Condition example>
Step 1
* Interface is not recognized.
* A test print can be printed, but printing from the host computer is not functioning
normally.
Step 2
* No printing can be performed.
* Printing of the test print and printing from the host computer are not functioning
normally.
* Textures appear in the image.
<Cause>
Faulty host computer, faulty interface cable, dirty carriage rail, improper position for
head tilt lever, faulty printhead, faulty purge unit, faulty linear scale, faulty carriage
unit, faulty carriage relay PCB, faulty engine controller, faulty system controller
Step 1 remedy
1.Interface cable
Replace the interface cable if a visual check reveals that the connectors are
damaged, deformed, or otherwise do not function normally.
2.Computer
Install the printer drivers to a computer, and connect to the printer. If the print
data can be sent normally, instruct the customer to replace his computer.
Step 2 remedy
1.Dirty carriage rail
Use rail cleaner to clean the carriage rails if a visual check reveals that they are
dirty or other abnormalities.
2.Head tilt lever
Check if changing the position of the head tilt lever fixes the problem.
3.Purge unit
Perform a visual check, and remove any foreign objects adhering to the caps and
wipers.
4.Print adjustment check
Execute print adjustment, and adjust the shift between nozzle arrays.
5.Printhead
Execute head cleaning, and replace the printhead if the result is not improved.
6.Linear scale
Replace the linear scale if it is dirty or otherwise does not function normally.
7.Replace the carriage unit.
5-77
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
7.6.5 Printing problems (ink is not full)

<Condition example>
* No printing can be performed.
* A specific ink is not printed.
* Ink is not filled to the ink tube for the printhead lock lever.
* Ink is not filled to the ink tube before the ink tank unit.
<Cause>
Faulty ink tank, faulty printhead, faulty purge unit, faulty valve motor unit, faulty
ink tank unit, faulty ink tube unit, faulty engine controller, faulty system controller
<Remedy>
1.Visual check
Remove the ink tube if it is bent or otherwise not functioning normally.
2.Ink tank
Remount the ink tank.
3.Ink supply valve
Refer to Part 5: 5.2.10 Ink tank unit, and check the ink supply valve.
4.Ink filling
Check if there is any ink inside the ink tube, and then remove the printhead and
ink tanks, and turn on the power. Then, follow the messages to install the
printhead and ink tanks and fill the ink.
6.Replace the purge unit.
7.Replace the valve motor unit.
9.Replace the ink tube unit.
10. Replace the engine controller.
7.6.6 Other printing problems

<Condition example>
Soiled media
<Cause>
Soiling due to ink mist or other substances.
<Remedy>
1.Moisten the upper cover interior or feed unit, and then clean using a soft, fullwrung cloth.
5-78
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
5-79
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
8. CONNECTOR POSITIONS AND PIN ARRANGEMENT

J1
J2
J8
J6
J5
Figure 5-49 System Controller
J1
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Signal name
5V
TRST
TMS
TDI
GND
RST
GND
GNT
AD31
AD29
AD27
GND
AD25
CBE3
AD23
AD21
GND
AD19
AD17
CBE2
GND
IRDY
DEVSEL
LOCK
GND
SERR
CBE1
AD14
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN/OUT
Function
Power supply (+5.0V)
JTAG test reset signal
JTAG test mode select signal
JTAG test data input signal
GND
Reset signal
GND
Grant signal
Address and data signal
GND
Bus command and byte enable signal
GND
GND
Initiator ready signal
Device select signal
Lock signal
GND
System error signal
GND
5-80
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
Pin number
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
Signal name
AD12
AD10
AD8
GND
AD7
AD5
AD3
AD1
GND
3.3V
3.3V
GND
TCK
TDO
INTA
GND
CLK
GND
REQ
AD30
AD28
AD26
GND
AD24
IDSEL
AD22
AD20
GND
AD18
AD16
FRANE
GND
TRDY
STOP
PERR
GND
PAR
AD15
AD13
GND
AD11
AD9
CBE0
GND
AD6
AD4
AD2
AD0
GND
3.3V
3.3V
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
GND
GND
JTAG test clock signal
JTAG test data output signal
Interrupt signal
GND
Clock signal
GND
Request signal
GND
Initialization device select signal
GND
Cycle frame signal
GND
Target ready signal
Stop signal
Parity error signal
GND
Parity signal
GND
GND
GND
5-81
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J2
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
Signal name
GND
NC
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
SREQ
GND
SACK
NC
GND
GND
GND
CEDATA1
GND
CEDATA4
CEDATA5
CEDATA7
GND
CEDATA10
CEDATA11
CEDATA13
GND
CEDATA16
CEDATA17
CEDATA19
GND
CEDATA22
CEDATA23
CEDATA25
GND
CEDATA28
CEDATA29
CEDATA31
STANDBY
NC
NC
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
RESETC
NC
NC
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
Function
GND
NC
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
Status request signal
GND
Status acknowledge signal
NC
GND
GND
GND
Bidirectional data bus (bit1)
GND
Bidirectional data bus(bit4)
GND
GND
GND
GND
Power supply ON/OFF signal
NC
NC
Controller reset signal
NC
NC
5-82
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
Pin number
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
Signal name
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
CREQ
CACK
GND
READY
GND
DCLK
GND
CEDATA0
CEDATA2
CEDATA3
GND
CEDATA6
CEDATA8
CEDATA9
GND
CEDATA12
CEDATA14
CEDATA15
GND
CEDATA18
CEDATA20
CEDATA21
GND
CEDATA24
CEDATA26
CEDATA27
GND
CEDATA30
START
+5V
NC
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
WAKE
NC
NC
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
Function
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
Command request signal
Command acknowledge signal
GND
Image data request signal
GND
Image data transfer synchronous signal
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
Steady-state input power supply (+3.3V)
NC
Wake signal from sleep mode
NC
NC
GND
5-83
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J5 (RS-232C)
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Signal name
CD
RXD
TXD
DTR
GND
DSR
RTS
CTS
RI
IN/OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
Function
Data Carrier Detect
Receive data by serial communication
Transmit data by serial communication
Data Terminal ready
GND
Data set ready
Request to send
Clear to send
Ring Indicate
Signal name
+3.3V
PCS
PDO
PCLK
PDI
GND
SOFT_SW1
SOFT_SW2
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
Function
Select signal to operation panel
Transmit data to operation panel
Clock signal to operation panel
Receive data from operation panel
GND
Signal name
TD+
TDTDCT
GND
GND
RDCT
RD+
RDG_LED+
G_LEDY_LED+
Y_LED-
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
Function
10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential output signal
10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential output signal
Pulse transfer center tap GND
GND
GND
Pulse transfer center tap GND
10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential input signal
10BASET-T/100BASE-TX differential input signal
Green LED anode
Green LED cathode
Yellow LED anode
Yellow LED cathode
J6
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
J8 (LAN)
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
5-84
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
8.2 Engin Controller
J401
J403
J404
J407
J406
J408
J405
J418
J421
J424
J419
J412
J423
J427
J414 J415
J417
Figure 5-50 Engin Controller

J401
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Signal name
GND
+3.3V
DIPSW5
DIPSW4
DIPSW3
DIPSW2
DIPSW1
DIPSW0
IN/OUT
OUT
Function
GND
For factory
For factory
For factory
For factory
For factory
For factory
Signal name
GND
TANKCVR
+5V
VM
COVERSOL_R
VM
TANKSOL
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
Right cover opening and closing detection signal
Upper cover lock solenoid right drive signal
Right cover lock solenoid drive signal
Signal name
VM_CRM
VM_CRM
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
Function
Carriage motor drive power supply (+26.5V)
J403
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
J404
Pin number
1
2
5-85
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J405
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Signal name
GND
C2_SUBH
C1_SUBH
C0_SUBH
C2_HENB
C1_HENB
C0_HENB
GND
HDLTP
HDLTN
HDCLKP
HDCLKN
GND
C2_EDATA1P
C2_EDATA1N
C2_EDATA0P
C2_EDATA0N
C2_ODATA1P
C2_ODATA1N
C2_ODATA0P
C2_ODATA0N
GND
C1_EDATA1P
C1_EDATA1N
C1_EDATA0P
C1_EDATA0N
C1_ODATA1P
C1_ODATA1N
C1_ODATA0P
C1_ODATA0N
GND
C0_EDATA1P
C0_EDATA1N
C0_EDATA0P
C0_EDATA0N
C0_ODATA1P
C0_ODATA1N
C0_ODATA0P
C0_ODATA0N
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
Subheat pulse output (PM)
Subheat pulse output (M)
Subheat pulse output (Y)
Heat pulse output (PM)
Heat pulse output (M)
Heat pulse output (Y)
GND
Head data latch signal + output
Head data latch signal - output
Head data transfer clock + output
Head data transfer clock - output
GND
Odd nozzle data 1 + output (PM)
Odd nozzle data 1 - output (PM)
Odd nozzle data 0 + output (PM)
Odd nozzle data 0 - output (PM)
Even nozzle data 1 + output (PM)
Even nozzle data 1 - output (PM)
Even nozzle data 0 + output (PM)
Even nozzle data 0 - output (PM)
GND
Odd nozzle data 1 + output (M)
Odd nozzle data 1 - output (M)
Odd nozzle data 0 + output (M)
Odd nozzle data 0 - output (M)
Even nozzle data 1 + output (M)
Even nozzle data 1 - output (M)
Even nozzle data 0 + output (M)
Even nozzle data 0 - output (M )
GND
Odd nozzle data 1 + output (Y)
Odd nozzle data 1 - output (Y)
Odd nozzle data 0 + output (Y)
Odd nozzle data 0 - output (Y)
Even nozzle data 1 + output (Y)
Even nozzle data 1 - output (Y)
Even nozzle data 0 + output (Y)
Even nozzle data 0 - output (Y)
GND
5-86
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J406
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Signal name
GND
C3_SUBH
C4_SUBH
C5_SUBH
C3_HENB
C4_HENB
C5_HENB
GND
C3_EDATA1P
C3_EDATA1N
C3_EDATA0P
C3_EDATA0N
C3_ODATA1P
C3_ODATA1N
C3_ODATA0P
C3_ODATA0N
GND
C4_EDATA1P
C4_EDATA1N
C4_EDATA0P
C4_EDATA0N
C4_ODATA1P
C4_ODATA1N
C4_ODATA0P
C4_ODATA0N
GND
C5_EDATA1P
C5_EDATA1N
C5_EDATA0P
C5_EDATA0N
C5_ODATA1P
C5_ODATA1N
C5_ODATA0P
C5_ODATA0N
GND
ADC_DRET
ADC_DSET
ADC_CLK
ADC_CS
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
Subheat pulse output (C)
Subheat pulse output (PC)
Subheat pulse output (BK)
Heat pulse output (C)
Heat pulse output (PC)
Heat pulse output (BK)
GND
Odd nozzle data 1 + output (C)
Odd nozzle data 1 - output (C)
Odd nozzle data 0 + output (C)
Odd nozzle data 0 - output (C)
Even nozzle data 1 + output (C)
Even nozzle data 1 - output (C)
Even nozzle data 0 + output (C)
Even nozzle data 0 - output (C)
GND
Odd nozzle data 1 + output (PC)
Odd nozzle data 1 - output (PC)
Odd nozzle data 0 + output (PC)
Odd nozzle data 0 - output (PC)
Even nozzle data 1 + output (PC)
Even nozzle data 1 - output (PC)
Even nozzle data 0 + output (PC)
Even nozzle data 0 - output (PC)
GND
Odd nozzle data 1 + output (BK)
Odd nozzle data 1 - output (BK)
Odd nozzle data 0 + output (BK)
Odd nozzle data 0 - output (BK)
Even nozzle data 1 + output (BK)
Even nozzle data 1 - output (BK )
Even nozzle data 0 + output (BK)
Even nozzle data 0 - output (BK)
GND
AD converter receive data
AC converter transmit data
Clock for AD converter data transfer
GND
5-87
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J407
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Signal name
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
VM
VM
VM
VM
VM
GND
+5V
+5V
LVDSENB
+3.3V
VHENB
H5VENB
PIGMENT
GND
PLEDON
DCDC_OVP
PSNS
PLED
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
BAIAS
JOINTSNS
GND
HEADEEPCLK
HEADEEPRD
HEADEEPWD
HEADEEPCS
CRENCB
CRENCA
GND
DACLK
ADTRG
DADT
DLD
DSOUT1A
DSOUT2A
GND
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
Function
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
Differential IC (for reception) output enable signal
Head drive voltage ON/OFF control signal
Head 5V power supply ON/OFF control signal
Head drive voltage changing signal
GND
LED ON/OFF control signal for media sensor
DC-DC converter error detection signal
Media sensor detection signal
LED light intensity control signal for media
sensor
Head overcurrent detection signal
Carriage cover opening and closing detection signal
GND
Head EEPROM data transfer clock signal
Head EEPROM read data
Head EEPROM write data
Linear scale phase signal B
Linear scale phase signal A
GND
ASIC control data transfer clock signal
Head DI sensor output sample signal
ASIC control data signal
ASIC control data load signal
ASIC output analog signal 1
GND
5-88
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J408
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Signal name
GND
NC
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
SREQ
GND
SACK
NC
GND
GND
GND
CEDATA1
GND
CEDATA4
CEDATA5
CEDATA7
GND
CEDATA10
CEDATA11
CEDATA13
GND
CEDATA16
CEDATA17
CEDATA19
GND
CEDATA22
CEDATA23
CEDATA25
GND
CEDATA28
CEDATA29
CEDATA31
STANDBY
NC
NC
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
RESETC
NC
NC
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Function
GND
NC
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
NC
NC
GND
Status request signal
GND
Status acknowledge signal
NC
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
NC
NC
Controller reset signal
NC
NC
GND
5-89
Part 5: Maintenance
Pin number
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
W8200
Signal name
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
CREQ
CACK
GND
READY
GND
DCLK
GND
CEDATA0
CEDATA2
CEDATA3
GND
CEDATA6
CEDATA8
CEDATA9
GND
CEDATA12
CEDATA14
CEDATA15
GND
CEDATA18
CEDATA20
CEDATA21
GND
CEDATA24
CEDATA26
CEDATA27
GND
CEDATA30
START
+5V
NC
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+3.3V
WAKE
NC
NC
GND
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
Function
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
Command request signal
Command acknowledge signal
GND
Image data request signal
GND
Image data transfer synchronous signal
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
NC
Wake signal from sleep mode
NC
NC
GND
5-90
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J412
Pin number
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
Signal name
VM
MISTPWM_R
ASF_A
ASF_B
ASF_BN
ASF_AN
NC
NC
VM
PGA
PGAN
PGB
PGBN
NC
GND
ASFHP
+5V
GND
PGHP
+5V
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
VM
KYUINPWM_R
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
Air flow fan right drive signal
Pump motor phase excitation signal A
Pump motor phase excitation signal B
Pump motor phase excitation signal BN
Pump motor phase excitation signal AN
NC
NC
Purge motor phase excitation signal A
Purge motor phase excitation signal AN
Purge motor phase excitation signal B
Purge motor phase excitation signal BN
NC
GND
Pump motor home position signal
GND
Purge motor home position signal
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
Suction fan drive signal
GND
5-91
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J414
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Signal name
COVERSOL_L
GND
SUBLF_CL
PINCH_CL
ATUKAI_CL
MISTPWM_L2
ROLLCVR
GND
LFENCB
LFENCA
SUBLF_HP
LFMAIN_A
LFMAIN_B
LFMAIN_AN
LFMAIN_BN
GND
SUBLF_A
SUBLF_B
SUBLF_AN
SUBLF_BN
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
Upper cover lock solenoid left drive signal
GND
Roll media feed clutch drive signal
Pinch roller up/down clutch drive signal
Follow roller up/down clutch drive signal
Manual tray opening and closing detection signal
GND
Encoder slit rotation detection signal (B phase)
Encoder slit rotation detection signal (A phase)
Pinch roller up/down detection signal
Feed motor phase excitation signal (A)
Feed motor phase excitation signal (B)
Feed motor phase excitation signal (AN)
Feed motor phase excitation signal (BN)
GND
Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (A)
Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (B)
Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (AN)
Roll media drive motor phase excitation signal (BN)
Signal name
GND
SUBLF_OUT2
SUBLF_OUT1
GND
LFMAIN_OUT2
LFMAIN_OUT1
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
Roll media drive motor maximum phase current (Vref2)
GND
Feed motor maximum phase current (Vref2)
Signal name
GND
GND
+3.3V
+3.3V
IN/OUT
IN
IN
Function
GND
GND
Signal name
GND
+5V
MGND
VM
MGND_CRM
MGND_CRM
VM_CRM
VM_CRM
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
GND
GND
GND for VM_CRM
GND for VM_CRM
J415
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
J417
Pin number
1
2
3
4
J418
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5-92
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J419
Pin number
1
2
Signal name
START
STANDBY
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
Function
Signal name
VM
MGND
+5V
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
GND
Signal name
GND
CUTSNS_L
MIST_L_GND
MISTFAN_L
KYUINPWM_L
VM
IN/OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Function
GND
Cutter unit left detection signal
GND for air flow fan left
Air flow fan left drive signal
Suction fan left drive signal
Signal name
GND
INK_HP
+5V
INKM_P
INKM_N
+5V
NC
FUTO_CLMP
FUTO_ON
FUTO_CMP1
NC
GND
CUTM_N
CUTM_P
CUTSNS_R
GND
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN/OUT
IN/OUT
IN
Function
GND
Valve cam home position signal
Valve motor rotation signal P
Valve motor rotation signal N
NC
Head management sensor contorol signal
Head management sensor ON signal
Ink dots detection signal
NC
GND
Cutter motor rotation signal P
Cutter motor rotation signal N
Cutter unit right detection signal
GND
J421
Pin number
1
2
3
4
J423
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
J424
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
5-93
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J427
Pin number
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
B13
B14
B15
B16
B17
B18
Signal name
+3.3V
GND
EEPWD
TANKEEPRD
EEPCLK
TANKCS5
TANKCS4
TANKCS3
TANKCS2
TANKCS1
TANKCS0
GND
LM_SENSE
LC_SENSE
Y_SENSE
M_SENSE
C_SENSE
BK_SENSE
GND
ROLLEND
+5V
GND
HIKIDASHISET
+5V
GND
KAATSU
+5V
GND
CRGHP
+5V
GND
MEDIA
+5V
NC
NC
NC
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Function
GND
Tank EEPROM write data signal
Tank EEPROM read data signal
Tank EEPROM data clock signal
Tank EEPROM select signal (BK)
Tank EEPROM select signal (PC)
Tank EEPROM select signal (C)
Tank EEPROM select signal (PM)
Tank EEPROM select signal (M)
Tank EEPROM select signal (Y)
GND
Remaining ink level detection signal (PM)
Remaining ink level detection signal (PC)
Remaining ink level detection signal (Y)
Remaining ink level detection signal (M)
Remaining ink level detection signal (C)
Remaining ink level detection signal (BK)
GND
Roll media end detection signal
GND
Roll media tray set detection signal
GND
Roll media set detection signal
GND
Carriage homeposition detection signal
GND
Media detection signal
NC
NC
NC
5-94
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J211
J210
J209
J203
J208
J206
J212
J205
J213
Figure 5-51 Carriage Relay PCB

J203
Pin number
1
2
3
Signal name
RGV19
HGND
GNDR
IN/OUT
OUT
Function
Power supply for driving head
GND
GND
Signal name
GND
JOINTSNS
+5V
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
Function
GND
Signal name
CRENCB
+5V
CRENCA
GND
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
IN
Function
GND
Signal name
PTC
IN/OUT
OUT
PTE
IN
PLED_A
OUT
PLED_K
IN
NC
Function
Media sensor
supply
Media sensor
signal
Media sensor
supply
Media sensor
signal
NC
J205
Pin number
1
2
3
J206
Pin number
1
2
3
4
J208
Pin number
1
5-95
light-receiving element power

light-receiving element detection
light-emitting element power
light-emitting element ON/OFF
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J209
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Signal name
GND
DSOUT2A
DSOUT1A
DLD
DADT
ADTRG
DACLK
GND
CRENCA
CRENCB
HEADEEPCS
HEADEEPWD
HEADEEPRD
HEADEEPCLK
GND
JOINTSNS
BAIAS
PLED
PSNS
DCDC_OVP
PLEDON
GND
PIGMENT
H5VENB
VHENB
+3.3V
LVDSENB
+5V
+5V
GND
VM
VM
VM
VM
VM
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
MGND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
GND
ASIC control data load signal
ASIC control data signal
Head DI sensor output sample signal
ASIC control data transfer clock signal
GND
Head EEPROM write data
Head EEPROM read data
Head EEPROM data transfer clock signal
GND
Head overcurrent detection signal
LED control signal for media sensor
Media sensor detection signal
DC-DC converter error detection signal
LED ON/OFF control signal for media sensor
GND
Head drive voltage changing signal
Head 5V power supply ON/OFF control signal
Head driving power supply ON/OFF control signal
Differential IC (for reception) output enable signal
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
Signal name
GND
ADC_CS
ADC_CLK
ADC_DSET
ADC_DRET
GND
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
Function
GND
AD converter transmit data
AD converter receive data
GND
J210
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
5-96
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
Pin number
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Signal name
C5_ODATA0N
C5_ODATA0P
C5_ODATA1N
C5_ODATA1P
C5_EDATA0N
C5_EDATA0P
C5_EDATA1N
C5_EDATA1P
GND
C4_ODATA0N
C4_ODATA0P
C4_ODATA1N
C4_ODATA1P
C4_EDATA0N
C4_EDATA0P
C4_EDATA1N
C4_EDATA1P
GND
C3_ODATA0N
C3_ODATA0P
C3_ODATA1N
C3_ODATA1P
C3_EDATA0N
C3_EDATA0P
C3_EDATA1N
C3_EDATA1P
GND
C5_HENB
C4_HENB
C3_HENB
C5_SUBH
C4_SUBH
C3_SUBH
GND
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
Even nozzle data 0- output (BK)
Even nozzle data 0+ output (BK)
Even nozzle data 1- output (BK)
Even nozzle data 1+ output (BK)
Odd nozzle data 0- output (BK)
Odd nozzle data 0+ output (BK)
Odd nozzle data 1- output (BK)
Odd nozzle data 1+ output (BK)
GND
Even nozzle data 0- output (PC)
Even nozzle data 0+ output (PC)
Even nozzle data 1- output (PC)
Even nozzle data 1+ output (PC)
Odd nozzle data 0- output (PC)
Odd nozzle data 0+ output (PC)
Odd nozzle data 1- output (PC)
Odd nozzle data 1+ output (PC)
GND
Even nozzle data 0- output (C)
Even nozzle data 0+ output (C)
Even nozzle data 1- output (C)
Even nozzle data 1+ output (C)
Odd nozzle data 0- output (C)
Odd nozzle data 0+ output (C)
Odd nozzle data 1- output (C)
Odd nozzle data 1+ output (C)
GND
GND
Signal name
GND
C0_ODATA0N
C0_ODATA0P
C0_ODATA1N
C0_ODATA1P
C0_EDATA0N
C0_EDATA0P
C0_EDATA1N
C0_EDATA1P
GND
C1_ODATA0N
C1_ODATA0P
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
GND
Even nozzle data 0- output (Y)
Even nozzle data 0+ output (Y)
Even nozzle data 1- output (Y)
Even nozzle data 1+ output (Y)
Odd nozzle data 0- output (Y)
Odd nozzle data 0+ output (Y)
Odd nozzle data 1- output (Y)
Odd nozzle data 1+ output (Y)
GND
Even nozzle data 0- output (M)
Even nozzle data 0+ output (M)
J211
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
5-97
Part 5: Maintenance
Pin number
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
W8200
Signal name
C1_ODATA1N
C1_ODATA1P
C1_EDATA0N
C1_EDATA0P
C1_EDATA1N
C1_EDATA1P
GND
C2_ODATA0N
C2_ODATA0P
C2_ODATA1N
C2_ODATA1P
C2_EDATA0N
C2_EDATA0P
C2_EDATA1N
C2_EDATA1P
GND
HDCLKN
HDCLKP
HDLTN
HDLTP
GND
C0_HENB
C1_HENB
C2_HENB
C0_SUBH
C1_SUBH
C2_SUBH
GND
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
Even nozzle data 1- output (M)
Even nozzle data 1+ output (M)
Odd nozzle data 0- output (M)
Odd nozzle data 0+ output (M)
Odd nozzle data 1- output (M)
Odd nozzle data 1+ output (M)
GND
Even nozzle data 0- output (PM)
Even nozzle data 0+ output (PM)
Even nozzle data 1- output (PM)
Even nozzle data 1+ output (PM)
Odd nozzle data 0- output (PM)
Odd nozzle data 0+ output (PM)
Odd nozzle data 1- output (PM)
Odd nozzle data 1+ output (PM)
GND
Head data transfer clock - output
Head data transfer clock + output
Head data latch signal - output
Head data latch signal + output
GND
GND
Signal name
C0_HENB_B
C1_HENB_B
C2_HENB_B
C0SUBH
C1SUBH
C2SUBH
C3SUBH
C4SUBH
C5SUBH
C3_HENB_B
C4_HENB_B
C5_HENB_B
GND
DACLKX
GND
DSOUT2
DSOUT1
DLDX
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
Function
Heat pulse input (Y)
Heat pulse input (M)
Heat pulse input (PM)
Subheat pulse input (Y)
Subheat pulse input (M)
Subheat pulse input (PM)
Subheat pulse input (C)
Subheat pulse input (PC)
Subheat pulse input (BK)
Heat pulse input (C)
Heat pulse input (PC)
Heat pulse input (BK)
GND
Receiver ASIC input data clock
GND
Receiver ASIC analog output
Receiver ASIC analog output
Receiver ASIC input data latch signal
J212
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
5-98
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
Pin number
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Signal name
DADTX
DASHX
GND
HEADEEPCLKX
HEADEEPRDX
HEADEEPWDX
HEADEEPCSX
VHFBH
VHFBG
+5V
H5V
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
Receiver ASIC input data
Receiver ASIC output sample hold
GND
Head EEPROM data transfer clock
Head EEPROM read signal
Head EEPROM write signal
NC
NC
Power supply for driving head logic (+5.1V)
GND
Signal name
GND
C3_ODATA0
C3_ODATA1
C3_EDATA0
C3_EDATA1
C4_ODATA0
C4_ODATA1
C4_EDATA0
C4_EDATA1
C5_ODATA0
C5_ODATA1
C5_EDATA0
C5_EDATA1
GND
C0_ODATA0
C0_ODATA1
GND
C0_EDATA0
C0_EDATA1
C1_ODATA0
C1_ODATA1
C1_EDATA0
C1_EDATA1
C2_ODATA0
C2_ODATA1
C2_EDATA0
C2_EDATA1
HDCLK
HDLT
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
Even nozzle data 0 (C)
Odd nozzle data 0 (C)
Even nozzle data 0 (PC)
Odd nozzle data 0 (PC)
Even nozzle data 0 (BK)
Odd nozzle data 0 (BK)
GND
Even nozzle data 0 (Y)
GND
Odd nozzle data 0 (Y)
Even nozzle data 0 (M)
Odd nozzle data 0 (M)
Even nozzle data 0 (PM)
Odd nozzle data 0 (PM)
Head data transfer clock
Head data latch signal
GND
J213
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
5-99
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
8.4 Head Relay PCB
J1107
J1108
J1102
J1104
J1105
J1106
Figure 5-52 Head Relay PCB

J1102
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Signal name
RGV19
RGV19
C0SUBH
C3_HENB_B
DIAC1
HEADEEPWDX
HEADEEPCLKX
H5V
C2_ODATA0
DIALC1
VHT
RGV19
RGV19
RGV19
RGV19
C3_ODATA0
C1_EDATA0
HEADEEPRDX
C3SUBH
HEADEEPCSX
H5V
C2_EDATA1
C4_ODATA1
C5_EDATA1
RGV19
RGV19
DIAM0
C1_ODATA0
C0_ODATA0
C0_ODATA1
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
DI sensor signal 1 (C)
DI sensor signal 1 (PC)
Power supply for driving transistor in head
DI sensor signal 0 (M)
5-100
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
Pin number
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
Signal name
DIAY1
C1_HENB_B
HDCLK
DIAC0
DIALM0
C5_HENB_B
C4_EDATA1
C5_EDATA0
C5_ODATA0
C0_EDATA0
DIAY0
C1_ODATA1
C0_EDATA1
DIAM1
C0_HENB_B
C1SUBH
DIALM1
C4_HENB_B
C5_ODATA1
DIAK1
DIAK0
DIALC0
VHFBG
HGND
HGND
HDLT
C1_EDATA1
GND
C2_HENB_B
C2SUBH
C5SUBH
C4_ODATA0
C4SUBH
HGND
HGND
HGND
HGND
C3_ODATA1
C3_EDATA1
C3_EDATA0
GND
GND
C2_ODATA1
C4_EDATA0
C2_EDATA0
HGND
HGND
HGND
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
DI sensor signal 1 (Y)
DI sensor signal 0 (C)
DI sensor signal 0 (PM)
DI sensor signal 0 (Y)
DI sensor signal 1 (M)
DI sensor signal 1 (PM)
DI sensor signal 1 (BK)
DI sensor signal 0 (BK)
DI sensor signal 0 (PC)
NC
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
5-101
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J1104
Pin number
1
Signal name
RGV19
IN/OUT
IN
Function
Signal name
MGND
IN/OUT
Function
GND for VM
Signal name
MGND
IN/OUT
Function
GND for VM
Signal name
GND
HDLT
HDCLK
C2_EDATA1
C2_EDATA0
C2_ODATA1
C2_ODATA0
C1_EDATA1
C1_EDATA0
C1_ODATA1
C1_ODATA0
C0_EDATA1
C0_EDATA0
GND
C0_ODATA1
C0_ODATA0
GND
C5_EDATA1
C5_EDATA0
C5_ODATA1
C5_ODATA0
C4_EDATA1
C4_EDATA0
C4_ODATA1
C4_ODATA0
C3_EDATA1
C3_EDATA0
C3_ODATA1
C3_ODATA0
GND
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
GND
GND
GND
GND
J1105
Pin number
1
J1106
Pin number
1
J1107
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
5-102
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J1108
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Signal name
GND
H5V
+5V
VHFBG
VHFBH
HEADEEPCSX
HEADEEPWDX
HEADEEPRDX
HEADEEPCLKX
GND
DASHX
DADTX
DLDX
DSOUT1
DSOUT2
GND
DACLKX
GND
C5_HENB_B
C4_HENB_B
C3_HENB_B
C5SUBH
C4SUBH
C3SUBH
C2SUBH
C1SUBH
C0SUBH
C2_HENB_B
C1_HENB_B
C0_HENB_B
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
GND
NC
NC
GND
ASIC output sample hold
ASIC input data
ASIC input data latch signal
ASIC analog output
ASIC analog output
GND
ASIC input data clock
GND
Heat pulse input (BK)
Heat pulse input (PC)
Heat pulse input (C)
Subheat pulse input (BK)
Subheat pulse input (PC)
Subheat pulse input (C)
Subheat pulse input (PM)
Subheat pulse input (M)
Subheat pulse input (Y)
Heat pulse input (PM)
Heat pulse input (M)
Heat pulse input (Y)
5-103
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200

J1002
J1003
J1001
J1004
J1005
J1007
J1008
J1006
Figure 5-53 Motor Driver PCB

J1001
Pin number
1
2
3
4
Signal name
VM
MGND
+5V
GND
IN/OUT
IN
IN
Function
GND
GND
Signal name
SUBLF_BN
SUBLF_AN
SUBLF_B
SUBLF_A
GND
LFMAIN_BN
LFMAIN_AN
LFMAIN_B
LFMAIN_A
SUBLF_HP
LFENCA
LFENCB
GND
ROLLCVR
MISTPWM_L2
ATUKAI_CL
PINCH_CL
SUBLF_CL
MISTPWM_L1
COVERSOL_L
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
GND
Feed motor phase excitation signal (BN)
Feed motor phase excitation signal (AN)
Feed motor phase excitation signal (B)
Feed motor phase excitation signal (A)
Pinch roll up/down detection signal
GND
Tray opening and closing detection signal
J1002
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
5-104
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J1003
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Signal name
LFENCB
+5V
LFENCA
GND
GND
ROLLCVR
+5V
GND
SUBLF_HP
+5V
IN/OUT
IN
OUT
IN
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Function
GND
GND
Tray opening and closing detection signal
GND
Pinch roll up/down detection signal
Signal name
VM
NC
PINCH_CL
VM
COVERSOL_L
VM
MISTPWM_L1
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
NC
Signal name
LFMAIN_OUT1
LFMAIN_OUT2
GND
SUBLF_OUT1
SUBLF_OUT2
GND
IN/OUT
IN
IN
IN
IN
Function
GND
GND
Signal name
VM
VM
SUBLF_AN
SUBLF_A
SUBLF_B
SUBLF_BN
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
J1004
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
J1005
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
J1006
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
5-105
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J1007
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Signal name
VM
VM
LFMAIN_A
LFMAIN_AN
LFMAIN_B
LFMAIN_BN
NC
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
Feed motor phase excitation
NC
Signal name
VM
SUBLF_CL
VM
ATUKAI_CL
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
signal
signal
signal
signal
(A)
(AN)
(B)
(BN)
J1008
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5-106
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
8.6 Power Supply
J104
J101
J102
J105
J103
Figure 5-54 Power Supply

J101
Pin number
1
2
Signal name
IN/OUT
Function
Power supply (AC 100V to AC 240V)
Power supply (AC 100V to AC 240V)
Signal name
GND
+5V
MGND
VM
MGND_CRM
MGND_CRM
VM_CRM
VM_CRM
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
Power supply
GND
Power supply
GND
GND
Power supply
Power supply
Signal name
GND
GND
+3.3V
+3.3V
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
GND
J102
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
(+5.1V)
(+26.5V)
(+26.5V)
(+26.5V)
J103
Pin number
1
2
3
4
5-107
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
J104
Pin number
1
2
3
4
Signal name
VM
MGND
+5V
GND
IN/OUT
OUT
OUT
Function
GND
GND
Signal name
START
STANDBY
IN/OUT
OUT
IN
Function
Stead-state input power supply (+3.3V)
J105
Pin number
1
2
5-108
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
9. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
Refer to Parts Catalog for the part layouts on each board.
5-109
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200

8
General Circuit Diagram(1/5)
(To Carriage Relay PCB)
35
33
36
34
29
28
25
21
24
19
22
18
15
16
10
37
40
33
36
34
25
28
26
23
24
19
20
13
12
10
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
7
8
1
2
4 3
39
40
35
33
36
34
29
27
30
28
25
26
21
22
19
20
17
18
13
16
14
11
12
10
38
40
MGND
39
MGND
MGND
MGND
VM
37
7
8
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
36
35
VM
VM
VM
34
33
MGND
32
31
GND
LVDSENBX
15
30
29
VM
28
27
+5V
26
25
VHENBX
GND
GND
PLEDONX
DCDC_OVP
PSNS
23
24
24
23
+5V
22
21
+3.3V
20
19
H5VENBX
18
17
XJOINTSNS
GND
HEADEEPRDX
HEADEEPWDX
HEADEEPCSX
31
32
16
15
PLED
14
13
BAIAS
12
11
XCRENCB
GND
DACLKX
DADTX
37
38
10
9
HEADEEPCLKX
8
7
XCRENCA
6
5
DLDX
DSOUT2_A
GND
C3_SUBH
3
4
J405
4
3
ADTRGX
2
1
DSOUT1_A
40
39
C4_SUBH
C5_SUBH
C3_HENB
5
38
37
GND
36
35
C4_HENB
C3_ODATA0P
11
14
34
33
C3_ODATA0N
C3_EDATA0P
C3_EDATA0N
15
16
32
31
C3_ODATA1P
C3_EDATA1P
17
18
30
29
C5_HENB
28
27
GND
26
25
C3_EDATA1N
C4_ODATA0P
C4_ODATA0N
C4_ODATA1P
21
22
24
23
C3_ODATA1N
22
21
GND
20
19
C4_EDATA0P
C4_EDATA1P
27
C4_EDATA1N
C5_ODATA0P
29
30
18
17
GND
C5_ODATA1P
31
32
16
15
C4_ODATA1N
14
13
C4_EDATA0N
12
11
C5_ODATA0N
C5_EDATA1P
C5_EDATA0P
C5_EDATA1N
35
38
10
9
C5_ODATA1N
8
7
ADC_DRETX
ADC_DSETX
39
6
5
ADC_CLKX
GND
4
3
C5_EDATA0N
2
1
GND
C1_SUBH
40
39
ADC_CSX
38
37
C0_SUBH
C1_HENB
C0_HENB
GND
HDLTP
11
12
36
35
C2_SUBH
34
33
HDLTN
HDCLKP
13
14
32
31
C2_HENB
30
29
GND
C2_EDATA1N
C2_EDATA0N
17
20
28
27
HDCLKN
26
25
C2_EDATA1P
24
23
C2_ODATA1P
C2_ODATA0P
GND
23
26
22
21
C2_EDATA0P
20
19
C2_ODATA0N
C1_EDATA1N
C1_EDATA0P
C1_EDATA0N
27
30
18
17
C2_ODATA1N
16
15
C1_ODATA1P
C1_ODATA1N
C1_ODATA0P
31
32
14
13
C1_EDATA1P
12
11
GND
C0_EDATA1N
C0_EDATA0P
C0_EDATA0N
37
38
10
9
C1_ODATA0N
8
7
C0_ODATA1P
C0_ODATA1N
C0_ODATA0P
C0_ODATA0N
GND
40
6
5
C0_EDATA1P
4
3
39
COR5

J209
J210
2
GND
J211
4 3
J407
J406
E
J420
J401
8
DIPSW1
DIPSW2
DIPSW3
DIPSW4
DIPSW5
+3.3V
GND
DIPSW0
GND
+3.3V
NC
+5V
+24V
Engine Controller (1/4)
J417
J427A
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
VM
XCOVERSOL_R
VM
3
3
4
4
J105
7
7
8
8
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
3
2
MT1
Power Supply
XTANKSOL
+5V
TANKCVR
GND
GND
LM_SENSE
Y_SENSE
M_SENSE
BK_SENSE
3
J84
J49
J101
J104
4
MT6
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
10
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
J24L
1
1
PM
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
2
2
3
3
J43
4
4
5
5
6
6
1
1
2
2
3
3
J48
BK
4
4
5
5
1
1
PC
2
2
3
3
4
4
TANK_ESCS3
EEPROM_SK
EEPROM_RD
GND
+3.3V
6
6
J47
EEPROM_WD
TANK_ESCS4
EEPROM_SK
EEPROM_RD
EEPROM_WD
GND
+3.3V
TANK_ESCS5
EEPROM_SK
GND
1
1
EEPROM_RD
+3.3V
6
6
EEPROM_WD
TANK_ESCS0
EEPROM_SK
EEPROM_RD
GND
+3.3V
6
6
J44
EEPROM_WD
TANK_ESCS1
EEPROM_SK
EEPROM_RD
EEPROM_WD
GND
+3.3V
EEPROM_SK
EEPROM_RD
EEPROM_WD
GND
TANK_ESCS2
6
6
J45
5
5
6
6
J40L
SR11
SL1
MT7
FT3
SW2
FT4
Upper cover
sensor (L)
FT12
NO
5
5
J42L
Right cover lock

solenoid
SL2
Upper cover lock
solenoid (R)
SL
J40D
COM
4
4
SL
NC
3
3
SW1
NO
J41L
J42D
J42H
COM
J24H
NC
J82L
B
2
J41D
J41H
J82D
J24D
3
1
MT5
10
(To Motor Driver PCB)
J50
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
+3.3V
NC
J1
FT2
Tank Relay PCB
COR1
MT4
J102
J6
1
2
3
C_SENSE
LC_SENSE
BK_SENSE
C_SENSE
M_SENSE
Y_SENSE
LC_SENSE
LM_SENSE
GND
TANKCS0
TANKCS1
TANKCS2
TANKCS3
TANKCS4
TANKCS5
EEPCLK
TANKEEPRDX
GND
EEPWD
+3.3V
VM_CRM
VM_CRM
+5V
GND
STANDBY
START
+3.3V
+3.3V
GND
GND
1
J103
2
2
FT11
FT10
FT9
FT8
FT7
FT6
FT5
FT1
J404
J403
VM
J418
MGND
J419
FT13
Upper cover
sensor (R)
Right cover sensor
J46
5-110
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
D
J412A
1
10 11 12 13 14
10 11 12 13 14
10 11 12 13 14
10 11 12 13 14
J27D
J27L
+5V
XCRGHP
J30D
J30H
J30L
J28D
J28L
GND
KYUINPWM
MIST_L_GND
N.C.
ASF_BN
ASF_B
COR3
ASF_A
J19H
XMIST_R_GND
J19D
XMIST_R
+5V
GND
SR2
Roll media
end sensor
J26D
J26L
J11H
J11L
J5005D
J5005H
J5005L
4
2
J13D
J13H
J13L
SR1
Roll media tray

set sensor
2
2
1
1
J18D
Feed
sensor
J18L
J7011
2
J64H
1
J64L
M1
J16D
J16L
Carriage
motor
SR7
2
2
J11D
J31D
J31H
J31L
SR12
Roll media
set sensor
1
1
J19L
GND
KYUINPWM_R
VM
J25L
J17D
J17H
J17L
GND
J25D
VM
MIST_L
CUTSNS
+5V
XROLLFEED
GND
+5V
XMEDIA
GND
XKAATSU
GND
+5V
+5V
GND
XROLLEND
XHIKIDASHISET
COR2
N.C.
6
6
OUTC
5
5
OUTA
4
4
OUTB
3
3
+5V
2
2
XPGHP
1
1
GND
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
+5V
9
9
N.C.
8
8
J409
XASFHP
7
7
GND
6
6
PGBN
5
5
PGB
4
4
PGAN
3
3
PGA
2
2
VM
1
1
J412B
N.C.
J423
ASF_AN
J427WH
J427B
J20D
J21D
J20L
J21L
J7020D
J7020H
M5
J7020L
Pump
motor
SR8
Carriage home
position sensor
M4
Purge
motor
J23D
J23L
Suction
fan (R)
J15D
J15H
J15L
FM1
SR9
J22D
Cap
sensor
SR10
Pump home
position sensor
J35D
2
1
1
2
J10D
2
1
2
SW5
Cutter left
switch
J7012D
J7012H
J35L
FM4
Air flow
fan (L)
J7021D
J7021H
J35H
J10H
J10L
J7012L
FM5
FM3
Suction
fan (L)
Air flow
fan (R)
5-111
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
3
4
4
3
+5V
GND
J32
MGND
VM
J421
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
J1007
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
J1006
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
4
1
2
4 3
5
1
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
8
7
6
5
J414
4
3
2
1
6
5
4
J415
2
1
J1003
1
2
3
4
J36D
J36H
J36L
J71L
SL3
Upper cover lock

solenoid (L)
J61
GND
CUTSNS_R
CUTM_N
CUTM_P
GND
MONITOR
FUTO_CMP1
FUTO_ON
FUTO_CLMP
TEST
+5V
J71D
J71H
J33L
J33H
J33D
SL
Feed roller
sensor
LF_LHB
Motor Driver
+5V
Pinch roller sensor

5
INKM_N
Tray sensor
SR13
INKM_P
+5V
INK_HP
GND
LF_LHA
GND
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
GND
ROLLCVR
+5V
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
GND
SR14
J69L
J69D
J63L
J59L
+5V
SUBLF_HP
10
J63D
J70L
J70D
M3
Roll drive motor
J59H
J59D
10
VM
1
VM
SUBLF_AN
J424
1
GND
LFSUB_OUT2
SUBLF_A
J1005
LFSUB_OUT1
M2
Feed motor
SUBLF_B
GND
LF_A
VM
J62L
SUBLF_BN
6
LFMAIN_OUT2
LF_AN
VM
LFMAIN_OUT1
LF_B
GND
COVERSOL_L
PINCH_CL
ATUKAI_CL
SUBLF_CL
GND
XROLLCVR
XLFENCB
XLFENCA
GND
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
10
11
SUBLF_HP
12
LFMAIN_A
13
LFMAIN_B
14
LFMAIN_AN
LF_BN
15
LFMAIN_BN
16
GND
NC
17
SUBLFM_A
J62H
J62D
J1002
SUBLFM_B
18
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
J14
19
SUBLFM_AN
10 11 12
20
SUBLFM_BN
Option Board
C
7
CVRSOLL
VM
J5001D
6
10
11
J5001H
J67D
J67H
J67L
J73
Pinch roller up/down clutch

1
2
J1008
CL
J68L
CL1
1
J68H
J68D
VM
SUBLFCL
J5006H
J5006D
VM
J5006L
Valve Motor Unit
ATUKAICL
CL
Valve motor
CL3
M6
SR3
Cam sensor
Pinch roller clutch
J5001L
10
11
J5003H
J5003
J5007
CL2
CL
J72
1
J66L
J66H
J66D
VM
J1004
PINCHCL
NC
J74
Roll feed clutch
J1001
J12
7
J7
2
J34D
J34H
GND
+5V
MGND
Head management
sensor
2
2
VM
M7
1
1
SW6
Cutter
Cutter right
motor
switch
J104
From Power Supply
Cutter right switch
5-112
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
2
3
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
6
3
7
4
8
GND
NC
+3.3V
+3.3V
NC
START
GND
CEDATA26
GND
CEDATA20
GND
CEDATA14
GND
CEDATA8
GND
CEDATA2
GND
GND
GND
CREQ
GND
GND
GND
NC
NC
NC
WAKE
+3.3V
+3.3V
+5V
CEDATA30
CEDATA27
CEDATA24
CEDATA21
CEDATA18
CEDATA15
CEDATA12
CEDATA9
CEDATA6
CEDATA3
CEDATA0
DCLK
READY
CACK
GND
NC
NC
GND
GND
GND
GND
NC
+3.3V
+3.3V
NC
STANDBY
CEDATA29
GND
CEDATA23
GND
CEDATA17
GND
CEDATA11
GND
CEDATA5
GND
GND
GND
SACK
SREQ
NC
GND
NC
NC
NC
NC
RESETC
+3.3V
+3.3V
NC
CEDATA31
CEDATA28
CEDATA25
CEDATA22
CEDATA19
CEDATA16
CEDATA13
CEDATA10
CEDATA7
CEDATA4
CEDATA1
GND
NC
GND
GND
NC
NC
GND
NC
GND
GND
0TR
TX0
RX0
C0
GND
NC
NC
NC
+3.3V
VDD
TRST
NC
6
8
9 10 11 12
CKSTP_OUT
HRESET
SRESET
TMS
TCK
HALTED
T0I
T00
RI
CTS
RTS
DSR

J6
J85
+3.3V
PC90
PC00
PCLK
P0I
GND
SOFT_SW1
SOFT_SW2
9 11 13 15
8 10 12 14 16
7
6
5
J3
4
T0CT
GND
GND
R0CT
R0+
R0G_LED+
G_LEDY_LED+
Y_LED-
2
1
J4
T0+
T0-
J5
Option
(IEEE1394 or USB)
(Board to Board)
9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
J13
52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 100
System Controller
J408 (Controller I/F)

51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83 85 87 89 91 93 95 97 99
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
(Board to Board)
J7
J2 (Engine I/F)
99 97 95 93 91 89 87 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61 59 57 55 53 51
3.3V
3.3V
GND
AD0
AD2
AD4
AD6
GND
CBE0
AD9
AD11
GND
AD13
AD15
PAR
GND
PERR
STOP
TRDY
GND
FRANE
AD16
AD18
GND
AD20
AD22
IOSEL
AD24
GND
AD26
AD28
AD30
REQ
GND
CLK
GND
INTA
T00
TCK
GND
49 47 45 43 41 39 37 35 33 31 29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9
3.3V
3.3V
GND
AD1
AD3
AD5
AD7
GND
AD8
AD10
AD12
GND
AD14
CBE1
SERR
GND
LOCK
DEVSEL
IRDY
GND
50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8
CBE2
AD17
AD19
GND
AD21
AD23
CBE3
AD29
GND
AD27
AD29
AD31
GNT
GND
RST
GND
T0I
TNS
TRST
5V
100 98 96 94 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72 70 68 66 64 62 60 58 56 54 52
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41
40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
J1(Expand I/F)
J1
J2
J86D
J86H
J86L
9
1
8
2
7
3
6
4
5
5
4
6
3
7
MT2
2
8
1
9
J87
MT3
CN1
Operation Panel
5-113
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
Printhead
VH
VH
VH
SHE_Y
DIA_M0
ODT_Y1
ODT_M1
EDT_Y1
DIA_Y0
VHGND
VHGND
VHGND
HE_C
ODT_C1
VH
ODT_Y2
ODT_M2
VHGND
VHGND
DIA_C1
EDT_M1
DIA_Y1
EDT_Y2
HDLT
ODT_C2
EEP_CLK
EEP_RD
HE_M
DIA_M1
EDT_M2
EDT_C2
EEP_WD
SHE_C
HDCLK
HE_Y
VCCGND
EDT_C1
VCC
EEP_CS
DIA_C0
SHE_M
HE_LM
VCCGND
ODT_LM1
VCC
DIA_LM0
DIA_LM1
SHE_LM
DIK
DIA_LC1
EDT_LM2
HE_BK
HE_LC
SHE_BK
ODT_LM2
VHT
ODT_LC2
EDT_LC2
ODT_BK2
ODT_LC1
EDT_LC1
VH
EDT_BK2
VH
EDT_BK1
ODT_BK1
DIA_BK1
SHE_LC
EDT_LM1
VH
VH
DIA_BK0
VHGND
VHGND
DIA_LC0
VHGND
VHGND
VHGND
VH
VCC
Heater Power Supply

Logic Circuit Power Supply
ODT_**1
ODT_**2
EDT_**1
EDT_**2
Head Data (ODD1)

Head Data (ODD2)
Head Data (EVEN1)
Head Data (EVEN2)
** : Following Colors
BK : Black (5)
LC : Light Cyan (4)
LM : Cyan (2)
C : Light Magenta (3)
M : Magenta (1)
Y : Yellow (0)
HE_**
SHE_**
Heater Enable Pulse

Sub-Heater Enable Pulse
DIA_**0
DIA_**1
DIK
DI-Sensor(ANODE0)
DI-Sensor(ANODE1)
DI-Sensor(CATHODE)
EEP_XX
Head EEPROM Interface Signals
* Replace C <-> LM
Head Relay PCB

J1104
J1105
J1106
JST
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
SIN-211-1.8S
GNDR
HGND
RGV19
D
1
8
New MOLEX
3
3
J203
C0SUBH
C0_HENB_B
C1_HENB_B
C1SUBH
C2_HENB_B
C2SUBH
C3SUBH
C4SUBH
C5SUBH
C3_HENB_B
GND
C4_HENB_B
GND
DACLKX
J212
C5_HENB_B
DLDX
DSOUT2
DSOUT1
GND
DADTX
DASHX
HEADEEPCLKX
J213
C3_ODATA0
C3_ODATA1
C3_EDATA0
C3_EDATA1
C4_ODATA0
C4_ODATA1
C4_EDATA0
C4_EDATA1
C5_ODATA0
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
VHFBH
HEADEEPRDX
HEADEEPWDX
HEADEEPCSX
H5V
GND
+5V
VHFBG
GND
GND
C5_ODATA1
C5_EDATA1
C5_EDATA0
GND
C0_ODATA0
C0_ODATA1
C0_EDATA0
C0_EDATA1
C1_ODATA0
J211
11
10
15
13
12
19
17
16
14
21
20
18
25
23
22
27
26
24
31
29
30
28
35
33
32
37
36
34
39
38
40
(TO ENGINE Controller)
J210
Carriage Relay PCB
11
10
15
13
12
16
14
19
17
21
20
18
25
23
22
27
26
24
31
29
30
28
35
33
32
37
36
34
39
38
40
J209
9
8
11
10
15
13
12
14
19
17
16
18
21
20
25
23
22
24
27
26
31
29
28
30
35
33
32
34
37
36
39
38
40

2
MiniCT
PTC
MiniCT
J208
MiniCT
PLED_K
J206
PTE
PLED_A
J205
CRENCB
+5V
CRENCA
GND
GND
JOINTSNSX
J200D
+5V
C1_ODATA1
C1_EDATA0
C1_EDATA1
C2_ODATA0
GND
HDLT
C2_ODATA1
C2_EDATA0
C2_EDATA1
HDCLK
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
J200H
J200L
BOARDIN CT
J42
Media sensor
CT
CT
J78D
J78L
SR5
J79
A
Linear encorder
5-114
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200

8
1
System Controller (1/15)
IC1 (1/4)
5-115
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
IC1 (4/4)
5-116
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
IC1 (3/4)
5-117
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
5-118
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
5-119
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
IC3
IC3
IC4
IC5
IC7
IC8
IC6
IC4
IC9
IC11
IC10
IC5
IC6
IC7
IC8
5-120
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
IC23
IC1 (2/4)
IC2 (2/5)
5-121
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
E
IC22
IC2 (1/5)
5-122
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
IC2 (4/5)
IC12
IC13
5-123
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
IC2 (5/5)
IC14
IC15
5-124
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
IC2 (3/5)
C
5-125
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
IC16
5-126
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
5-127
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
5-128
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
5-129
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200

4
CRHALL(10)
LICC2_DT(10)
LICC2_CLK(10)
RS232CLK(5)
YMEDIA_RTS(10)
YMEDIA_TXD(10)
YMEDIA_RXD(10)
YMEDIA_CTS(10)
TANK_ON(12)
INKSEL1(11)
INKSEL2(11)
TANKCS5(12)
TANKCS4(12)
TANKCS3(12)
TANKCS1(12)
INKSEL0(11)
TANKCS2(12)
TANKCS0(12)
DRAK0(3)
MEDIA_ON(14)
DREQ0(5)
DREQ1(4)
RESET(4)(5)(9)(12)
HARD_STBY(1)
MD3(1)
MD4(1)
DSOUT1_A(13)
MD5(1)
DSOUT2_A(13)
PSNS_A(13)
BAIAS_A(13)
+3.3V
C
1 P496
FB
CP485
1
1CP497
NF401
check
check
1CP486
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
1CP827
1CP826
1CP498
1CP487
1CP711
1CP499
1CP712
1CP488
1CP480
1CP859
check
1CP780
1CP494
check
1CP779
1CP482
1CP477
1CP659
check
check
1CP661
1CP868
1CP660
check
1CP491
1CP502
1CP881
1CP490
1CP501
1CP481
1CP489
1CP500
1CP484
1CP479
1CP478
1CP483
1CP860
1CP783
check
1CP492
1CP658
check
1CP781
1CP503
1CP504
check
check
check
FB
NF424
FB
1
NF416
LFSUBDA(11)
+3.3V
+1.9V
INKSNS_A(13)
6
LFMAINDA(11)
7
RESERVE_A1(13)
IC426
A2
Y2
A3
Y3
A4
Y4
A5
Y5
A6
Y6
A7
Y7
12
A8
Y8
11
R753
C741
12 IRQ4
VCC13 145
1CP408
check
1CP407
check
DB24(2)
DB23(2)
C734
1CP406
check
22 D24
PTG0 135
23 D23
VCC12 134
DB22(2)
24 D22
DB21(2)
25 D21
DB20(2)
26 D20
C564
C740
CP435
1
1CP412
check
C604
30 D18
PTG6 127
31 D17
IOIS16 126
DB16(2)
32 D16
PTH5 125
DB15(2)
35 VCC4
BREQ 122
36 D14
BACK 121
37 D13
PTE0 120
DB12(2)
38 D12
RAS2U 119
DB11(2)
39 D11
RAS3U 118
DB10(2)
40 D10
CAS2H 117
DB14(2)
DB13(2)
C735
1CP778
check
1CP414
check
1CP825
+3.3V
check
+3.3V
check
1CP416
R743
1CP417
1CP419
<PTE1>
check
CAS2L 116
<PTE6>
<PTD7>
42 D8
43 D7
DACK0 114
DB6(2)
44 D6
CASHH 113
1CP418
check
check
C808
C674
C673
R1027
S0 7
S1 6
ASEMBRKAK(9)
ASEMD0(9)
XMIST_FAULT(14)
ADTRG(4)(10)
WAIT(4)
1CP420
DIPSW5(12)
1CP421
1CP495
LEDD2(14)
INK_ON(12)
45 VSS5
CASHL 112
<PTJ4>
46 D5
VCC11 111
47 VCC5
CASLH 110
1CP422
DTAK0(3)
check
1CP508
check
RAS3U(2)
check
check
<PTJ5>
TDO(9)
SOFTRESET(4)(7)
R402
1
DACK1 115
41 D9
DB7(2)
R742
1CP436
<PTE3>
check
DB8(2)
XOUT 8
SSCC 5
check
DB9(2)
4 SSCLK
WAIT 123
34 D15
2
check
<PTG7>
R744
RESETM 124
33 VSS4
C603
1CP415
DB17(2)
3 VSS
DIPSW4(12)
check
DB18(2)
1 XIN/CLK
1CP413
check
PTG5 128
IC447
2 VDD
AUDATA3
29 VCC3
TRST(9)
check
AUDATA2
PTG3 130
<PTG4>
TMS(9)
1CP409
AUDATA1
PTG2 131
PTG4 129
X403
TDI(9)
check
PTG1 133
28 D19
TCK(9)
1CP410
AUDATA0
1
VSS12 132
IC401
27 VSS3
DB19(2)
1CP411
check
PTF7 136
DIPSW3(12)
21 VCC2
DIPSW2(12)
PTF6 137
1CP434
check
20 D25
1CP433
check
PTF5 138
R1023
<PTF3>
PTF4 139
19 VSS2
<PTF2>
PTF3 140
18 D26
NF435
PTF2 141
17 D27
DB26(2)
DIPSW1(12)
R1025
16 D28
DB27(2)
+3.3V
MD0(1)
DIPSW0(12)
1CP432
check
DB28(2)
check
1CP431
check
<PTF1>
<PTF0>
PTF1 142
R1029
PTF0 143
15 D29
R1030
14 D30
DB29(2)
C725
DB30(2)
1CP405
MD0 144
C675
C565
13 D31
C608
C402
DB31(2)
CAP1 146
R1024
1
VSS13 147
C401
VSS14 148
11 IRQ3
9 IRQ1
10 IRQ2
R1026
CAP2 149
1
1
8 IRQ0
check
19
C566
DB25(2)
FB
PLDCLK33M(5)
check
LVDSCLK33M(7)
check
SWDETECT(3)(8)
IRQ[3:0]
C745
C746
C747
C809
C810
CP404
<PTH6>
C724
check
IRQ3(5)
VCC14 150
check
IRQ2(3)
PTH6 151
7 NMI
check
IRQ1(4)
6 VSS
G1
VSS15 152
5 EXTAL2
check
IRQ0(5)
WAKE(8)
CP457
CP585
1
CP586
1
CP584
1
CP511
1
CP512
1
1
G2
C452
SDCLK33M(2)
CP403
C567
C723
EEPWD(10)(12)
1CP507
EEPCLK(10)(12)
check
IC446
4
+3.3V
2
2
R868
1
R872
R870
1
2
1
LEDD1(14)
check
1
check
CS6(5)
1
check
CS5(3)
LEDD0(14)
CS4(4)
R740
R736
R739
R735
R738
1
check
CS3(2)
CP566
CP546
CP565
CP545
check
CS0(2)
CP547
+3.3V
AUDSYNC
check
1
2
check
1
check
2
1
CP430
R518
R537
R517
R536
R516
CP428
CP429
1
check
1
check
check
check
check
RDXWR(2)(3)
WE3(3)
WE2(4)
WE1(2)(4)
WE0(2)(3)(5)
C560
2
1
check
1
check
CP551
CP570
CP550
CP569
CP549
CP568
CP548
CP567
BS(3)
RD(2)(5)
AB24(2)
AB23(2)
AB22(2)
AB21(2)
AB20(2)
AB19(2)
AB18(2)
AB17(2)
AB16(2)
AB15(2)
AB14(2)
AB13(2)
AB12(2)
AB11(2)
AB10(2)
AB9(2)
AB8(2)
AB7(2)
AB25(2)
check
R522
R541
R521
R540
R520
R539
R519
R538
C598
C737
C599
C600
C601
C736
AB6(2)
AB5(2)
AB4(2)
AB3(2)
AB2(2)
AB0(2)
C721
R879
NC1
R882
5
GND
VCC
B
MD0(1)
MD1(1)
MD2(1)
MD3(1)
MD4(1)
MD5(1)
IC446
S04
AB[25:0]
HARD_STBY(1)
R749
104 CE2B
103 CE2A
102 CS6
101 CS5
<PTE5>
100 CS4
C738
<PTE4>
99 CS3
98 CS2
97 VCC10
96 CS0
95 VSS10
94 PTE7
93 RD/XWR
92 WE3
91 WE2
90 WE1
89 WE0
88 RD
87 BS
86 A25
85 VCC9
84 A24
83 VSS9
82 A23
81 VCC8
80 A22
79 VSS8
78 A21
77 A20
76 A19
75 A18
74 A17
73 A16
72 A15
71 VCC7
70 A14
69 VSS7
68 A13
67 A12
66 A11
65 A10
64 A9
63 A8
62 A7
61 A6
60 A5
59 VCC6
58 A4
57 VSS6
56 A3
55 A2
54 A1
53 A0
+3.3V
CKE(2)
check
S04
DB[31:0]
1CP427
R867
R404
TANKEEPRD(10)
SYSEEPRD(10)
+3.3V
HEADEEPDOUT(10)
CKE 105
52 D0
1CP426
check
DB0(2)
check
R869
R871
<PTJ0>
RAS3L 106
1CP425
51 D1
CASU(2)
CP423
1CP424
check
DB1(2)
2
check
C750
C749
C748
R880
<PTJ1>
R883
<PTJ2>
RAS2L 107
CASLL 108
50 D2
R751
VSS11 109
49 D3
C739
48 D4
DB2(2)
R864
R403
DB3(2)
DB4(2)
R1022
C602
C561
DB5(2)
AB1(2)
C610
2
GACLK33M(3)
R798
R1028
VSS16 153
13
4 XTAL2
1
check
R799
14
VCC15 154
15
XTAL 155
3 VCC
R802
16
2 MD2
158
TCLK 159
IRQOUT 160
STATUS1
VSS17 161
163
CKIO 162
TXD0 164
VCC16
SCK0 165
TXD1 166
SCK1 167
TXD2 168
SCK2 169
RTS2 170
RXD0 171
RXD1 172
RXD2 174
VSS18 173
175
VCC17
CTS2 176
PTC7 177
PTC6 178
PTC5 179
PTC4 180
VSS19 181
183
VCC18
WAKEUP 182
PTD2 184
PTC3 185
PTC2 186
PTC1 187
PTC0 188
DRAK0 189
DRAK1 190
DREQ0 191
DREQ1 192
CA 194
MD3 195
MD4 196
RESETP 193
MD5 197
198
AVSS
AN0 199
AN1 200
AN2 201
AN3 202
AN4 203
AN5 204
205
AVCC
EXTAL 156
check
C451
17
C722
MD2(1)
X402
Y1
A1
C406
1
C676
18
1 MD1
10
GND
157
check
VCC
STATUS0
2
1
C612
C742
2
1
C743
C751
C613
C752
C753
C424
C744
CP506
CP509
1
1
MD1(1)
AN6 206
208
C450
check
AN7 207
CP476
AVSS2
RTCPW(14)
C425
20
IC426
R804
1
5-130
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
+3.3V
SH3 Flash Memory

NF425
FB
C678
2
R818
AB24(1)
R503
R524
R504
R807
AB21(1)
R820
AB20(1)
R505
R526
R506
R527
R531
R511
R532
R512
R533
AB6(1)
R514
R535
R478
DB23(1)
R479
R856
R855
1
A16(2)(3)
DB22(1)
A15(2)(4)
DB21(1)
A14(2)(3)
DB20(1)
A13(2)(4)
DB19(1)
R850
1
A12(2)(3)
DB18(1)
1CP578
A11(2)(4)
DB17(1)
R485
1
1CP559
A10(2)(3)
DB16(1)
R486
1CP579
A9(2)(4)
DB15(1)
R487
1CP560
A8(2)(4)
DB14(1)
R488
1CP580
A7(2)(3)
DB13(1)
R489
1CP561
A6(2)(3)
DB12(1)
R490
1CP581
A5(2)(5)
DB11(1)
R491
1CP562
A4(2)(4)(5)
DB10(1)
R492
1CP582
A3(2)(4)(5)
DB9(1)
R493
1CP563
A2(2)(3)(5)
DB8(1)
R494
1CP583
A1(2)(3)(5)
DB7(1)
R495
R515
1
1CP564
A0(4)(5)
DB6(1)
R496
DB5(1)
R497
DB4(1)
R498
DB3(1)
R499
DB2(1)
R500
DB1(1)
R501
DB0(1)
R844
R842
2
R840
R839
2
R838
2
R836
R835
D25(3)
42
D6(2)(3)
DQ13 41
41
D13(2)(4)
1CP520
D24(3)
1CP521
D23(3)
1CP522
D22(4)
9 A21
(A19)
DQ5 40
40
D5(2)(4)
10
10 A20
(A20)
DQ12 39
39
D12(2)(3)
11
11 WE
DQ4 38
38
D4(2)(4)
12
12 RESET
13
13 ACC
(N.C.)
14
14 WP
(WP#/ACC)
15
15 A19
(RY/BY#)
0,A19(2)(3)
16
A18(2)(3)
17
D20(3)
A8(2)(4)
D19(4)
A22(2)(4)
A21(2)(3)
R1111
R1109
2
WE0(1)(2)(3)(5)
R857
2
R1031
VCC 37
37
DQ11 36
36
D11(2)(4)
DQ3 35
35
D3(2)(3)(5)
DQ10 34
34
D10(2)(3)
16 A18
DQ2 33
33
D2(2)(5)
17 A17
DQ9 32
32
D9(2)(3)
18
18 A7
DQ1 31
31
D1(2)(4)(5)
A7(2)(3)
19
19 A6
DQ8 30
30
D8(2)(4)
A6(2)(3)
20
20 A5
DQ0 29
29
D0(2)(3)(5)
A20(2)(3)1
R1110
2
D21(3)
1CP526
D18(4)
A5(2)(5)
21
21 A4
OE 28
28
1CP527
D17(3)
A4(2)(4)(5)
22
22 A3
VSS1 27
27
A3(2)(4)(5)
23
23 A2
CE 26
26
A2(2)(3)(5)
24
24 A1
A0 25
25
1CP528
D16(5)
1CP529
D15(2)(4)
1CP530
D14(2)(3)
1CP531
D13(2)(4)
1CP532
D12(2)(3)
1CP533
D11(2)(4)
1CP534
D10(2)(3)
1CP535
D9(2)(3)
1CP536
D8(2)(4)
1CP537
D7(2)(3)
1CP538
D6(2)(3)
1CP539
D5(2)(4)
1CP540
D4(2)(4)
D[15:0]
RD(1)(5)
CS0(1)
A1(2)(3)(5)
A[22:1]
+3.3V
SH3 SDRAM
NF406
C465
1
C467
1
R833
R832
1CP541
D3(2)(3)(5)
1CP542
D2(2)(5)
R831
D1(2)(4)(5)
C754
4 DQ1
D2(2)(5)
5 DQ2
6 VSSQ0
1CP543
D1(2)(4)(5)
1CP544
D0(2)(3)(5)
VSSQ3 52
3 VCCQ0
check
D15(2)(4)
DQ15 53
2 DQ0
C466
check
VSS2 54
1 VCC0
2
D0(2)(3)(5)
check
D26(4)
1CP519
check
R834
1
D14(2)(3)
DQ6 42
check
D7(2)(3)
43
check
1CP518
check
R837
A20(2)(3)
check
D15(2)(4)
44
check
check
check
R841
8 A8
check
45
check
R843
R502
1
A9(2)(4)
46
DQ7 44
DQ14 43
check
7 A9
VSS2 46
DQ15 45
check
R845
R1108
check
R846
check
A10(2)(3)
IC407
check
D27(4)
1CP525
R847
1
1CP517
check
check
R848
1
6 A10
1CP524
5 A11
check
R849
1
4 A12
A11(2)(4)
1CP523
R484
3 A13
A12(2)(3)
check
R483
1
R851
R482
A13(2)(4)
D28(3)
A17(2)(4)
check
A14(2)(3)
D29(3)
1
2
R852
1
D30(3)
check
R481
47
check
R853
1
VCCQ 47
R854
R480
48
2 A14
check
A16 48
1CP516
check
check
R830
AB0(1)
DB24(1)
A17(2)(4)
1 A15
A15(2)(4)
1CP515
check
check
A18(2)(3)
1CP575
1CP558
R534
1
R817
AB1(1)
1CP555
check
R829
AB2(1)
R477
1CP577
R513
1
DB25(1)
check
R816
AB3(1)
DB26(1)
A19(2)(3)
check
R828
AB4(1)
A20(2)(3)
check
R859
1
A16(2)(3)
1CP514
check
check
R815
AB5(1)
D31(3)
check
R860
check
R827
1
check
R814
AB7(1)
R861
check
R826
AB8(1)
R863
check
R510
1
R475
1CP574
1CP557
R530
R813
AB9(1)
DB27(1)
1CP513
check
check
R825
AB10(1)
A21(2)(3)
1CP554
1CP576
R509
1
R476
1CP556
R529
1
check
R812
AB11(1)
check
R508
1
R824
AB12(1)
R474
check
R811
AB13(1)
R528
1
R473
DB28(1)
check
R823
AB14(1)
DB29(1)
A22(2)(4)
1CP573
R507
1
DB30(1)
A23(3)
1CP553
check
R810
AB15(1)
A24(4)
1CP572
R865
check
R822
AB16(1)
1CP552
R472
check
R809
AB17(1)
1
2
check
R821
AB18(1)
R525
1
D[31:0]
R866
R471
check
R808
AB19(1)
IC407S
R862
DB31(1)
check
From SH3
DB[31:0]
check
A25(3)
check
R819
AB22(1)
1CP571
2
check
R806
AB23(1)
R523
R805
AB25(1)
To ASIC,Memory
A[25:0]
AB[25:0]
To ASIC,Memory
+3.3R
FB
+3.3R
From SH3
D3(2)(3)(5)
7 DQ3
IC408
DQ14 51
D14(2)(3)
DQ13 50
D13(2)(4)
VCCQ3 49
D12(2)(3)
DQ12 48
check
D4(2)(4)
8 DQ4
C464
9 VCCQ1
check
D11(2)(4)
DQ11 47
C463
VSSQ2 46
10 DQ5
DQ10 45
C756
D5(2)(4)
D6(2)(3)
11 DQ6
DQ9 44
12 VSSQ1
D7(2)(3)
13 DQ7
C462
1
WE0(1)(2)(3)(5)
14 VCC1
D9(2)(3)
D8(2)(4)
DQ8 42
D[15:0]
VSS1 41
2
15 DQML
C755
1
RDXWR(1)(3)
D10(2)(3)
VCCQ2 43
16 XWE
CASU(1)
17 XCAS
RAS3U(1)
18 XRAS
CS3(1)
19 XCS
N.C.1 40
DQMU 39
WE1(1)(4)
CLK 38
SDCLK33M(1)
CKE 37
CKE(1)
A14(2)(3)
20 A13/BA0
35
A12(2)(3)
A13(2)(4)
21 A12/BA1
A9 34
A10(2)(3)
A11(2)(4)
22 A10/AP
A8 33
A9(2)(4)
A1(2)(3)(5)
23 A0
A7 32
A8(2)(4)
A2(2)(3)(5)
24 A1
A6 31
A7(2)(3)
A3(2)(4)(5)
25 A2
A5 30
A6(2)(3)
A4(2)(4)(5)
26 A3
A4 29
A5(2)(5)
27 VCC2
N.C.0 36
A11
VSS0 28
A[14:1]
C677
1
5-131
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
PGHP
HIKIDASHISET
TANKCVR
CVRSW
SWDETECT
PINCHCL
HEADEEPCS
COVER_SOL
E_DATA_BK0
O_DATA_BK0
LMHENB
E_DATA_LM0
CSUBHT
E_DATA_C0
MHENB
YSUBHT
SCLK_CL
CRGHP
A0_A1_SEL
ROLLCVR
DA1LD
JOINTSNS
DA1CLK
OFFCONTROLL
O_DATA_BK1
E_DATA_BK1
E_DATA_LC0
BKHENB
O_DATA_LC1
LMSUBHT
CHENB
O_DATA_C0
E_DATA_Y0
E_DATA_Y1
LATCH_BK
OUTENB
E
check
1CP788
check
CP786
1CP791
check
1CP475
1CP493
1CP857
1CP654
check
check
check
check
1CP867
check
check
1CP818
1CP671
check
1CP762
check
check
check
1CP719
1CP695
1CP763
1CP668
check
check
check
1CP738
1CP820
check
1CP784
1CP792
1CP790
check
check
check
1CP657
check
1CP474
check
check
1CP746
check
1CP685
1CP817
check
1CP683
1CP670
check
check
1CP721
check
check
1CP749
check
1CP701
check
1CP676
check
1CP689
1CP739
check
check
1CP821
FB
1CP653
FB
1
check
+3.3R
NF419
+2.5R
NF420
+2.5V
+3.3V
LATCH_CL
SDDATA[31:0]
C649
+3.3R
C643
CEDATA[31:0]
R776
R777
1CP853
LFSUBBN
ADC_DSET
1CP870
LFENCA
ADC_CLK
R779
check
C586
2
check
D1
VDD1
LFDA0
E26
E1
SCAN_EN
LFDA4
F26
F1 SDDATA1
LFDA7
G26
LFBN
H26
1CP809
LFDATA0
1CP814
LFDATA4
1CP808
LFDATA7
1CP855
LFMAINBN
CP642
SDDATA6
CP651
1
1
G1 SDDATA6
check
NC1
LFA
J26
CP615
J1
SDDATA11
PC1
K26
LFMAINA
1CP849
ASFMB
1CP844
PG2 L26
NC2
L1
SDDATA19
CRENABLE
check
SDDATA23
CP603
SDDATA26
CP594
M1 SDDATA23
N1
SDDATA26
M26
CACK_N
N26
CRPHASE
P26
CP588
CP596
P1
SDDATA27
R1
SDDATA30
T1
SD_DQ1
CP641
T26
SDDATA18
CP610
SDDATA21
CP604
SDDATA25
CP587
PGAX
CRM_START
CP636
U1
SD_DQ7
V1
SD_RAS
W1
SDCS_0
CEDATA8
V26
CEDATA8
DUMMYOUT
SDADR2
CP633
SDADR6
CP618
SDADR13
CP648
CEDATA13
AA26
CEDATA17
Y1
DUMMYIN
CEDATA17
1CP810
LF_SUBWEN
LFDATA3
LFDATA6
1CP807
LF_MAINANB
1CP863
LFMAINAN
1CP848
ASFM_0A
1CP845
PGA
B19
B20
B21
B22
B23
B24
B25
PT23
PT19
PT16
PT12
PT6
PT3
PT1
VDD5 B18
B17
NC13
GND9 B16
B14
DATA0_BK
TMUPWM2 B15
B13
DATA1_BK
VDD6 B12
LMHENB B11
B10
B9
B6
VDD7 B5
check
H2
SDDATA7
LFAN
J25
check
J2
SDDATA10
PC2
K25
check
K2
SDDATA15
L2
SDDATA18
M2 SDDATA21
N2
SDDATA25
P2
SDDATA28
R2
SD_DQ0
T2
SD_DQ4
NC12
L25
PG0 M25
R792
IC409
CECLK
N25
SREQ_N
P25
NC11
R25
check
SREQ
SDWE
CEDATA1
T25
CEDATA1
CEDATA5
U25
CEDATA5
check
CP629
(2/6)
check
CP650
R793
1
U2
SDWE_N
CEDATA9
V25
CEDATA9
V2
SDCLK
CEDATA12
W25
CEDATA12
W2
SDCS_1
CEDATA16
Y25
CEDATA16
Y2
NC10
CEDATA18
AA25
CEDATA18
CEDATA21
AB25
CEDATA21
check
CP601
check
CP600
SDCS1
check
CP645
AA1
SDADR2
CEDATA20
AB26
CEDATA20
SDADR3
AB1
SDADR6
CEDATA23
AC26
CEDATA23
SDADR7
CP612
AC1
VDD2
CEDATA26
AD26
CEDATA26
SDADR12
CP635
AD1
SDADR13
AE1
REFCLK
check
1CP815
check
check
CP590
LFSUBB
check
CP638
SDDQ0
SDCLK
Y26
H25
check
SDDQ4
NC5 W26
G25
LF_ANB
SDDATA28 CP595
check
CEDATA13
LFDA6
G2 SDDATA3
check
CRM_PWM
check
CP649
F25
F2 SDDATA0
check
check
CP599
1CP816
check
CREQ
CEDATA0
NC6 U26
LFDA3
CP624
CP627
CACK
1CP664
CREQ_N R26
CEDATA0
(1/6)
check
SDCS0
1CP854
check
CP639
SDDATA15
check
CP622
E25
check
check
check
SDDATA30
1CP798
CP643
SDDATA3
SDDATA10
check
IC409
check
SDDATA27
D25
check
check
CP605
SDDATA0
SDDATA7
1CP864
check
K1
SDRAS
SCAN_TEST
RS1
check
check
H1
check
SDDQ7
E2
D
REGI C25
RS_WR
check
check
SDDQ1
TCK
check
check
check
SDDATA19
ADCC_CLK
D2
check
check
check
SDDATA1
SDDATA11
ADCC_DATAOUT
C2
check
CP632
B2
MHENB B7
+3.3R
C640
1
CSUBHT
D26
DATA0_LM
C26
LEA
B8
B26
RS0
TDI
DATA0_C
VDDINT4
ADCC_CS
C1
YSUBHT
A25
PT2
GND1
B1
VDD8 B4
A24
PT5
A1
ADC_CS
SCLKCL B3
A23
PT10
GND5 A26
A22
PT13
A19
A21
A18
NC7 A20
PT17
A15
BKHENB
PT25
A14
DATA3_BK
PT26
A13
DATA2_BK
GND6 A17
A12
DATA0_LC
NC8 A16
A11
DATA3_LC
A7
DATA1_C
A10
A6
DATA0_Y
A9
A5
CHENB
A4
DATA2_Y
LMSUBHT
A3
LATCH_CL
LATCH_BK
NC9 A8
A2
+3.3R
OUTENB
AA2
SDADR3
AB2
SDADR7
AC2
SDADR12
CEDATA29
AD25
AD2
GNDP
CEDATA30
AE25
check
check
GND8 AC25
check
CEDATA29
CEDATA30
AE24 DATABUS30
AE23 DATABUS28
AE22 DATABUS24
AE21 DATABUS21
DATABUS31
AF25
AE20 DATABUS17
DATABUS29
AF24
AE19 DATABUS14
DATABUS25
AF23
AE18 DATABUS10
DATABUS23
AF22
AE17 DATABUS7
DATABUS20
AF21
AE16 DATABUS3
NC3
AF20
AE15 ADRBUS25
DATABUS12
AF19
AE14 ADRBUS21
DATABUS9
AF18
AE13 ADRBUS18
DATABUS6
AF17
AE12 ADRBUS14
DATABUS0
AF16
AE6 WEN3
ADRBUS23
AF15
AE5 BS
ADRBUS20
AF14
AE4 GND7
ADRBUS19
AF13
AE3 TESTCLK
ADRBUS16
VDD3
AF8
AF12
DRACK_0
AF7
ADRBUS12
RD_WRN
AF6
ADRBUS7
WEN0
AF5
AF11
INT_2
AF4
AF10
GND3
AF3
ADRBUS2
PLLTEST
AF2
AF9
GND2
AF1
GACLK33M
AE2 VCOOUT
GND4 AF26
AE11
NC4 AE26
ADRBUS10
check
AE10 ADRBUS6
AE9 ADRBUS1
1
check
AE8 DTACK_0
C594
AE7 CS_SDRAM
1
check
D30
D28
D24
D21
D17
D14
D10
D7
D3
A25
A21
A18
A14
A10
A6
A1
D25
D31
D29
D23
D20
D6
D12
D9
D0
A23
A20
A19
A16
A12
A7
A2
C671
A[25:0]
D[31:0]
DRAK0
RDXWR
IRQ2
WE0
DTAK0
CS5
WE3
BS
SDADR[13:0]
5-132
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
MISTFAN_C
1CP789
check
CRALARM1(7)(8)
CRALARM2(5)(8)
check
1CP785
check
R1120
ROLLFEED(13)
SUBLFHP(13)
KAATSU(13)
1CP793
check
DA1DATA(10)
ATUKAICL(11)
1CP662
PLEDON(12)
CRALARMA
1CP692
check
1CP865
check
LCSUBHT(7)
MISTPWM(5)
1CP850
check
check
1CP655
1CP858
check
O_DATA_LM1(7)
1CP718
check
O_DATA_M0(7)
MSUBHT(7)
check
1CP694
O_DATA_M1(7)
1CP729
check
1CP677
check
O_DATA_Y0(7)
1CP690
check
1CP675
check
DCDC_OVP(13)
SYSEEPCS(12)
GA_CRENCB(5)
check
check
TANKSOL(14)
MIST_LR(14)
MEDIA(13)
1CP872
CP787
1
1CP656
check
1CP505
1CP698
check
check
check
CP828
1CP851
check
check
LICC2_LD(10)
KYUINPWM(5)
1CP852
BKSUBHT(7)
O_DATA_LC0(7)
1CP715
check
1CP669
check
E_DATA_LC1(7)
E_DATA_LM1(7)
1CP684
check
E_DATA_C1(7)
1CP696
check
1CP682
check
1CP776
check
check
1CP688
YHENB(7)
O_DATA_Y1(7)
F
R1119
SDDATA[31:0]
C642
+2.5R
+3.3R
CEDATA[31:0]
C3 SCLK_BK
1CP823
SHTRG D24
D3 H5SUP
GND17 H24
H3 SDDATA5
LFB J24
J3 SDDATA9
GND16 K24
K3 SDDATA13
CESTB L24 1
L3 SDDATA17
PG1 M24
M3 SDDATA20
N3 SDDATA24
P3 SDDATA29
1CP856
check
SDDATA8(6)
LFMAINB(11)
SDDATA12(6)
R787
SDDATA16(6)
check
IC409
(3/6)
check
check
check
check
CRBRAKE N24
1CP796
check
PGB(9)
SDDATA22(6)
CRM_BREAK(10)
SDDATA31(6)
SACK(8)
SDDQ2(6)
T3 SD_DQ5
CEDATA3(8)
SDDQ6(6)
CEDATA6 U24
CEDATA6(8)
SDCAS(6)
CEDATA10(8)
CEDATA14 W24
CEDATA14(8)
Y3 VDD9
SDADR10(6)
CEDATA19(8)
CEDATA19 AA24
SDADR5(6)
PT0 D23
D20
PT15
PT4 D22
D19
PT9 D21
D18
PT20
D16
PT30
PT24
D15
TMUOUT1
PT27 D17
D14
TMUPWM3
D12
NC25 D11
T4 SD_DQ6
CEDATA7 U23
CEDATA7(8)
READY(8)
C660
2
U4 SDCAS
CEDATA11 V23
CEDATA11(8)
V4 VDD11
CEDATA15 W23
CEDATA15(8)
W4 SDADR1
Y4 SDADR5
CEDATA24 AA23
AA4 SDADR10
CEDATA27 AB23
NC22 Y23
check
CEDATA24(8)
check
CEDATA27(8)
1
C663
2
AC22 GND21
AC21 DATABUS26
D26(2)
AD23 GND12
AD22 DATABUS27
AD21 NC17
AD20 DATABUS19
AD19 DATABUS15
AD18 DATABUS11
AD17 DATABUS8
AD16 DATABUS4
AD15 GND11
AD14 ADRBUS22
AD13 ADRBUS17
AD12 ADRBUS13
AD11 ADRBUS9
AD9 ADRBUS0
AD10 ADRBUS4
AD8 WAIT
C654
AC20 DATABUS22
CEDATA31(8)
D22(2)
CEDATA31 AD24
AC19 DATABUS18
VDDINT13 AC23
D18(2)
CEDATA28(8)
CRM_DIR(10)
check
AC18 DATABUS13
CEDATA328 AC24
PGBX(9)
AD7 CS_ASIC
AD6 WEN1
AD5 RST_N
2
2
AD4 VCCIN
AC3 VDDP
2
GND22 D13
CEDATA4(8)
READY_N P23
AB4 EN
GND13 AB24
AD3 GND10
C653
LCSUBHT
D8
CEDATA2(8)
CEDATA4 T23
check
C669
D10
D7
CEDATA2 R23
R4 SD_DQ2
check
C670
DATA3_LM
D6
MSUBHT
GND23 D9
D5
DATA1_Y
DATA1_M
P4 SDDATA31
AC17 NC21
AB3 SDADR11
ASFMA(9)
check
N4 SDDATA22
D13(2)
AA3 SDADR4
1CP797
check
check
check
AC16 DATABUS5
R401
GND14 Y24
CP646
CP611
CP647
LF_MAINWEN(11)
check
AC15 DATABUS1
C593
IC409
(4/6)
1CP842
1
check
+3.3R
SDADR1(6)
1CP846
check
CEMODE N23
D5(2)
CP617
CP620
PG3 M23
D1(2)(5)
SDADR11(6)
CEDATA10 V24
V3 NC16
W3 DUMMY_OUT
1
check
SDADR4(6)
PC0 L23
L4 SDDATA16
AC14 ADRBUS24
CP591
K4 SDDATA12
1CP806
check
check
check
U3 NC15
2
2
C652
1
check
AC13 ADRBUS15
VDD14 K23
DUMMYOUT(3)
LFWR J23
J4 SDDATA8
A24(2)
CEDATA3 T24
CP608
CP597
CP602
CP598
CP637
check
R795
H4 SDDATA4
A15(2)
CP628
SDDQ5(6)
1
check
M4 NC20
SACK_N P24
GND15 R24
NC23 H23
check
1CP843
check
R3 NC14
CP652
CP623
CP625
CP607
LFDATA1(11)
check
G4 MEMTEST
check
check
1CP811
LFDA1 G23
AC12 ADBUS11
SDDATA29(6)
G3 SDDATA2
NC24 F23
F4 TDO
LFDATA5(11)
SDDATA4(6)
1
1
GA_CRENCA(5)
check
check
check
1CP871
LSA E23
E4 H20SUP
1
check
AC11 ADBUS8
SDDATA24(6)
D4 ADCC_DATAIN
CP630
AC10 ADBUS3
SDDATA20(6)
VHENB(12)
LFDATA2(11)
AC8 SOFT_RSTN
SDDATA17(6)
1CP812
ADC_DRET(10)
LFSUBAN(11)
AC7 WEN2
SDDATA13(6)
LFDA5 G24
ADTRG(1)(10)
AC6 INT_1
SDDATA9(6)
1CP813
check
AC5 CPOUT
CP644
CP640
CP614
CP616
CP606
CP609
CP593
CP589
SDDATA5(6)
1CP861
check
LFDA2 F24
F3 AC_TEST
SDDATA2(6)
check
RS2 E24
E3 TMS
check
A8(2)
AC4 VDDINT12
A11(2)
R780 CP631
AC9 DREQ_1
check
H5VENB(10)(12)
DATA3_M
LSB C24
NC18 C23
C21
PT14
PT7 C22
C20
C17
PT28
C19
C16
PT31
PT18
C15
PT21
C14
BKSUBHT
GND18 C18
C13
DATA1_LC
TMUPWM1
C12
DATA2_LC
C10
GND19 C11
DATA2_LM
C8
DATA2_C
GND20 C9
C7
VDD10
C4
CP740
NC19 C5
DATA3_Y
+3.3R
SCLK_BK(7)
YHENB C6
+3.3R +2.5R
A3(2)(5)
D27(2)
D19(2)
D15(2)
D11(2)
D8(2)
D4(2)
A22(2)
A17(2)
A13(2)
A9(2)
A4(2)(5)
A0(2)(5)
SDADR[13:0]
A[25:0]
B
DREQ1(1)
SOFTRESET(1)(7)
WE2(1)
IRQ1(1)
WAIT(1)
R796
2
R797
CS4(1)
WE1(1)(2)
RESET(1)(5)(9)(12)
R794
D[31:0]
C672
5-133
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
ROLLEND
ASFHP
SUBLFCL
ADTRG_DUMMY
LCHENB
O_DATA_LM0
O_DATA_C1
E_DATA_M0
E_DATA_M1
F
+3.3V
R1121
R1122
R1123
2
1 CP794
R1129
R1132
R1131
R1134
R1133
check
1 CP795
CEDATA[31:0]
C644
check
1 CP866
1 CP824
check
check
C648
R1130
C764
C647
C765
C646
check
1 CP748
1 CP693
C645
check
1 CP702
1 CP678
check
1 CP691
check
R1127
R1128
check
R1126
R1125
C766
R1124
LFSUBBN
LFSUBBN_OUT
CRALARM2
2
1
2
1
CRM_PWM_OUT2
IC409
P22
C657
C762
C659
C761
VDD18
SD_DQ3
SDCKE
U5
VDD19
V5
SDADR0
W5
GND27
CEDATA25
Y22
CEDATA25
Y5
SDADR8
CEDATA22
AA22
CEDATA22
AA5
SDADR9
DCLK
T22
VDD28
U22
NC28
V22
check
1CP1043
1CP1047
1CP1046
check
61
1CP1049
check
check
62
LFSIG_IN
CRMPWM_OUT
63
LFSIG_OUT
1CP1050
check
C779
VSSOUT8 65
VDDOUT7 64
1CP1051
check
check
1CP1052
check
1CP1053
R1135
1CP1054
check
1CP1055
check
C778 1
IC464
9 RESETN
10 WRN
WE0
PD2_IN 51
VDD27
AB22
C668
PLDCLK33M
1
VDD26
C776
12 CLK
VSSOUT6 49
13 VDDOUT2
VDDOUT5 48
PT_IN0 47
check
15 ADDR4
PT_IN1 46
check
A3
16 ADDR3
PT_IN2 45
check
A2
17 ADDR2
PT_IN3 44
check
A1
18 ADDR1
PT_OUT0 43
check
A0
19 ADDR0
PT_OUT1 42
check
20 VSSOUT3
PT_OUT2 41
check
A[5:0]
MISTPWM
R1070
1
KYUINPWM
+3.3V
R1159
1
WIPE_HP
CUTSNS_L
INK_HP
CUTTERM_D2
INKM_D1
INKM_D2
LC-2-G-WHT
RS232CLK
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
check
CP1016 1
CP1015 1
CP1048 1
CP9821
C829 1
CP1037
C775
check
check
D16
D2
A5
IRQ3
D[31:0]
CUTSNS_R
MSM32R0020
A[25:0]
R1160
CUTTERM_D1
40 VSSOUT5
39 VDDOUT4
38 PT_OUT3
37 PT_OUT4
36 LED_ON0
35 LED_ON1
34 VSSOUT4
33 VDDOUT3
32 FUTO_LED
31 CLMP
30 CMP1
29 CMP2
28 LS_A_OUT
27 LS_B_OUT
26 LS_A
23 VDDCORE1
22 RS232CLK
21 INTN
C667
C666
C665
C760
C664
SDADR[13:0]
KYUINPWM_R
CP988
CP987
C777 1 2
CP986
1
CP985
1
CP979
1
CP983
1
CP984
1
CP980
1
CP981
14 ADDR5
A4
C662
check
A5
25 LS_B
GND30
VDD25
AB20
AB19
DATABUS16
NC27
DATABUS2
VDD24
AB18
AB17
AB16
AB15
VDDINT22
VDD23
AB14
AB13
GND29
AB12
ADRBUS5
VDD21
AB11
AB10
DREQ_0
AB9
GND28
AB8
INT_0
VDD20
RD
AB7
AB6
AB5
AB21
1
C759
KYUINPWM_L
R1071
check
C661
check
PD1_IN 50
11 VSSOUT2
check
CP990
CP989
PD1_OUT3 52
CP991 1
CP992 1
CP1036 1
CP1035 1
CP978 1
CP977 1
CP1034 1
CP1033 1
C828 1
PIGMENT
R1036
CRENCA
CRENCB
R1037
1
PLD_LED0
GA_CRENCB
DREQ0
IRQ0
RD
GA_CRENCA
PLD_LED1
CP613
PD1_OUT2 53
LC-2-G-WHT
SDADR9
check
8 DT0
24 VSSCORE1
CP619
check
PD1_OUT1 54
D0
RESET
GND31 W22
check
SDADR8
PD1_OUT0 55
7 DT1
+3.3V
LED406
R1067
2
FUTO_CMP1
FUTO_CMP2
LED405
R1066
2
GND_28 P15
GND_29 N15
GND_30 M15
GND_31 M14
GND_32 M13
GND_33 N13
GND_34 P13
GND_35 P14
GND_36 N14
IC451
2
GND_1
GND_27
R15
M11 GND_2
GND_26
R14
GND_3
GND_25
R13
L11
N11
P11
GND_4
R11
GND_5
T11
GND_6
T12
GND_7
T13
GND_8
T14
GND_9
GND_24
IC409
(6/6)
R12
GND_23
P12
GND_22
N12
GND_21
M12
GND_20
L12
GND_19
L13
GND_18
L14
FUTO_CLMP
16
FUTO_ON
Y1
A2
Y2
A3
Y3
A4
Y4
11
A5
Y5
13
A6
Y6
15
A7
Y7
17
A8
Y8
6
8
14
12
9
7
+5V
IC451
20
19
GND_17
GND_14
N16
L15
GND_13
GND_16
GND_12
P16
L16
GND_11
R16
M16 GND_15
GND_10
T16
18
A1
G2
T15
G1
VCC
GND
CP634
PD2_OUT1 56
6 DT2
D1
SDADR0
5 DT3
D2
check
D3
DCLK
C780
10
1
C658
GND32 R22
(5/6)
PD2_OUT0 57
C774
CRM_PWM
C820
VDDOUT6 58
4 VDDOUT1
CP1042
check
VSSOUT7 59
3 VSSOUT1
VDDINT17
T5
CRMPWM 60
2 CSN
R5
VDDINT29
1 RDN
RD
CS6
P5
1
1
check
CP621
C655
N5
C656
CP592
N22
BOSO_DUTY3 66
check
VDD30
R791
BOSO_DUTY2 67
C650
BOSO_DUTY1 68
TEST 73
M22
BOSO_DUTY0 69
L22
BOSO_TIME2 70
K22
PC3
BOSO_TIME1 71
VDD31
CEDATA
M5 GND26
C758
SDDQ3
BOSO_TIME0 72
SDDATA14
check
SDCKE
FB
C763
74
VDD16
75
NC26
L5
76
J5
K5
J22
E22
VDD32
NC29
BOSO_FLG
GND25
VSSCORE2
ASFM_1A
VDDCORE2
1 CP847
D[3:0]
CP626
LFENCB
SDDATA14
LFSUBA
1 CP869
check
C651
SDDATA[31:0]
NF439
1 CP862
check
H5
R1136
E21
R1137
G22
77
F22
LEB
78
RS3
GND33 H22
79
E20
E18
PT8
E17
PT22
PT11
E16
PT29
GND34 E19
VDD33
GND35 E15
E14
VDDINT34
E9
E7
DATA3_C
E6
DATA0_M
GND36 E8
DATA2_M
VDD15
F5 GND24
G5 TRST
SDI
SDO
C757
TEST_SE
E5
2
+3.3V
VSSOUT9 80
C641
RESET
E13
VDD35
E12
LCHENB
1
E11
DATA_LM
1
E10
VDD36
+3.3R +2.5R
5-134
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
SDDATA[31:0]
+3.3V
+3.3V
FB
NF438
NF421
C795
C788
C789
DQ15 53
1
1
SDDATA14
SDDATA1
DQ13 50
SDDATA13
SDDATA2
SDDATA5
10 DQ5
SDDATA9
SDDATA6
11 DQ6
C786
SDWE
8 DQ4
VCCQ2 43
C793
C801
9 VCCQ1
2
SDDATA7
13 DQ7
C585
14 VCC1
2
DQMU 39
16 WE
SDDQ5
SDCAS
17 CAS
CLK 38
SDCLK
SDRAS
18 RAS
CKE 37
SDCKE
SDCS1
19 CS
NC0 36
SDWE
SDDATA11
SDDATA9
DQ9 44
VCCQ2 43
C587
C769
SDDATA8
DQ8 42
VSS1 41
NC1 40
16 WE
DQMU 39
SDDQ1
SDCAS
17 CAS
CLK 38
SDCLK
SDRAS
18 RAS
CKE 37
SDCKE
19 CS
NC0 36
A11
SDCS0
SDADR13
20 A13
A11 35
SDADR11
SDADR13
20 A13
SDADR12
21 A12
A9 34
SDADR9
SDADR12
21 A12
A9 34
SDADR9
SDADR10
22 A10
A8 33
SDADR8
SDADR10
22 A10
A8 33
SDADR8
SDADR0
23 A0
A7 32
SDADR7
SDADR0
23 A0
A7 32
SDADR7
SDADR1
24 A1
A6 31
SDADR6
SDADR1
24 A1
A6 31
SDADR6
SDADR2
25 A2
A5 30
SDADR5
SDADR2
25 A2
A5 30
SDADR5
SDADR3
26 A3
A4 29
SDADR4
SDADR3
26 A3
A4 29
SDADR4
VSS0 28
27 VCC2
C794
SDADR11
35
VSS0 28
C558
27 VCC2
SDDATA10
DQ10 45
15 DQML
C768
SDDATA12
DQ11 47
VSSQ2 46
SDDQ0
2
DQ12 48
12 VSSQ1
SDDATA8
DQ8 42
VSS1 41
NC1 40
15 DQML
SDDQ4
SDDATA13
VCCQ3 49
IC403
IC453
14 VCC1
SDDATA14
DQ13 50
SDDATA4
DQ9 44
13 DQ7
DQ14 51
5 DQ2
SDDATA10
11 DQ6
VSSQ3 52
4 DQ1
7 DQ3
C583
SDDATA15
DQ15 53
3 VCCQ0
DQ11 47
SDDATA6
12 VSSQ1
SDDATA3
DQ10 45
SDDATA11
VSSQ2 46
9 VCCQ1
C588
VSS2 54
6 VSSQ0
2
2
SDDATA12
10 DQ5
C791
C767
DQ12 48
SDDATA5
SDDATA7
VCCQ3 49
8 DQ4
2
1 VCC0
2
2 DQ0
C584
DQ14 51
5 DQ2
7 DQ3
SDDATA4
SDDATA0
4 DQ1
6 VSSQ0
SDDATA3
C790
C582
SDDATA15
VSSQ3 52
3 VCCQ0
2
2
SDDATA1
C783
VSS2 54
2 DQ0
SDDATA0
SDDATA2
1 VCC0
FB
SDRAM(ASIC PRINT BUFFER)
+3.3V
2
FB
NF437
NF422
FB
+3.3V
C797
VSS2 54
1 VCC0
2
SDDATA16
C785
SDDATA18
SDDATA16
DQ14 51
SDDATA30
SDDATA17
5 DQ2
DQ13 50
SDDATA29
SDDATA18
DQ15 53
C591
C770
DQ14 51
SDDATA30
5 DQ2
DQ13 50
SDDATA29
6 VSSQ0
7 DQ3
DQ12 48
SDDATA28
SDDATA19
SDDATA20
8 DQ4
DQ11 47
SDDATA27
SDDATA20
DQ10 45
SDDATA26
SDDATA21
10 DQ5
DQ9 44
SDDATA25
SDDATA22
11 DQ6
C800
12 VSSQ1
SDDATA23
13 DQ7
14 VCC1
2
15 DQML
SDDQ6
C784
VCCQ2 43
VSS1 41
12 VSSQ1
SDDATA24
2
SDDATA23
C782
13 DQ7
C589
NC1 40
14 VCC1
2
15 DQML
SDDQ2
16 WE
DQMU 39
17 CAS
CLK 38
18 RAS
CKE 37
19 CS
NC0 36
SDADR13
20 A13
A11 35
SDADR11
SDADR12
21 A12
A9 34
SDADR9
SDADR10
22 A10
A8 33
SDADR8
SDADR0
23 A0
A7 32
SDADR1
24 A1
SDADR2
25 A2
SDADR3
26 A3
16 WE
SDDATA27
SDDATA26
DQ10 45
SDDATA25
DQ9 44
VCCQ2 43
C595
VSS1 41
C772
NC1 40
DQMU 39
SDDQ3
CLK 38
18 RAS
CKE 37
19 CS
NC0 36
SDADR13
20 A13
A11
SDADR12
21 A12
A9 34
SDADR9
SDADR10
22 A10
A8 33
SDADR8
SDADR7
SDADR0
23 A0
A7 32
SDADR7
A6 31
SDADR6
SDADR1
24 A1
A6 31
SDADR6
A5 30
SDADR5
SDADR2
25 A2
A5 30
SDADR5
A4 29
SDADR4
SDADR3
26 A3
A4 29
SDADR4
VSS0 28
27 VCC2
C559
SDDATA24
DQ8 42
35
SDADR11
VSS0 28
C796
SDDATA28
DQ11 47
VSSQ2 46
17 CAS
27 VCC2
C771
SDDQ7
DQ12 48
C792
DQ8 42
9 VCCQ1
2
IC402
11 DQ6
IC452
SDDATA22
C787
8 DQ4
C590
1
10 DQ5
VCCQ3 49
7 DQ3
VSSQ2 46
9 VCCQ1
2
VSSQ3 52
4 DQ1
SDDATA19
SDDATA21
SDDATA31
DQ15 53
3 VCCQ0
VCCQ3 49
6 VSSQ0
VSS2 54
1 VCC0
2
2 DQ0
VSSQ3 52
3 VCCQ0
C592
SDDATA31
4 DQ1
2 DQ0
C799
SDDATA17
C596
C
C798
SDADR[13:0]
5-135
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
HDLTN
check
VSS3_3V
VSS4_3V
15
OUTP12
C576
1CP775
C0_ODATA0P
C4_EDATA0P
C4_EDATA1P
C4_EDATA0N
C4_EDATA1N
1CP724
check
check
1CP723
1CP733
check
C628
1CP732
1CP726
check
check
1CP725
1CP735
77
NC5 76
78
79
OUTP4 80
VSS16_3V
VSS17_3V
LVDSENABLE
82
OUTM4 81
83
OUTP5 84
VDD14_3V
86
VDD15_3V
87
OUTM5 85
OUTP6 88
VSS18_3V
90
VSS19_3V
91
55
22
VSS6_3V
D10
54
23
NC1
D9
53
24
CNT_LD
D8
52
25
RESETX
VDD9_3V
51
2
1
R1089
LATCH_CL
R1088
SCLK_CL
R1086
E_DATA_BK1
R1087
E_DATA_BK0
C636
R546
49 D7
48 D6
50 NC3
47 D5
46 VSS10_3V
CHKDUTY1B
R1086
1
check
check
CHKWIDTH0B
LVDSCLK33M
R1091
O_DATA_LM0
R1092
O_DATA_LM1
C578
E_DATA_LC1
E_DATA_LM0
C3_EDATA0P
+3.3R
O_DATA_BK1
R1085
O_DATA_BK0
R1084
45 D4
R1083
R1072
OUTM6 89
D11
check
R1073
OUTP7 92
VSS5_3V
CP680
R1074
VDD16_3V
21
E_DATA_LM1
E_DATA_M1
R1075
E_DATA_M0
R1076
O_DATA_M1
R1077
O_DATA_M0
R1078
E_DATA_Y1
E_DATA_Y0
O_DATA_Y1
O_DATA_Y0
VDD17_3V
94
VSS20_3V
OUTM7 93
95
VSS21_3V
98
OUTP8 96
99
49 D7
R627
26 CHKWIDTH0
48 D6
56
50 NC3
47 D5
45 D4
2
46 VSS10_3V
44 D3
2
43 D2
2
42 D1
2
41 D0
40 VDD8_3V
39 VSS9_3V
D12
1
check
SOFTRESET
CRALARMA
To J503asic I/O=15bit
CRM_PWM_OUT
CRM_PWM
CHKDUTY1A
CHKDUTY0A
CHKWIDTH1A
CHKWIDTH0A
1CP697
C581
1
R1079
CP674
0,-
2
1
CP686
CP672
R1019
CP687
CP673
R1021
1
OUTM13
C3_EDATA0N
check
38 CRALARM
37 CRPWMX_OUT
36 NC2
35 VSS8_3V
2
1
check
check
C580
1
1
check
check
C579
R993
1
34 VDD7_3V
33 CRPWMX
32 CHKDUTY1
31 CHKDUTY0
30 CLK
29 VDD6_3V
28 VSS7_3V
27 CHKWIDTH1
26 CHKWIDTH0
D9 53
20
1CP716
O_DATA_C0
R1097
D10 54
E_DATA_LC0
VDD9_3V 51
R628
44 D3
D8 52
RESETX
57
43 D2
CNT_LD
25
58
D13
42 D1
NC1
24
59
VSS11_3V
OUTP13
VSS6_3V
23
60
VSS12_3V
VDD5_3V
22
R1082
D11 55
OUTP0
VDD4_3V
VSS5_3V
OUTM12
19
21
1CP713
18
C3_EDATA1P
C634
17
R1081
D12 56
OUTM13
16
CP666
CP679
20
check
C3_EDATA1N
R545
check
1CP700
1CP717
check
1CP703
O_DATA_C1
R1095
R1096
62
check
C635
R1080
D13 57
R1093
58
OUTP0 60
E_DATA_C1
59
VSS11_3V
OUTP13
63
OUTM0 61
O_DATA_LC1
VSS12_3V
VDD5_3V
19
IC411
O_DATA_LC0
VDD4_3V
18
64
VDD10_3V
check
1CP706
41 D0
OUTM12
17
check
40 VDD8_3V
16
1CP708
C0_ODATA0N
1CP774
39 VSS9_3V
OUTP1
VDD11_3V
check
38 CRALARM
C4_ODATA0P
check
OUTM11
OUTM0 61
C4_ODATA0N
1CP722
1CP714
OUTM1 65
CHKDUTY0B
1CP743
14
check
C577
C3_ODATA1N
check
C0_ODATA1P
13
check
1CP699
check
OUTP11
12
check
C3_ODATA1P
11
63
check
IC410
1CP742
C3_ODATA0N
OUTP1 64
1CP720
OUTP12
66
VDD10_3V 62
VDD11_3V
C629
15
HDLTP
1CP760
check
1CP705
67
VSS13_3V
VSS4_3V
VSS14_3V
VDD3_3V
check
VSS3_3V
14
C0_ODATA1N
C4_ODATA1P
check
VDD2_3V
2
1CP761
C4_ODATA1N
1CP731
check
9
10
C633
OUTM1 65
check
OUTM11
13
68
C639
12
OUTP2
R1094
1CP751
70
OUTM2 69
OUTM10
E_DATA_C0
OUTP11
71
VDD12_3V
OUTP10
CRALARMB
To Power Down
11
VDD13_3V
VSS2_3V
1CP747
check
check
HDCLKN
1CP730
check
VSS1_3V
6
1CP745
check
37 CRPWMX_OUT
1CP750
74
check
HDCLKP
36 NC2
66
72
35 VSS8_3V
67
VSS13_3V
OUTP3
VSS15_3V
34 VDD7_3V
VSS14_3V
VDD3_3V
OUTM3 73
OUTM9
VDD2_3V
1CP707
C3_ODATA0P
C0_EDATA0P
OUTP9
C638
check
C0_EDATA0N
1CP772
check
9
10
2
check
1CP773
VDD1_3V
check
C574
check
75
TEST1_VDD
C637
NC4
check
CP667 1
CP681
OUTP2 68
1CP736
33 CRPWMX
OUTM2 69
OUTM10
1CP737
check
32 CHKDUTY1
VDD12_3V 70
OUTP10
C575
C2_EDATA1N
C5_EDATA1N
31 CHKDUTY0
VDD13_3V 71
VSS2_3V
1CP765
check
C2_EDATA1P
C5_EDATA1P
C0_EDATA1P
30 CLK
VSS1_3V
6
1CP764
check
C2_EDATA0N
C0_EDATA1N
1CP758
check
check
C2_EDATA0P
check
check
C627
2
2
1CP759
check
OUTM8 97
C625
74
29 VDD6_3V
NC4 75
100
OUTP3 72
VSS15_3V
VDD18_3V
OUTM3 73
OUTM9
VDD19_3V
OUTP9
TEST2_VDD
VDD1_3V
28 VSS7_3V
TEST1_VDD
27 CHKWIDTH1
77
NC5 76
78
79
OUTP4 80
VSS16_3V
VSS17_3V
LVDSENABLE
82
OUTM4 81
83
OUTP5 84
VDD14_3V
86
VDD15_3V
87
OUTM5 85
VSS18_3V
OUTP6 88
VSS19_3V
90
OUTM6 89
91
VDD16_3V
OUTP7 92
VDD17_3V
94
VSS20_3V
OUTM7 93
95
98
VSS21_3V
99
OUTP8 96
100
VDD18_3V
OUTM8 97
VDD19_3V
CP665
CHKWIDTH1B
1CP753
check
C2_ODATA1N
C5_ODATA0P
C5_ODATA1P
C5_ODATA0N
C5_EDATA0P
C5_ODATA1N
1CP734
check
1CP727
1CP728
check
check
C626
2
2
2
1CP752
TEST2_VDD
C570
C2_ODATA1P
2
FB
1
NF428
check
check
1CP771
1CP770
1CP756
check
check
C573
1CP757
1CP768
check
check
1CP769
1CP754
check
C572
check
1CP755
1CP767
1CP766
check
C571
check
FB
1
NF418
C5_EDATA0N
C1_ODATA0P
C1_ODATA1P
C1_ODATA0N
C1_ODATA1N
C1_EDATA0P
C1_EDATA1P
C1_EDATA0N
C1_EDATA1N
+3.3V
+3.3V
C2_ODATA0P
C2_ODATA0N
OUTENB
+3.3V
R562
R561
R560
1
R559
1
R558
2
1
R557
2
1
FB
CHKWIDTH0A
NF436
R556
R555
2
1
NF415
FB
+5V
+3.3R
+3.3V
+5V
IC405
CHKWIDTH1A
CHKDUTY0A
IC404
C5_HENB
G2
R596
C434
C435
C436
C437
C438
C439
C440
C441
Y8
2
1
R554
R553
R552
1
R551
R550
1
2
1
R549
R548
1
C5_SUBH
1
2
R547
C4_SUBH
12
11
2
1
A8
13
G1
19
G2
CP741
G1
C428
R585
C3_SUBH
14
R599
Y7
C429
11
A7
C2_SUBH
R587
Y8
CP744
Y6
C1_SUBH
15
A6
C0_SUBH
R589
Y5
R591
A8
BKSUBHT
A5
R593
16
C430
check
R597
C4_HENB
R586
LCSUBHT
Y4
R595
17
C431
R602
A4
18
12
C3_HENB
Y3
R604
CSUBHT
Y2
A3
13
Y1
A2
R606
C2_HENB
C432
Y7
14
LMSUBHT
C1_HENB
C433
A7
Y6
check
CHKDUTY0B
CHKDUTY1B
A1
19
A6
R610
CHKWIDTH0B
CHKWIDTH1B
Y5
R612
16
R608
MSUBHT
A5
17
15
Y4
YSUBHT
C0_HENB
A4
Y3
BKHENB
Y2
A3
R614
A2
18
LCHENB
R598
10
C569
IC404
Y1
A1
CHENB
SCLK_BK
20
2
1
GND
VCC
R590
R588
C731
R594
R592
MHENB
R601
10
C568
IC405
LMHENB
LATCH_BK
20
R600
R605
R603
R609
R607
R613
R611
YHENB
GND
CHKDUTY1A
VCC
OUTENBA
5-136
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
Carriage Interface Connector

DA429
DA430
F
C505
C526
Controller Interface Connector

C504
J406
J405
40
40
J40P
R632
39
R633
1
J40P
39
C0_ODATA0N
C0_ODATA0P
J40P
38
J40P
J40P
J40P
37
J40P
J40P
35
36
R631
J40P
35
J40P
34
C5_EDATA1P
33
C5_EDATA1N
C5_EDATA0P
J40P
34
33
J40P
J40P
C0_EDATA0P
C0_EDATA1N
C0_EDATA1P
J40P
32
J40P
32
J40P
J40P
31
J40P
J40P
J40P
J40P
J40P
30
C1_ODATA0N
J40P
29
C1_ODATA0P
C1_ODATA1N
C1_ODATA1P
J40P
28
27
ADC_CSX
ADC_CLKX
37
J408
ADC_DSETX
J40P
C0_ODATA1N
C0_ODATA1P
C0_EDATA0N
36
38
31
30
29
28
+3.3V
+3.3V
CEDATA[31:0]
51
R938
C5_EDATA0N
C5_ODATA1P
C5_ODATA1N
27
J100P
J100P
52
J100P
53
+3.3R
R937
R936
3
J100P
54
J100P
R953
R952
R951
R950
R949
R948
R947
J100P
55
J100P
J100P
56
26
R954
J100P
J100P
C5_ODATA0P
C5_ODATA0N
J40P
J40P
ADC_DRETX
J40P
21
C4_EDATA0P
C4_EDATA0N
C4_ODATA1P
22
22
J40P
J40P
21
C2_ODATA0N
J40P
20
C2_ODATA0P
C2_ODATA1N
J40P
C2_ODATA1P
C2_EDATA0N
J40P
C2_EDATA0P
C2_EDATA1N
C2_EDATA1P
J40P
J40P
19
18
J40P
J40P
20
C4_ODATA1N
19
C4_ODATA0P
18
C4_ODATA0N
17
16
15
14
J40P
16
C3_EDATA1P
15
14
C3_EDATA1N
C3_EDATA0P
13
C3_EDATA0N
12
C3_ODATA1P
C3_ODATA1N
J40P
J40P
13
J40P
HDCLKN
HDCLKP
11
11
J40P
J40P
10
HDLTN
HDLTP
J40P
J40P
J40P
8
7
J40P
10
C3_ODATA0P
C3_ODATA0N
C4_HENB
C3_HENB
C5_SUBH
C4_SUBH
C3_SUBH
J40P
4
J40P
2
1
R443
C449
R462
CEDATA9
R933
R913
J100P
J100P
19
69
R442
1CP451
C500
R441
1CP469
C498
R461
C497
R440
1CP448
C496
R439
1CP466
C444
R460
C443
R931
R930
70
21
J100P
22
23
73
R928
R927
R907
1CP445
CEDATA20
C493
R437
1CP463
C491
R459
R925
R924
R904
C490
R436
1CP442
C422
R435
1CP460
C421
R458
R922
R921
R901
R434
1
1
1
35
R919
38
89
2
1
R573
1
1CP467
CEDATA13
1CP447
CEDATA16
1CP465
CEDATA17
check
check
C494
R451
check
1CP464
R923
R429
R903
R450
R902
R449
R920
R428
R900
CEDATA19
1CP444
CEDATA22
1CP462
CEDATA23
1CP461
CEDATA25
1CP441
CEDATA28
1CP459
CEDATA29
1CP458
CEDATA31
2
check
C488
C489
C423
check
R448
check
C419
R447
2
check
C418
C417
R943
R466
R942
D401
2
STANDBY
Q402
+3.3V
OFFCONTROLL
45
J100P
46
47
Q401
J100P
48
98
J100P
J100P
49
99
J100P
R940
R939
R465
J100P
100
J100P
C442
CRALARM1
R1138
50
CRALARM2
J100P
R571
1
R570
HEADEEPWDX
HEADEEPRDX
HEADEEPCLKX
Q428
3
R463
3
26
R569
1
24
PLED
23
PSNS
XDCDC_OVP
22
J40P
21
XJOINTSNS
BAIAS
25
J40P
R578
1
R567
20
PLEDONX
C415
SWDETECT
J40P
+3.3V
Q429
HEADEEPCSX
27
29
28
RESETC
XCRENCB
J40P
J40P
C495
R572
30
J40P
J40P
C445
+3.3V
J40P
J40P
R915
CEDATA11
J100P
97
R916
XCRENCA
32
J40P
J40P
C619
R905
33
31
J40P
ADTRGX
DACLKX
J40P
34
To SH3 NMI
DADTX
R452
J40P
DSOUT1
DLDX
2
R575
R430
J100P
95
96
J100P
35
R453
R899
43
J100P
R941
R574
36
CEDATA10
1CP468
check
R576
37
J40P
38
J40P
J40P
J100P
J100P
J40P
J40P
WAKE
CEDATA7
1CP450
DSOUT2
39
CEDATA5
1CP470
J40P
C446
44
94
J100P
R917
40
J40P
R906
J100P
J100P
J40P
R926
J100P
93
+3.3V
C411
CEDATA4
1CP471
check
42
J100P
C410
+3.3V
41
92
R908
J100P
J100P
39
91
R918
+3.3V
J100P
J100P
+5V
R454
40
90
CEDATA1
1CP453
check
37
J100P
J100P
C499
J100P
J100P
C418
C501
36
J100P
34
J100P
87
check
J100P
85
86
88
1CP440
CEDATA30
START
33
J100P
J100P
C420
check
C492
J100P
J100P
1CP473
check
check
32
84
1
check
J100P
J100P
+3.3V
31
83
check
J100P
J100P
check
CEDATA27
C447
R431
30
J100P
81
82
check
CEDATA26
C503
check
29
J100P
1CP443
CEDATA24
27
J100P
J100P
check
J100P
J100P
check
CEDATA21
1
2
28
J100P
79
80
R438
check
R455
R909
J100P
77
J100P
J100P
J100P
1CP446
CEDATA18
J407
R929
J100P
J100P
check
26
78
check
CEDATA15
check
25
76
check
CEDATA14
R456
1
J100P
75
J100P
1CP449
CEDATA12
R432
R912
24
J100P
check
R457
J100P
J100P
J40P
J40P
R911
J100P
J100P
R910
R932
20
J100P
71
74
1
R914
J100P
J100P
J100P
72
check
R934
C448
check
CEDATA8
+3.3R
18
68
1
SACK
17
J100P
J100P
J100P
1CP452
CEDATA6
J40P
R444
C502
J40P
C1_SUBH
C2_SUBH
C459
check
J40P
1CP472
check
CEDATA3
R464
J40P
1CP454
1CP455
CEDATA0
check
C5_HENB
C461
J100P
67
+3.3R
16
J100P
CEDATA2
J40P
C2_HENB
C0_SUBH
15
J100P
66
R445
J100P
65
DCLK
R433
J100P
14
64
J40P
J40P
J100P
J100P
J40P
C0_HENB
C1_HENB
13
J40P
CACK
READY
J40P
J40P
SREQ
J100P
63
J40P
J100P
J40P
12
J40P
11
J100P
12
62
C460
J100P
J40P
J40P
J100P
61
J40P
J100P
10
60
J100P
J40P
J100P
J100P
R446
CREQ
17
DA401
J40P
J100P
59
DA401
J40P
J40P
+3.3R
58
J100P
R935
23
J40P
J40P
J100P
R945
C1_EDATA1P
J100P
57
J100P
C1_EDATA1N
23
C4_EDATA1P
C4_EDATA1N
24
24
J40P
J40P
J100P
25
J40P
R944
J40P
J40P
C1_EDATA0N
C1_EDATA0P
25
R946
26
J40P
19
J40P
18
J40P
17
J40P
VHENBX
R565
OUTENBB
J40P
15
J40P
14
C403
C470
C471
C472
C468
C458
C469
C457
C455
C456
C454
C717
C427
C413
10
C412
12
11
13
J40P
J40P
J40P
+5V
J40P
H5VENBX
R566
16
J40P
+24V
J40P
J40P
8
7
J40P
6
5
J40P
J40P
C414
J40P
J40P
2
J40P
1
2
Q450
PIGMENT
5-137
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
+24V
FB
R750
R747
R741
R746
P82JW
WJ28P
P82JW
RESET
10
11
TDI
TMS
7
WJ28P
P82JW
WJ28P
P82JW
WJ28P
P82JW
WJ28P
P82JW
+3.3V
ASEMBRKAK
R745
2
1
R789
P82JW
WJ28P
9
6
1
2
4
2
TDO
TRST
J426
2
ASEMD0
TCK
R788
R748
I0
13
WJ28P
10
PH
11
C546
C552
12
12
I1
14
C545
VR
GND3
13
VCC
14
ASFM_1A
GND2
J425
CTMOUTA
15
R715
GND4
VMM2
GND1
R713
+3.3R
MA
VMM1
ASFMA
C551
16
C726
R714
+3.3R
MB
R1041
IC416
1
+3.3V
H-UDI
R716
CTMOUTAN
C550
D418
D417
FU402
1
NF412
FB
1
NF411
+5V
ASFM_0A
+5V
FB
D420
VCC
VR
I1
PH
I0
CTMOUTB
15
14
13
12
C547
11
FU404
GND3
J412
GND2
16
R719
GND4
R717
VMM2
GND1
E
MA
VMM1
ASFMB
+3.3V
10
9
A1
XMIST_R
WJ28P
C555
A2
XMIST_R_GND
WJ28P
CTMOUTA
A3
WJ28P
CTMOUTB
A4
WJ28P
A5
WJ28P
R682
CTMOUTBN
R683
MB
C548
C554
C727
R718
2
D
+24V
0,-
R720
IC418
1
D419
CTMOUTBN
C553
NF414
FB
FU403
1
NF413
+24V
CTMOUTAN
A6
WJ28P
A7
WJ28P
A8
To "Parge Uinit"
WJ28P
A9
WJ28P
PGAO
A10
WJ28P
PGANO
A11
WJ28P
PGBO
A12
WJ28P
PGBNO
A13
WJ28P
A14
WJ28P
B
IC415
1
R711
PGA
PGAX
2
3
R710
1
4
5
R709
PGB
PGBX
6
7
R708
1
8
9
10
E1
B1
C1
B2
C2
B3
C3
B4
C4
E2
5-138
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
R1139
C732
C549
1
2
R994
R995
1
2
D409
Q406
D407
J409
R687
R996
+24R
R689
2
J4P
R685
2
1
J4P
Q404
0,-
J4P
IC417
2
2
R707
D410
D408
2
1
6 LB
C689
R962
5 GND
C716
4 LA
0,-
IC412
C715
CRM_BREAK
R706
0,2
C487
3 OUTA
2 UA
R963
CRM_DIR
1 VDD
CRM_PWM_OUTX
CRM_START
J4P
R684
R790
R686
+3.3R
Q405
R688
+5V
7 OUTB
8 UB
RF
WH
WL
VH
VL
F/R 26
UH
PWMIN 25
UL
VCC1
GND 30
BR 28
R967
IN2-
12REG 19
13
IN3+
VCC3 18
14
IN3-
15
VREG
0,-
0,-
R649
17
2
2
1
C688
R1156
18
CRHALL
17
YMEDIA_CTS
16
YMEDIA_RXD
15
HEADEEPDOUT
14
2
1
R961
R959
OUTENBB
ADC_DRET
13
TANKEEPRD
12
SYSEEPRD
11
A1
Y1
Y2
A2
Y3
A3
Y4
A4
Y5
A5
R621
OUTENB
1
CRHALLX
YMEDIA_CTSX
YMEDIA_RXDX
R1010
1
HEADEEPRDX
R622
ADC_DRETX
Y6
A6
Y7
A7
TANKEEPRDX
Y8
A8
SYSEEPRDX
2
1
R958
IC435
C687
VCC2 16
12
R625
22
R665
TOC 20
IN2+
11
C686
PWM 21
KYUIN_VM
J412
GND2
VCTL
IN1-
+5V
+5V
OUTC
LC
12
IN1+
LVS
10
11
24
CSD 23
9
10
R966
R960
2
1
R957
S/S
C690
R964
0,-
HP 27
+5V
9 UC
R965
29
C691
REVSEL
C485
C484
Q417
B12
G2
G1
19
+3.3R
XKYUINPWM_R
B13
WJ28P
WJ28P
C483
B14
WJ28P
B11
Q424
WJ28P
+3.3V
B10
WJ28P
IC435
B9
VCC
KYUINPWM_R
B7
GND
WJ28P
20
B8
10
CRHALLX
WJ28P
C509
B5
XPGHP
+3.3V
B6
WJ28P
R1150
R1149
WJ28P
+3.3R
B4
WJ28P
B3
IC434
244
1
R629
WJ28P
B1
WJ28P
LICC2_LD
11
A4
Y4
LICC2_DT
13
A3
Y3
LICC2_CLK
15
A2
Y2
17
A1
Y1
R781
XASFHP
WJ28P
B2
R778
WJ28P
+5V
ADTRG
GND
10
C525
DACLKX
ADTRGX
19
1
20
IC413
VCC
+3.3R
R630
IC433
DADTX
ADTRG_DUMMY
DLDX
S04
2
4
8
A8
Y8
11
EEPCLK
A3
EEPWD
A2
A1
Y3
16
HEADEEPCLKX
Y2
14
HEADEEPWDX
Y1
12
IC434
244
VCC
C522
HEADEEPCSX
11
20
10
C523
GND
12
NC1
18
1
GND
A02
A01
DI
CLK
LD
DO
GND
Y4
G1
+5V
2
YMEDIA_RTS
R955
YMEDIA_TXDX
YMEDIA_RTSX
CRM_PWM
OUTENBA
IC443
4
19
G2
S04
VCC
R956
A4
Y7
PLED
10
R884
A7
13
Y6
14
HEADEEPCS
A6
C685
15
10
9
A03
A04
2
8
16
IC413
R626
244
+5V
VSS
Y5
11
Y4
A5
IC432
A05
Y3
A4
17
12
A3
18
13
Y2
14
Y1
A2
A06
DA1DATA
IC434
A1
VDD
+3.3V
IC443
VCC
R775
DA1CLK
OUTENB
+5V
IC433
DA1LD
YMEDIA_TXD
H5VENB
+5V
13
14
CRM_PWM_OUT
11
12
CRM_PWM_OUTX
5-139
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
+3.3V
+5V
+3.3V
+5V
4
5
6
LF_MAINANB
R666
LFDATA7
LFDATA6
LFDATA5
LFDATA4
10
VDD
DGND
WR
DACA
CS
DB7
DB0
DB6
DB1
DB5
DB2
DB4
DB3
18
RFBB
RFBA
REFB
REFA
VDD
DGND
WR
20
2
OUTB
OUTA
C702
19
AGND
R785
REFB
REFA
19
18
RFBB
RFBA
20
R786
OUTA
IC439
C703
C704
OUTB
AGND
+3.3R
C705
+3.3R
IC440
1
4
17
5
16
LF_MAINWEN
15
14
LFDATA0
13
LFDATA1
12
LFDATA2
11
LFDATA3
LFDATA7
LFDATA6
LFDATA5
LFDATA4
10
DACA
CS
DB7
DB0
DB6
DB1
DB5
DB2
DB4
DB3
17
16
LF_SUBWEN
15
14
LFDATA0
13
LFDATA1
12
LFDATA2
11
LFDATA3
E
C535
LFDATA[7:0]
C531
2
+5V
IC438
4
+5V
14
1
4
R992
CP8741
IC436
11
4
2
1
2
J6P
IC441
CP876
CP873
+5V
check
+5V
J6P
check
3
J6P
R986
+5V
J6P
IC441
J415
J6P
Q413
R990
check
4
J6P
11
4
4
R671
7
1
1
11
11
+5V
CP822
Q408
7
6
+5V
LFSUBDA
J415
12
R988
R987
+5V
R970
+5V
11
check
IC427
C707
13
14
1
2
R673
R669
R670
R674
G2
INKSEL0
INKSEL1
+5V
INKSEL2
IC420
10
C713
VCC
GND
SUBLFCL
PINCHCL
A8
Y8
A7
Y7
A6
Y6
A5
Y5
A4
Y4
A3
Y3
A2
Y2
A1
Y1
ATUKAICL
G1
COVER_SOL
20
R773
19
R783
R782
R774
+3.3R
INKSEL0X
11
INKSEL1X
12
J414
INKSEL2X
13
R726
R724
R723
R722
14
J20P
2
15
J20P
16
J20P
17
J20P
18
J20P
+3.3R
6
J20P
XROLLCVR
IC420
J20P
8
J20P
9
J20P
XLFENCB
10
XLFENCA
1
19
14
R693
15
16
14
J20P
17
15
J20P
18
16
J20P
R692
19
17
R691
J20P
20
18
2
1
C712
C711
C710
2
1
C709
C708
IC419
J20P
Y1
R694
J20P
A1
Y2
C701
A2
LFSUBBN
R695
13
LFSUBAN
Y3
A3
Y4
R696
A4
Y5
12
J20P
C700
A5
13
C699
C698
Y6
R697
J20P
C697
A6
Y7
R1005
R1006
R1003
R1004
R1007
R1008
8
A7
R698
11
C696
LFSUBB
A8
10
LFSUBA
Y8
GND
20
J20P
VCC
LFMAINBN
12
G1
IC419
G2
LFMAINAN
11
J20P
C695
LFMAINB
XSUBLFHP
C694
LFMAINA
+5V
R1001
R1002
J20P
C540
R470
C533
IC436
R667
1
R469
+5V
14
12
R677
IC438
11
13
CP819
1
+5V
C529
IC438
C534
R676
C614
IC427
LFMAINDA
Q410
IC441
+5V
+5V
IC441
+5V
C532
1
0,-
13
11
11
R991
12
10
8
9
11
+5V
R989
10
10
Q409
11
IC436
R672
8
11
R668
1
+5V
check
IC436
+5V
IC438
R678
R675
11
1
+5V
5-140
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200

+3.3V
+3.3V
R408
R406
R412
R410
R416
R414
2
DIPSW1
DIPSW2
DIPSW3
R411
4
J8P
DIPSW4
DIPSW5
R415
+5V
+5V
J427
C706
IC443
BK_SENSE
13
X0
X4
X5
X6
INHIBIT
18
J18P
17
J18P
16
Y_SENSE
12
X3
J18P
15
LC_SENSE
J18P
14
LM_SENSE
J18P
13
CP840
CP841
J18P
12
check
X7
R968
M_SENSE
15
X2
10
11
Q423
C562
C563
C605
C609
C606
R983
1
C607
DA412
DA411
C
4
DA410
DA410
C
1
DA410
2
2
R969
8
J8P
J18P
C_SENSE
14
X1
11
DA410
IC442
J8P
J8P
R413
J8P
+5V
DIPSW0
R409
J8P
4
1
R407
2
J8P
R981
INK_ONX
R405
1
J8P
ZDA401
ZDA402
DA412
DA411
DA409
DA409
DA409
DA409
+3.3V
J401
INKSEL1X
INKSEL2X
F
INKSEL0X
check
R982
1
2
IC443
+5V
R1016
R1015
+5V
+5V
IC442
+3.3V
VDD
16
C482
VSS
INKSNS
C544
11
VEE
IC429
INK_ON
6
7
VHENB
H5VENB
A1
Y1
A2
Y2
A3
Y3
A4
Y4
A5
Y5
A6
Y6
A7
Y7
A8
Y8
18
ADC_DSETX
17
ADC_CLKX
16
ADC_CSX
15
PLEDONX
14
INK_ONX
D
C832
2
+3.3V
13
IC424
12
VHENBX
11
H5VENBX
IC444
5
VCC
GND
R892
VDD
VOUT
+3.3V
C616
IC444
GND
+3.3V
R875
C718
G1
19
2
1
R876
R1013
G2
PLEDON
ADC_CS
NC
ADC_CLK
ADC_DSET
CT
R881
10
GND
20
VCC
R1014
6
7
IC429
1
1
R893
1
0,2
RESET
+3.3V
C733
R877
VCC
SK
NC2
DI
NC1
DO
GND
8
1CP510
7
6
R858
C679
CS
R426
check
R873
EEPWD
SYSEEPCS
EEPCLK
+3.3V
IC428
1
R1012
+3.3V
R427
RESETC
1CP456
+3.3V
SYSEEPRDX
R651
+3.3V
Q403
TANK_ON
DA406
R652
check
C404
+3.3V
R650
1
C527
DA406
TANKEEPRDX
J427
1
J18P
IC430
J18P
3
J18P
2
3
+3.3V
TANKCS5
TANKCS4
TANKCS3
TANKCS2
TANKCS1
TANKCS0
A1
Y1
A2
Y2
A3
Y3
A4
Y4
A5
Y5
A6
Y6
A7
Y7
A8
Y8
18
R896
17
R895
16
R894
15
R891
14
R890
13
R889
12
R887
11
R886
4
J18P
5
J18P
6
J18P
7
J18P
8
J18P
9
J18P
10
J18P
11
2
J18P
19
G1
C528
1
C473
C475
C476
C477
C478
C479
C480
C481
R619
R620
2
1
R617
R618
10
C474
R615
R616
GND
20
VCC
G2
IC430
5-141
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+3.3V
+3.3V
2
2
R766
1
DSOUT1
DSOUT1_A
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
C624
DA403
2
1
C
1
DA425
1
C
+5V
C539
+3.3V
+3.3V
KAATSU
LFENCB
+5V
C630
DA403
2
1
C
+3.3V
+3.3V
+5V
R762
DA405
R764
1
CRENCA
PSNS
PSNS_A
2
1
C
4
1
C
4
DA425
1
C
1
DA417
C
4
C623
C541
C518
DA403
C516
R690
XCRENCA
R972
ROLLCVR
R645
1
XROLLCVR
CRGHP
DA424
DA416
R661
2
1
R659
DA418
R643
XCRGHP
DA419
DSOUT2_A
C538
DA425
+5V
+5V
R771
1
DSOUT2
5
2
1
C
1
DA417
+5V
C519
+5V
C
1
DA405
R976
XLFENCB
5
2
1
C
1
DA419
C514
R772
2
1
R973
R646
XKAATSU
DA424
PGHP
1
2
XPGHP
DA416
R662
R657
R641
DA418
+5V
C521
DA417
C515
DA419
LFENCA
R769
R975
1
XLFENCA
DA405
ASFHP
R971
2
1
R648
XASFHP
DA424
ROLLFEED
R642
XROLLFEED
DA416
R664
R658
1
DA418
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+3.3V
+3.3V
XCRENCB
CRENCB
R623
R721
1
R624
ROLLEND
C
1
R647
XROLLEND
DA426
HIKIDASHISET
DA424
R663
DA416
XHIKIDASHISET
R974
4
C
R660
R644
DA418
+5V
+5V
+5V
INKSNS
3
1
DA426
+3.3V
R760
BAIAS
BAIAS_A
C
R758
DA405
DA402
C620
1
C
4
DA403
R763
1
+3.3V
JOINTSNS
CP782
R636
1
RESERVE_A1
check
DA404
C622
C510
R761
XJOINTSNS
R635
A0_A1_SEL
DA402
R653
R637
+5V
+5V
C611
+5V
TANKCVR
XDCDC_OVP
R768
R765
1
DCDC_OVP
1
C
+5V
R656
1
R640
DA420
+5V
C631
DA404
C512
DA421
XTANKCVR
DA402
R655
1
R639
DA420
+5V
C621
+5V
DA404
DA404
C511
CVRSW
1
C
C
3
+5V
DA420
C486
+3.3V
R757
XCVRSW
+5V
DA421
INKSNS_A
+5V
R759
DA402
SUBLFHP
+5V
1
2
3
DA425
1
C
+5V
R654
R638
XSUBLFHP
JP401
C542
+5V
DA420
C520
DA417
+5V
+5V
DA421
3
2
1
C
4
DA419
C517
XMEDIA
MEDIA
C513
DA421
5-142
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
+24V
+24V
FU406
J427
+3.3V
J417
FU405
+5V
+5V
+24V
+5V
1
J19P
XROLLEND
J421
J19P
J4P
3
3
J19P
J4P
START
STANDBY
J4P
J2P
7
2
XTANKCVR
J4P
6
J19P
J7P
J4P
R1147
C543
D403
J19P
D402
XHIKIDASHISET
1
J419
4
J19P
J403
3
J4P
J2P
J19P
XKAATSU
J7P
J19P
J4P
J7P
J4P
J19P
+5V
10
J19P
J7P
COVER_SOL_R
11
XCRGHP
J19P
J7P
12
Q431
13
+24U
J19P
14
Q411
R727
J418
J19P
J7P
Q412
+3.3R
J7P
XMEDIA
J19P
J8P
15
J19P
+24V
17
C506
J8P
J19P
XROLLFEED
+5V
J420
J19P
J8P
18
16
Q430
2SC4672
R728
COVER_SOL
J19P
MEDIA_ON
+3.3V
+5V
+24V
J8P
J5P
C537
CP877
CP777
J5P
3
J5P
check
check
check
check
check
CP401
3
J8P
XTANKSOL
CP829
CP801
J8P
+3.3R
J8P
2
1
2SC4672
CP880
3V
R985
R1020
1 GND
CE
2 VDD
VOUT 3
C720
BAT401
RTCPW
TANKSOL
5
J5P
check
J5P
R704
C536
IC450
Q425
R980
Q419
J8P
D
+24V
START
D416
FU407
+3.3V
+1.9V
+3.3V
+24V
+5V
2
R1115
C816
1
R767
CP402 1
IC449
check
R1141
Q444
XMIST_FAULT
C827
Q452
NC
GND
CN
7
6
5
VIN
SUB
CONT
2
3
Q446
C730
C825
D434
XMIST_R_GND
D412
IC463
XMIST_R
VO
R1116
1
R1144
R1140
C821
R1098
1
C814
1
+24V
2
+5V
+5V
FU408
R699
+5V
R700
+5V
+2.5V
R1117
1
C831
1
+3.3V
J429
2
2
R1145
R1142
Q445
CP704 1
IC448
check
2
3
CP976
C826
C693
C692
R1143
C729
C822
R1099
VO
NC
GND
CN
VIN
SUB
CONT
4
2
D433
MIST_LR
Q447
CP975
check
1
2
1
R701
1
D439
XMIST_L_GND
1
check
Q451
IC463
XMIST_L
Q454
2
3
2
+24V
3
Q453
1
+3.3V
R702
1
C824
R1118
1
+5V
+3.3V
+3.3V
+24V
+3.3V
LED402
J404
XCVRSW
R1146
+24R
J2P
C507
ZD401
J2P
2
1
R703
C508
R418
R419
+24R
R417
R563
+24U
LED404
LED403
LED401
+5V
Q421
LEDD2
Q422
C453
Q407
LEDD1
Q420
LEDD0
5-143
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
F
+5V
+5V
DA427
R1051
+24V
R1042
CUTSNS_L(5)
2
2
+24V
2
C806
D436
DA428
+24V
D435
D422
2
1
+5V
+5V
FU412
XKYUINPWM_L
+3.3R
Q432
FU410
KYUIN_VM(10)
J423
C807
DA428
1
+24V
IC454
J6P
R1043
R1054
CUTSNS_R(5)
KYUINPWM_L(5)
DA427
R1044
1
5
J6P
NC12 18
4 NC2
NC11 17
5 NC3
OUTAN 16
D421
D426
3 VCC2
2
NC13 19
3
J6P
XMIST_L_GND(14)
2 NC1
NC14 20
J424
2
J6P
1 VCC1
16
J6P
XMIST_L(14)
J6P
21 GND1
GND2 22
6 NC4
OUTA 15
J16P
XCUTSNS_R
15
CUTTER UNIT (R)
J16P
CUTM_N
14
13
J16P
R1157
D424
NC7 11
D425
NC8 12
+5V
C833
C802
9 IN2
10 NC6
R1047
1
R1048
NC9 13
CUTTERM_D2(5)
8 IN1
CUTM_P
CUTTERM_D1(5)
NC10 14
7 NC5
J16P
+5V
12
J16P
1
C
J16P
10
FUTO_CLMP(5)
J16P
FU411
11
DA427
FUTO_ON(5)
R1039
+24V
IC455
FUTO_CMP1(5)
CP1018
1
J16P
check
J16P
OUTAN 16
21 GND1
GND2 22
6 NC4
OUTA 15
7 NC5
NC10 14
J16P
J16P
D427
NC11 17
5 NC3
FUTOKEN UNIT
C781
D430
NC12 18
4 NC2
3 VCC2
DA428
NC13 19
NC14 20
2 NC1
1 VCC1
R1038
INKM_N
5
J16P
INKM_P
+5V
CP1017
C803
C811
1
1
R1057
check
R1158
1
R1056
FUTO_CMP2(5)
+5V
1
J16P
C804
INK SUP. VALVE UNIT

2
J16P
R1050
DA427
R1052
INK_HP(5)
R1053
R1049
3
J16P
XINK_HP
NC7 11
D428
10 NC6
NC8 12
INKM_D2(5)
9 IN2
2
NC9 13
8 IN1
D429
J16P
INKM_D1(5)
C834
R1055
Q434
C805
DA428
1
C
1
5-144
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200

8
Carriage Relay PCB (1/9)
IC209
11
Engine Controller Interface

Connector
DSOUT2_A
DSOUT2
10
C1_EDATA1N
J40P 17
C1_EDATA1P
J40P 18
J40P 19
J40P 20
J40P 21
J40P 22
J40P 23
J40P 24
J40P 25
J40P 26
J40P 27
J40P 19
J40P 20
C2_ODATA0N
J40P 21
C2_ODATA0P
J40P 22
C2_ODATA1N
C2_ODATA1P
J40P 23
+5V
C2_EDATA0N
J40P 24
C2_EDATA0P
J40P 25
C2_EDATA1N
J40P 26
C2_EDATA1P
J40P 27
J40P 28
J40P 33
J40P 31
J40P 32
HDLTP
J40P 30
HDLTN
R274
J40P 32
HDCLKN
HDCLKP
R273
J40P 31
R272
J40P 30
J40P 29
J40P 29
J40P 28
J40P 34
J40P 35
J40P 36
J40P 37
J40P 38
J40P 39
J40P 40
2
2
R301
2
C5_ODATA0N
C4_EDATA1P
J40P 16
C4_EDATA1N
J40P 21
C4_ODATA0P
J40P 23
J40P 27
C3_EDATA0N
C3_ODATA1N
C3_ODATA0P
J40P 29
J40P 40
J40P
C3_SUBH
J40P 30
C241
J40P 31
J40P 32
C5_SUBH
LVDSENB
J40P 28
C3_ODATA0N
C4_SUBH
VHENB
J40P 26
C3_EDATA0P
C3_ODATA1P
H5VENB
J40P 25
C3_EDATA1N
J40P 36
J40P 39
VH_CHANGE
J40P 24
C3_EDATA1P
J40P 38
OVP
OPEN
J40P 22
C4_ODATA0N
J40P 37
PSNS
J40P 20
+5V
C4_ODATA1N
+5V
PLED
J40P 19
C4_ODATA1P
+3.3V
CMOUT
J40P 18
J40P 35
C2_HENB
JOINTSNSX
J40P 17
C4_EDATA0P
C4_EDATA0N
J40P 34
C1_SUBH
HEADEEPCLKX
J40P 15
C1_HENB
C2_SUBH
HEADEEPRDX
J40P 14
C0_HENB
C0_SUBH
HEADEEPWDX
J40P 13
J40P 33
R303
R302
C5_ODATA0P
J40P 16
HEADEEPCSX
J40P 12
R278
J40P 15
C1_EDATA0P
CRENCB
J40P 11
C5_ODATA1N
J40P 18
J40P 14
C1_EDATA0N
C5_ODATA1P
R306
2
R305
2
+24V
J40P 33
R304
C5_HENB
C4_HENB
C3_HENB
J40P 34
C240
C242
CP204
J40P 35
J40P 36
C243
J40P 17
C1_ODATA1P
CRENCA
J40P 10
J40P 16
J40P 13
C1_ODATA1N
J40P 9
C5_EDATA0N
J40P 15
J40P 12
DACLKX
J40P 8
C5_EDATA0P
J40P 14
C1_ODATA0P
C5_EDATA1N
J40P 13
J40P 11
J40P 12
J40P 10
J40P 9
J40P 8
C0_EDATA1P
C1_ODATA0N
1
check
J40P 37
J40P 38
J40P 39
J40P 40
J40P
B
1
J40P 11
DSOUT1
12
DASHX
J40P 7
CP207
C0_EDATA1N
J40P 10
J40P 6
C5_EDATA1P
+5V
DADTX
check
J40P 7
14
DLDX
J40P 5
C0_EDATA0P
13
DSOUT1_A
J40P 4
ADC_DRETX
J40P 6
J40P 3
R277
J40P 5
C0_EDATA0N
J40P 2
ADC_CLKX
ADC_DSETX
J40P 9
C0_ODATA1P
1
ADC_CSX
J40P 8
J40P 4
J40P 7
J40P 3
R276
J40P 6
J40P 2
C0_ODATA1N
J40P 5
IC209
1
C0_ODATA0N
C0_ODATA0P
R275
J40P 4
J40P 3
J209
11
J40P 2
+5V
J210
1
J40P
9
8
J211
5-145
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
L204
1
R211
CP206
2
check
R220
LVDSENB_I
C2_ODATA1N
C2_ODATA1P
LVDS Receiver Circuit 1

F
C236
R221
1
C2_ODATA0P
C2_ODATA0N
C1_EDATA1N
C1_EDATA1P
C269
C272
C271
L203
1
C268
C1_EDATA0P
C273
C270
C1_EDATA0N
3.3V_LVDS
C1_ODATA1P
+5V
C1_ODATA1N
R222
R219
C234
2
1
C235
C208
CP209check
2
1
2
1
C207
CP203
check
C217
76
NC11
17 VDD_PV33F4
VSS_PV30F6 59
18 VDD_PV33F5
VDD_PV33F7 58
19 INP13_PL3D01A
VSS_PV50E4 57
20 INM13_PL3D01A
VDD_PV55E4 56
21 VSS_PV30F5
VSS_PV50I3
55
22 VDD_PV33F6
R218
2
R217
R216
C2_EDATA1P
HDCLKN
HDCLKP
C2_EDATA1N
HDLTN
HDLTP
50 NC6
49 D13_PC5T03C
48 D12_PC5T03C
47 D11_PC5T03C
46 VSS_PV50E3
41 D7_PC5T03C
35 VSS_PV50I2
34 VDD_PV53I1
45 VDD_PV55E3
51
44 D10_PC5T03C
NC7
43 D9_PC5T03C
25 NC4
42 D8_PC5T03C
52
40 VDD_PV55E2
53
NC8
39 VSS_PV50E2
54
NC9
24 NC3
38 D6_PC5T03C
VDD_PV53I2
23 NC2
R215
VSS_PV30F10 78
LVDSENABLE_PT3D21U 77
VSS_PV30F11 79
INP4_PL3D01A 80
INM4_PL3D01A 81
VDD_PV33F12 82
VDD_PV33F13 83
INP5_PL3D01A 84
VSS_PV30F12 86
INM5_PL3D01A 85
VSS_PV30F13 87
INP6_PL3D01A 88
INM6_PL3D01A 89
VDD_PV33F14 90
VDD_PV33F15 91
INP7_PL3D01A 92
INM7_PL3D01A 93
VSS_PV30F14 94
INP0_PL3D01A 60
33 D3_PC5T03C
2
2
61
INM0_PL3D01A
16 INM12_PL3D01A
32 D2_PC5T03C
C253
1
1
VDD_PV33F8 62
15 INP12_PL3D01A
31 D1_PC5T03C
VDD_PV33F9 63
IC201
30 D0_PC5T03C
C251
C274
INP1_PL3D01A 64
C2_EDATA0P
C264
C275
INM1_PL3D01A
12 INM11_PL3D01A
29 VDD_PV55E1
65
11 INP11_PL3D01A
37 D5_PC5T03C
C249
C250
R210
1
2
C252
1
R207
VSS_PV30F7 66
C265
1
1
10 VDD_PV33F3
C263
2
2
VSS_PV30F8 67
C266
C262
C0_ODATA0P
C0_ODATA0N
9 VDD_PV33F2
C267
INP2_PL3D01A 68
C2_EDATA0N
C230
INM2_PL3D01A
8 INM10_PL3D01A
14 VSS_PV30F4
69
7 INP10_PL3D01A
13 VSS_PV30F3
C205
VDD_PV33F10 70
C231
C0_ODATA1P
C0_ODATA1N
6 VSS_PV30F2
28 VSS_PV50E1
VDD_PV33F11 71
27 VSS_PV50I1
C0_EDATA0P
C0_EDATA0N
5 VSS_PV30F1
26 NC5
C246
C248
1
INP3_PL3D01A 72
36 D4_PC5T03C
C247
R213
2
1
73
4 INM9_PL3D01A
C232
75
C206
R212
NC10
VSS_PV30F9 74
INM3_PL3D01A
C204
VSS_PV30F15 95
3 INP9_PL3D01A
C233
C0_EDATA1P
INP8_PL3D01A 96
2 VDD_PV33F1
C1_ODATA0N
C0_EDATA1N
INM8_PL3D01A 97
1 NC1
VDD_PV33F16 98
100
NC12
C245
C244
R214
1
1
E
C203
C1_ODATA0P
2
2
VDD_PV33F17 99
1
2
C258
C259
1
C257
C254
C255
C256
C261
C260
C0_ODATA0_I
C0_ODATA1_I
C0_EDATA0_I
C0_EDATA1_I
C1_ODATA0_I
C1_ODATA1_I
C1_EDATA0_I
C1_EDATA1_I
C2_ODATA0_I
C2_ODATA1_I
C2_EDATA0_I
C2_EDATA1_I
HDCLK_I
HDLT_I
5-146
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
LVDSENB_I
C4_EDATA1P
C4_EDATA1N
C4_EDATA0P
C4_EDATA0N
C4_ODATA1P
C4_ODATA1N
C4_ODATA0P
C279
R312
R311
CP210check
C286
R313
1
L206
L205
1
C4_ODATA0N
check
C285
R314
R315
CP212
CP211
check
LVDS Receivet Circuit 2
C282
C283
C288
C289
C3_EDATA1P
C3_EDATA1N
C284
3.3V_LVDS
+5V
C278
C281
C287
C280
61
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
VDD_PV33F14
INM6_PL3D01A
INP6_PL3D01A
VSS_PV30F13
VSS_PV30F12
INM5_PL3D01A
INP5_PL3D01A
VDD_PV33F13
VDD_PV33F12
INM4_PL3D01A
INP4_PL3D01A
VSS_PV30F11
VSS_PV30F10
LVDSENABLE_PT3D21U
NC11
VSS_PV50E4 57
20 INM13_PL3D01A
VDD_PV55E4 56
50 NC6
49 D13_PC5T03C
48 D12_PC5T03C
47 D11_PC5T03C
46 VSS_PV50E3
45 VDD_PV55E3
44 D10_PC5T03C
43 D9_PC5T03C
42 D8_PC5T03C
41 D7_PC5T03C
35 VSS_PV50I2
30 D0_PC5T03C
40 VDD_PV55E2
51
39 VSS_PV50E2
NC7
38 D6_PC5T03C
25 NC4
37 D5_PC5T03C
52
36 D4_PC5T03C
53
NC8
34 VDD_PV53I1
NC9
24 NC3
33 D3_PC5T03C
54
23 NC2
32 D2_PC5T03C
55
VDD_PV53I2
31 D1_PC5T03C
VSS_PV50I3
22 VDD_PV33F6
29 VDD_PV55E1
21 VSS_PV30F5
28 VSS_PV50E1
R310
91
19 INP13_PL3D01A
27 VSS_PV50I1
92
VDD_PV33F15
VDD_PV33F7 58
93
INP7_PL3D01A
18 VDD_PV33F5
R309
94
VSS_PV30F14
INM7_PL3D01A
VSS_PV30F6 59
R308
1
95
VSS_PV30F15
INP0_PL3D01A 60
17 VDD_PV33F4
96
INM0_PL3D01A
16 INM12_PL3D01A
97
INP8_PL3D01A
C5_EDATA0N
C5_EDATA0P
C304
1
VDD_PV33F8 62
15 INP12_PL3D01A
26 NC5
C307
C291
1
C290
C5_ODATA1N
C5_ODATA1P
R307
C303
C302
C306
C292
2
C293
C5_ODATA0P
C5_EDATA1N
C5_EDATA1P
C317
VDD_PV33F9 63
C316
INP1_PL3D01A 64
IC202
65
INM1_PL3D01A
12 INM11_PL3D01A
14 VSS_PV30F4
C5_ODATA0N
C315
VSS_PV30F7 66
11 INP11_PL3D01A
13 VSS_PV30F3
C305
R317 2
1
R318 2
69
VSS_PV30F8 67
C296
R355
2
INP2_PL3D01A 68
C314
INM2_PL3D01A
8 INM10_PL3D01A
10 VDD_PV33F3
7 INP10_PL3D01A
C319
2
1
VDD_PV33F10 70
C295 C297
R354
2
6 VSS_PV30F2
C318
C3_ODATA0N
VDD_PV33F11 71
9 VDD_PV33F2
C3_ODATA0P
73
INP3_PL3D01A 72
5 VSS_PV30F1
C321
INM3_PL3D01A
4 INM9_PL3D01A
C320
75
C294
INM8_PL3D01A
3 INP9_PL3D01A
NC10
VSS_PV30F9 74
C277
C3_ODATA1N
98
2 VDD_PV33F1
C3_EDATA0N
C3_ODATA1P
VDD_PV33F16
1 NC1
99
100
NC12
C301
C300
R3162
1
1
1
C276
C3_EDATA0P
2
2
VDD_PV33F17
C311
1
2
C299
C308
C312
C310
C313
C298
C309
RS2
RS1
C3_ODATA0_I
C3_ODATA1_I
C3_EDATA0_I
C3_EDATA1_I
C4_ODATA0_I
C4_ODATA1_I
C4_EDATA0_I
C4_EDATA1_I
C5_ODATA0_I
C5_ODATA1_I
C5_EDATA0_I
C5_EDATA1_I
5-147
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
+5V
Linear Encoder
1
+5V
C
+5V
+5V
Make_3.3V_LVDS_Circuit
DA201
R235
R236
1
1
J206
+3.3V
R237
3.3V_LVDS
DA201
C210
1
J4P
J4P
J4P
CRENCB
R238
3
2
CRENCA
C209
C211
DA202
1
DA202
C
2
3
Q236
+5V
J4P
3
1
Q237
D
+5V
Make_Ivdsenb_i_Circuit
Carriage Cocer Sensor

+5V
+5V
RN2423
LVDSENB_I
J3P
J3P
DA201
Q238
1
R239
C213
J205
3.3V_LVDS
R206
2
2
JOINTSNSX
J3P
R357
Q239
LVDSENB
C212
4
DA202
2
2
LED202
1
LED201
Q361
H5VENB
Q363
R384
R203
VHENB
+3.3V
+3.3V
5-148
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
Media
Sensor
F
+5V
+5V
J208
C
4
1
J5P
IC209
2
1
A
J5P
PLED
J5P
11
4
J5P
5
OPEN
R286
R356
C216
J5P
D
IC209
11
6
PSNS
7
5
4
+5V
1
R283
2
HENB_BUFFER
+5V
IC203
1
20
C324
VCC
10
C325
1
GND
L207
245
IC203
245
C333
C331
12
C4_HENB_B
C5_HENB_B
C323
C335
C327
11
2
C329
2
R320
DIR
C3_HENB_B
R321
B8
R322
A8
C2_HENB_B
C1_HENB_B
B7
C0_HENB_B
A7
13
14
R323
B6
15
R325
A6
B5
16
B4
A5
A4
17
C5_HENB
B3
+5V
A3
R324
18
C4_HENB
B2
C3_HENB
B1
A2
C2_HENB
A1
C1_HENB
19
C0_HENB
C334
C330
C332
C322
C326
C328
A
LVDSENB
unmount
5-149
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
Sub Heater Driver Circuit

C0SUBH
C3SUBH
Q223
R264
1
Q214
R271
1
Q217
Q220
1
+5V
+5V
Q226
C3_SUBH
Q229
1
C0_SUBH
R270
R265
1
C1SUBH
C4SUBH
+5V
Q221
Q215
Q212
2
1
3
R260
Q218
R267
1
+5V
R266
Q227
C4_SUBH
Q224
1
C1_SUBH
R261
C2SUBH
C5SUBH
+5V
+5V
Q219
Q216
R262
1
R269
1
Q213
2
3
Q222
1
R268
C5_SUBH
Q225
1
Q228
1
C2_SUBH
R263
5-150
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
DC-DC Convertor Circuit

+24V
RGV19
L201
FU201
2
L202
Q211
1
2
R234
1
ZD201
R299
R300
R295
R296
2
1
R293
2
1
2
R292
C238
1
C224
R297
R247
2
R291
8 GND
7 OUT2
6 DTC2
5 FB2
4 IN-2
3 ON/OFF
2 RT
Q210
1 CT
IC211
Q205
VCC 9
DTC1 11
OUT1 10
FB1 12
14
IN+
IN-1 13
15
VREF 16
R369
1
3
Q206
R246
VH_CHANGE
R248
C219
2
D203
2
R290
C225
R257
CMOUT
R382
R298
Q231
1
2
C237
R366
+5V
Q235
R256
C221
LATCH
7
5
D
OVP
Q232
8
6
C227
R370
R368
R367
IC351
R294
R245 2
1
C226
2
2
1
8
C223
Q362
Q360
C1353
Q234
R255
R254 2
1
Q230
3
Q233
VR201
R243
R383
2
1
1
R362
R365
R233
1
R361
R364
C1351
R381
check
CP208
R249
R232
1
2
1
R374
R373
R372
R375
R253
D202
2
1
2
1
2
1
R251
Q208
+5V
IC351
3
J3P
+5V
C1352
1
J3P
GNDR
HEAT_SINK
Q351
Q352
J203
J3P
Q207
R252
RGV19
1
check
C218
R363
R250
CP205
A
VHENB
5-151
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
F
Head Interface Connector
J213
J212
1
J30P
C3_ODATA0
C0_HENB_B
C1_HENB_B
1
J30P
J30P
C3_ODATA1
2
J30P
J30P
C3_EDATA0
C2_HENB_B
C0SUBH
3
J30P
J30P
C3_EDATA1
4
J30P
J30P
C1SUBH
C4_ODATA0
J30P
J30P
C2SUBH
C4_ODATA1
J30P
J30P
C4_EDATA0
C3SUBH
C4SUBH
7
J30P
J30P
C4_EDATA1
8
J30P
J30P
C5SUBH
10
C5_ODATA0
J30P
J30P
11
C5_ODATA1
10
C3_HENB_B
J30P
J30P
12
C5_EDATA0
11
C4_HENB_B
J30P
J30P
13
C5_EDATA1
12
C5_HENB_B
J30P
J30P
13
14
J30P
J30P
15
C0_ODATA0
14
DACLKX
J30P
J30P
15
16
C0_ODATA1
J30P
J30P
17
16
DSOUT2
J30P
J30P
C0_EDATA0
18
DSOUT1
19
DLDX
17
J30P
J30P
C0_EDATA1
18
J30P
J30P
20
C1_ODATA0
19
DADTX
J30P
J30P
21
C1_ODATA1
20
DASHX
J30P
J30P
21
22
C1_EDATA0
J30P
J30P
23
C1_EDATA1
22
HEADEEPCLKX
J30P
J30P
24
C2_ODATA0
23
HEADEEPRDX
J30P
J30P
25
C2_ODATA1
24
HEADEEPWDX
J30P
J30P
26
C2_EDATA0
CP202
J30P
27
C2_EDATA1
+5V
check
J30P
CP201
check
VHFBG
26
J30P
27
J30P
J30P
28
29
HDLT
J30P
VHFBH
28
HDCLK
25
HEADEEPCSX
1
J30P
J30P
29
30
J30P
J30P
30
Q203
R371
DA201
C202
DA202
C
C201
Q204
H5VENB
J30P
5-152
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
R341
R346
C4_EDATA1_I
C366
C367
C378
C4_ODATA0
C4_ODATA1
C4_EDATA0
C4_EDATA1
C364
2
C0_EDATA1
2
1
C0_EDATA0
C379
C376
C4_EDATA0_I
C377
C4_ODATA1_I
R338
R349
C0_EDATA1_I
C0_ODATA1
R339
R348
C0_EDATA0_I
C4_ODATA0_I
R340
R347
C0_ODATA1_I
C0_ODATA0
C0_ODATA0_I
C365
E
R342
R329
C1_ODATA1
C1_EDATA0
C5_EDATA0_I
C5_EDATA1_I
R345
C1_EDATA1
C368
C341
R333
C2_ODATA0_I
R332
C2_ODATA1_I
C2_EDATA0_I
R331
R330
HDLT_I
R351
C2_ODATA1
C2_EDATA0
C2_EDATA1
HDCLK
HDLT
RS1
2
C5_EDATA1
HDCLK_I
RS2
C348
C387
2
2
1
C2_ODATA0
C5_EDATA0
C371
R350
C5_ODATA1
C370
C351
2
1
C2_EDATA1_I
C350
C369
2
1
C343
2
1
C340
C5_ODATA0
R326
C342
R344
R327
C1_EDATA1_I
C5_ODATA1_I
C1_EDATA0_I
C5_ODATA0_I
R343
R328
C1_ODATA1_I
C1_ODATA0
C1_ODATA0_I
C349
C386
B
R334
C3_ODATA0_I
C3_ODATA1_I
C3_EDATA0_I
C3_EDATA1_I
R335
R336
R337
C3_ODATA1
C3_EDATA0
C3_EDATA1
2
1
C353
2
1
C3_ODATA0
C354
1
C352
C355
5-153
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
9.5 Head Relay PCB

8
1
Head Relay PCB (1/3)
VHT
RGV19
J1104
R1103
1
2
J1107
J1108
C1103
1
30
C3_ODATA0
J30P
C3_ODATA1
J30P
C3_EDATA0
J30P
J30P
C3_EDATA1
J30P
C4_ODATA0
J30P
C4_ODATA1
J30P
C4_EDATA0
J30P
C4_EDATA1
J30P
C5_ODATA0
J30P
C5_ODATA1
J30P
C5_EDATA0
J30P
C5_EDATA1
J30P
20
17
J30P
17
J30P
C0_ODATA0
J30P
C0_ODATA1
J30P
C0_EDATA0
J30P
C0_EDATA1
J30P
C1_ODATA0
J30P
C1_ODATA1
J30P
C1_EDATA0
J30P
C1_EDATA1
J30P
C2_ODATA0
J30P
C2_ODATA1
J30P
C2_EDATA0
J30P
15
J30P
14
14
J30P
J30P
J30P
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
C2_EDATA1
HDCLK
J30P
HDLT
J30P
HEADEEPCLKX
HEADEEPRDX
HEADEEPWDX
CP1184
check
HEADEEPCSX
1
CP1183
VHFBH
1
H5V
VHFBG
check
3
2
J30P
J30P
R1112
J30P
J30P
DASHX
10
J30P
DADTX
11
J30P
J30P
11
DLDX
12
J30P
12
DSOUT1
13
R1107
13
J30P
J30P
DSOUT2
J30P
J30P
J30P
DACLKX
16
15
R1106
16
J30P
J30P
C5_HENB_B
18
J30P
18
C4_HENB_B
19
J30P
19
C3_HENB_B
20
J30P
1
J1P
C5SUBH
21
J30P
R1105
21
C4SUBH
22
J30P
J1106
C3SUBH
23
J30P
22
C2SUBH
24
R1104
23
C1SUBH
25
J30P
J1P
C0SUBH
26
J30P
24
1
C2_HENB_B
27
J30P
25
C1_HENB_B
28
26
27
J30P
J30P
28
J30P
J1105
C0_HENB_B
29
C1101
1
29
C1104
30
J30P
J1P
5-154
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
DSOUT2
DSOUT1
CP1132
12
CP1135
13
10
check
14
11
DLDX
DADTX
DACLKX
check
IC1102
CP1133
CP1136
1
6
check
14
IC1102
14
IC1102
H5V
check
14
IC1102
CP1134
CP1137
check
check
C1108
C1109
C1106
2
14
2
14
H5V
IC1102
IC1102
C1105
IC1102
H5V
R1108
14
14
25
CLK
RNK3
DI6B
20
RNK4
DI5B
19
CP1120
CP1119
DI4B
18
CP1118
check
RNK5
DI3B
17
CP1117
check
RNK6
DASHX
1
1
check
check
DIAK1
DIALC1
DIALM1
DIAC1
DI2B
check
16
15
14
13
DI3A
12
DI1B
DI6A
DI5A
check
DI4A
CP1121
21
11
CP1125
CP1124
1
26
DATA
check
CP1127
CP1126
27
check
CP1128
28
LD
check
CP1129
DSOUT1
check
29
check
30
DSOUT2
check
1
31
check
32
VCC
CP1122
22
GND/DIK
DI2A
23
THIN
RNK2
DI1A
IDIN
RNK1
C
1
check
check
1
check
1
check
1
check
check
CP1116
CP1115
ZDA1103
2
ZDA1101
CP1113
CP1114
ZDA1102
DIAM1
DIAY1
DIAK0
DIALC0
DIAC0
A
DIALM0
check
REF
10
check
CP1108
C1107
D
CP1123
24
check
check
GND
IC1101
SH_TRG
check
CP1107
check
CP1105
CP1106
check
CP1111
CP1112
check
CP1109
CP1110
check
CP1104
R1109
check
DIAY0
CP1103
GND
DIAM0
CP1102
IREFR
RNKOUT
check
CP1131
CP1130
VCC
TH1101
5-155
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
RGV19
F
J1102
H5V
J1102
1
VHT
40
C0_EDATA0
J78P
J78P
41
DIAY0
J78P
J78P
C0SUBH
42
C1_ODATA1
J78P
J78P
C3_HENB_B
43
C0_EDATA1
J78P
J78P
DIAC1
HEADEEPWDX
44
DIAM1
J78P
J78P
45
C0_HENB_B
J78P
J78P
HEADEEPCLKX
46
C1SUBH
J78P
J78P
J78P
48
C4_HENB_B
J78P
J78P
10
DIALC1
49
C5_ODATA1
J78P
J78P
11
H5V
J78P
12
C1102
50
DIAK1
J78P
51
DIAK0
J78P
J78P
13
DIALC0
R1102
15
J78P
16
VHFBG
52
R1111
2
J78P
53
1
J78P
54
1
14
J78P
J78P
C3_ODATA0
J78P
55
J78P
J78P
17
C1_EDATA0
J78P
18
HEADEEPRDX
J78P
19
C3SUBH
47
DIALM1
J78P
C2_ODATA0
56
HDLT
J78P
C1_EDATA1
57
J78P
58
J78P
J78P
21
J78P
22
C2_EDATA1
J78P
23
C4_ODATA1
J78P
24
C5_EDATA1
J78P
25
R1110
VHFBH
J78P
20
HEADEEPCSX
C2_HENB_B
C2SUBH
C5SUBH
C4_ODATA0
C4SUBH
59
J78P
60
J78P
61
J78P
62
J78P
63
J78P
64
J78P
26
J78P
27
J78P
28
J78P
65
J78P
DIAM0
66
J78P
C1_ODATA0
67
J78P
J78P
29
C0_ODATA0
J78P
30
C0_ODATA1
J78P
31
DIAY1
J78P
32
C1_HENB_B
C3_ODATA1
C3_EDATA1
C3_EDATA0
68
J78P
69
J78P
70
J78P
71
J78P
HDCLK
33
J78P
34
J78P
72
J78P
DIAC0
J78P
35
DIALM0
J78P
36
C5_HENB_B
J78P
37
C4_EDATA1
J78P
C5_EDATA0
J78P
C5_ODATA0
J78P
C2_ODATA1
C4_EDATA0
C2_EDATA0
73
J78P
74
J78P
75
J78P
76
38
J78P
39
J78P
77
78
2
1
R1101
J78P
5-156
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
9.6 Motor Driver

8
1
Motor Driver (1/3)
F
+5V
+24V
+24V
C1004
SUBLFM_A
SUBLFM_B
SUBLFM_AN
SUBLFM_BN
1
+5V
FU1001
R1027
R1026
2
1
R1025
FU1002
LFM_A
LFM_B
LFM_AN
LFM_BN
2
1
2
1
R1017
R1005
R1004
R1003
R1024
+5V
C1013
C1014
+5V
J1007
IC1001
J1006 LFMAIN_OUT2
IC1002
1
1
LFSUB_OUT2
PG
J6P
SUBLF_A
J6P
SUBLF_B
J6P
SUBLF_BN
J6P
SG
B
C1005
PG
5
5
B
TD1
R1023
7
8
TD2
11
2
1
14
15
16
13
R1013
12
14
13
LF_B
LF_BN
J7P
J7P
J7P
J7P
J7P
J7P
7
8
IN_A
15
IN_B
16
IN_A
10
C1006
VREF2
NC
VREF2
NC
R1007
10
TD2
11
VREF1
C1007
VREF1
LF_AN
SG
J6P
J7P
TD1
C1008
SUBLF_AN
LF_A
A
A
VCC2
2
A
J6P
VCC2
R1018
C1003
12
IN_A
IN_B
IN_A
IN_B
IN_B
CP1001
CP1002
1
check
check
LFMAIN_OUT1
LFSUB_OUT1
R1022
R1019
R1021
R1020
5-157
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
1
Motor Driver (2/3)
F
Sensor Circuit
Clach DRIVE CIRCUIT
2
1
R1037
+5V
R1038
2
SUBLF_HP
SUBLFCL
+5V
Q1004
R1006
1
C1012
Q1001
R1001
1
R1036
+5V
SUBLF_HP
SUBLF_CL
R1035
1
ROLLCVR
XROLLCVR
PINCHCL
+5V
Q1005
R1014
1
Q1008
R1033
R1028
1
2
1
R1032
C1011
+5V
R1034
1
PINCH_CL
XLFENCA
2
LF_LHA
C1010
1
ATUKAICL
+5V
R1012
1
XLFENCB
Q1002
LF_LHB
Q1003
R1031
C1009
1
ATUKAI_CL
R1002
1
FAN&SOLENOID
MISTFAN_S
+5V
Q1010
R1016
Q1007
MISTPWM
R1030
1
B
CVRSOL_L
+5V
Q1009
R1015
Q1006
COVERSOL_L
R1029
1
5-158
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
Motor Driver (3/3)
MOTOR_CONTROLL
SENSOR_OUT&CLATCH,FAN,SOLENOID_CONT Connector
CLATCH_DRIVE Connector
CLATH&FAN&SOLENOID_DRIVE Connector
J1002
1
SUBLFM_BN
SUBLFM_AN
SUBLFM_B
SUBLFM_A
+24V
J20P
J20P
+24V
J20P
J20P
5
J4P
J20P
J20P
J20P
LFM_BN
LFM_AN
LFM_B
LFM_A
D1001
J1008
J4P
J4P
1
2
3
4
J1004
1
SUBLFCL
D1002
J7P
D1004
D1005
10
J7P
11
J7P
12
J7P
J20P
J20P
XLFENCB
D1003
FU1003
PINCHCL
J7P
J20P
XLFENCA
2
J7P
J20P
SUBLF_HP
J7P
ATUKAICL
J4P
CVRSOL_L
MISTFAN_S
J20P
13
J20P
14
XROLLCVR
J20P
J20P
15
16
ATUKAI_CL
17
PINCH_CL
18
SUBLF_CL
19
MISTPWM
20
COVERSOL_L
J20P
J20P
J20P
J20P
J20P
POWER SUPPLY Connector
SENSOR_SNS Connector
+5V
+5V
R1011
1
LFMAIN_OUT1
LFMAIN_OUT2
+24V
J1001
R1010
2
J1005
C1002
1
J6P
J6P
C1001
J1003
1
LF_LHB
J10P
1
2
3
J4P
J4P
J4P
3
J10P
J4P
J10P
5
J10P
J6P
LFSUB_OUT1
ROLLCVR
J10P
J6P
5
J6P
J10P
LF_LHA
R1009
1
LFSUB_OUT2
J10P
J10P
SUBLF_HP
J6P
J10P
R1008
1
9
10
J10P
5-159
Part 5: Maintenance
W8200
9.7 Power Supply

8
Power supply
J104
1
2
8
T1
R4
CR1
J101
F1
C1A
R2
R1A
L1A
1(L)
C4
L3
D1
L6E
C27E
L6D
C27D
C27B
2,3 C27A C27C
RC2
RC1
C7
L4
R7
R32C
4,5
L6A
L5
R5
R6
L6C
L6B
D11
D10
R46 C32
R41
C31
C19
D28
R10 C10
D27
R20 R22
A
A
C17
DZ9
R20 R22
B
B
R12B
R12C
PH3
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
IC1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D3
R106
R53
8
R27
7 6
IC2
GND
D19
R97
C38
IC8
R77
D14
R69
R71
R72
R74
R104
D15
R82
IC8
IC8
R112
R110
PH3
R75
C40
C39
DZ8
R78
C42
R83
GND
7
Q2
C14
14
R29
R11
R18
R19
VR1
R14
C21
R24
C26
R21
C20
C24
PH2
C23
L8
Q8
VCC2
R30
C56
C18
C64
R92
VR2
R28
Q3
D17
J103
DZ3
R23
VCC1
8
R80
R76
R70
D26
R109
R81
R79
R73
R68
C41
R67
C36
PB
R34
D16
IC6
RC4
R107
D9
C22 C25
5
GND
D21
C37
C55
DZ10
13
PH1
GND
R66
D7
C13
R13
C63
R37
R20 R22
C
C
D22
R57
L11
SST
D8
R33
R26
R16
VM
R62
R111
DZ4
VM
R61
R59
IC4
R108
1
R17
R56
C33
L10
Q10
D6
C16
D13
D18
R15
DZ12
R9
R65
R58
R49
10
R60
IC4
R40
Q5
R118
DZ11
C34
IC3
C29
R55
R52
B C35
R52
R50
A
A
D12
R45 R48
C30
R54
DZ5
E
VM
R63
R51
R50
B
PH2
C15
R12A
R47
R44
R43
C28
Q1
R8
DZ1
R1B
C5
R42
R32B
C9
D4
L7
C57
C12
C8
VCC1
GND
J102
3
PH1
Q6
Q4
SVM
R32A
C6
4
D5
RC3
12
C3B
2(N)
C27F
L6F
PG
D2
C11
L2
L1B
C3A
C2
C1B
R3
VM
GND
R31
C62
DZ2
R105
C48
R91
R84
C59
R36
DZ6
C61
C43
R85
R115
C52
R113
R93
R114
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
1
R86
Q7 R116 Q9
C58
IC7
4 5 6
9 10
C49 C50
CX1
D23
R88
C44
C46
VCC2
J105
1
START
D24
R98
R103
D20
STANDBY
IC8
R94
C53
C51
R100
R89
R101
R99
R95
DZ7
C60
R87
L9
RC5
C47R90
A
R96
D25
C54
R102
2
C45
GND
C47B
GND
CX2
5-160
This document is printed

on 100% recycled paper.
PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
CANON INC.

W8200 SM

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

W8200 SM

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

REVISION 0

Copyright 2003 by Canon Inc.

I. ABOUT THIS MANUAL

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

Part 2: Product Specifications

Part 3: Operating Instructions

Part 4: Technical Reference

This manual does not contain complete information required for

II. TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part 1: SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS

Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

Part 3: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

6. PRINTER SPECIAL MODE

Part 4: TECHNICAL REFERENCE

Structure of Paper Path

Opening the Caps and Moving the Wiper Unit

Troubleshooting for Problems Not Indicated on the Display

III. ILLUSTRATION INDEX

Part 1: SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS

Moving Parts of the Printer

Part 2: PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS

External View of Printer

Part 3: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Front View of the Printer

Replacing the Printhead (2/2)

Part 4: TECHNICAL REFERENCE

Printer Block Diagram

Carriage Unit (1)

Using the Cover Switch Tool

Ink Tube Unit

Part 1: SAFTEY PRECAUTIONS

TYPICAL HEAVY SERVICE PARTS

Part 4: TECHNICAL REFERENCE

This page is intentionaly left blank

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

Pinch roller drive unit

Roll drive unit

Figure 1-1 Moving Parts of the Printer

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

Ink tank unit

Figure 1-2 Ink Passages

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

1.2.2 Ink mist

Platen unit/Carriage unit/

Figure 1-3 Ink Mist

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

1.3 Electrical Parts

Carriage relay PCB

Head relay PCB

Figure 1-4 Electrical Parts

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

1.4 Size and Weight of the Printer

TABLE 1-1 TYPICAL HEAVY SERVICE PARTS

Dimensions of package box:

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

If the nozzles are clogged or purging operation is poor, white horizontal

Figure 1-5 Printhead

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

2.1.3 When the printer is not used for a long time

2.1.4 Conductivity of ink

Part 1: Safety and Precautions

2.2 Ink Tank